Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS v10.4

Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS v10.4
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers,
EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
v10.4
User’s Guide
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH INTEL PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR
OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN INTEL'S TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF SALE FOR SUCH PRODUCTS, INTEL ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER AND INTEL DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, RELATING
TO SALE AND/OR USE OF INTEL PRODUCTS INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
MERCHANTABILITY, OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT.
UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED IN WRITING BY INTEL, THE INTEL PRODUCTS ARE NOT DESIGNED NOR INTENDED FOR ANY APPLICATION IN WHICH THE
FAILURE OF THE INTEL PRODUCT COULD CREATE A SITUATION WHERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MAY OCCUR.
Intel may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice. Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics
of any features or instructions marked “reserved” or “undefined.” Intel reserves these for future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for
conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them. The information here is subject to change without notice. Do not finalize a design with
this information.
The products described in this document may contain design defects or errors known as errata which may cause the product to deviate from published
specifications. Current characterized errata are available on request.
Contact your local Intel sales office or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications and before placing your product order.
Copies of documents which have an order number and are referenced in this document, or other Intel literature, may be obtained by calling
1-800-548-4725, or go to: http://www.intel.com/#/en_US_01
Any software source code reprinted in this document is furnished under a software license and may only be used or copied in accordance with the terms
of that license.
Intel processor numbers are not a measure of performance. Processor numbers differentiate features within each processor family, not across different
processor families. Go to: http://www.intel.com/products/processor%5Fnumber/
BunnyPeople, Celeron, Celeron Inside, Centrino, Centrino Inside, Cilk, Core Inside, i960, Intel, the Intel logo, Intel AppUp, Intel Atom, Intel Atom Inside,
Intel Core, Intel Inside, Intel Insider, the Intel Inside logo, Intel NetBurst, Intel NetMerge, Intel NetStructure, Intel SingleDriver, Intel SpeedStep, Intel
Sponsors of Tomorrow., the Intel Sponsors of Tomorrow. logo, Intel StrataFlash, Intel vPro, Intel XScale, InTru, the InTru logo, the InTru Inside logo,
InTru soundmark, Itanium, Itanium Inside, MCS, MMX, Moblin, Pentium, Pentium Inside, Puma, skoool, the skoool logo, Sound Mark, The Creators
Project, The Journey Inside, Thunderbolt, vPro Inside, VTune, Xeon, and Xeon Inside are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
*Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
Copyright © 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
2
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Contents—IEGD
Contents
1.0
Introduction............................................................................................................. 13
1.1
Purpose ........................................................................................................... 14
1.2
Intended Audience ............................................................................................ 14
1.3
Related Documents ........................................................................................... 15
1.4
Conventions ..................................................................................................... 16
1.5
New Features for Version 10.4 ............................................................................ 17
1.6
Acronyms and Terminology................................................................................. 19
1.7
Downloading IEGD and Video BIOS...................................................................... 22
2.0
Architectural Overview ............................................................................................ 23
2.1
Introduction ..................................................................................................... 23
2.1.1 Display Options...................................................................................... 25
2.1.1.1 Types of Displays...................................................................... 25
2.1.1.2 Display Configuration ................................................................ 25
2.2
Features .......................................................................................................... 26
2.2.1 Chipsets Supported ................................................................................ 26
2.2.2 OS and API Support................................................................................ 27
2.2.3 DisplayID Support .................................................................................. 27
2.2.4 EDID-Less Configuration ......................................................................... 27
2.2.4.1 EDID-Less Panel Type Detection ................................................. 28
2.2.5 sDVO Devices ........................................................................................ 28
2.2.6 Rotation................................................................................................ 29
3.0
Platform Configuration Using CED............................................................................ 31
3.1
Before You Begin............................................................................................... 32
3.2
Creating a Configuration in CED – Summary Steps................................................. 32
3.3
Starting the CED ............................................................................................... 33
3.4
Creating a New Customized DTD ......................................................................... 34
3.4.1 DTD Example Specifications..................................................................... 37
3.5
Creating a New Configuration.............................................................................. 38
3.5.1 Setting Color Correction .......................................................................... 40
3.5.1.1 Overlay Color Correction ............................................................ 40
3.5.1.2 Framebuffer Color Correction Attributes ....................................... 41
3.5.2 Changing Windows CE OS Options ............................................................ 43
3.5.3 Configuring Ports ................................................................................... 45
3.5.3.1 Changing Port Attribute Settings ................................................. 47
3.5.3.2 Changing I2C Settings ............................................................... 49
3.5.3.3 Changing Flat Panel Settings ...................................................... 50
3.5.4 Configuring Fastboot............................................................................... 52
3.5.4.1 Configuring Splash Video ........................................................... 54
3.5.4.2 How to Select the Video_Offset................................................... 55
3.5.5 Configuring the Video BIOS and EFI .......................................................... 56
3.6
Creating a New Package ..................................................................................... 58
3.6.1 Entering Linux OS Options ....................................................................... 60
3.6.2 Entering Windows OS Options .................................................................. 62
3.6.3 Generating a VBIOS Package ................................................................... 63
3.6.4 Entering EFI Options ............................................................................... 64
3.6.5 Using the Generated EFI Configuration ...................................................... 65
3.6.6 Entering EPOG Feature Options ................................................................ 65
3.6.7 Using the Generated Embedded Pre-OS Graphics Feature Configuration......... 66
3.7
Generating an Installation .................................................................................. 66
3.8
Configuring the System BIOS for Use with IEGD .................................................... 66
3.9
System BIOS Settings........................................................................................ 67
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
3
IEGD—Contents
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.9.1 GMCH PCI Device Enabling.......................................................................67
3.9.2 Graphics Mode Select (GMS) ....................................................................67
3.9.3 AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) Aperture Size ...........................................68
VBIOS and Driver Configuration...........................................................................68
Configuration Options.........................................................................................71
Display Detection and Initialization.......................................................................78
3.12.1 Display Detect Operation .........................................................................78
3.12.2 Detectable Displays.................................................................................80
Advanced EDID Configuration..............................................................................80
3.13.1 Sample Advanced EDID Configurations ......................................................81
3.13.2 User-Specified DTDs ...............................................................................81
Using an External PCI Graphics Adapter as the Primary Device.................................82
Multi-GPU Multi-monitor .....................................................................................84
Enhanced Clone Mode Support ............................................................................84
3.16.1 Extended Clone Mode CED Configuration....................................................85
3.16.2 Sample Clone Mode Configurations............................................................86
Scaling and Centering Configurations ...................................................................87
3.17.1 Upscaling for the Chrontel CH7308 LVDS Transmitters .................................87
3.17.2 Internal LVDS Scaling with EDID Panels .....................................................88
3.17.3 Centering Primary Display with Scaling Encoders.........................................88
3.17.4 Enabling Render Scaling on Port Encoders without Hardware Scaling .............89
3.17.5 Alignment in Clone Mode .........................................................................89
4.0
VBIOS.......................................................................................................................91
4.1
Overview ..........................................................................................................91
4.2
System Requirements ........................................................................................92
4.3
Configuring and Building the VBIOS with CED ........................................................92
4.3.1 Selecting the Build Folder ........................................................................93
4.3.2 Configuring the Video BIOS ......................................................................94
4.3.2.1 COMMON_TO_PORT...................................................................94
4.3.2.2 post_display_msg .....................................................................94
4.3.2.3 OEM Vendor Strings...................................................................94
4.3.2.4 Default Mode Settings................................................................95
4.3.2.5 Default Refresh Settings.............................................................95
4.3.2.6 default_vga_height....................................................................95
4.3.3 Building the VBIOS .................................................................................95
4.4
VBIOS, Driver Compatibility, and Data Dependencies..............................................99
5.0
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers ...........................................103
5.1
Editing the Microsoft Windows INF File................................................................ 103
5.1.1 Universal INF Configuration.................................................................... 103
5.1.2 INF File Backward Compatibility .............................................................. 104
5.1.2.1 INF File Backward Compatibility with IEGD Version 4.0................. 104
5.1.3 Dual Panel Configuration........................................................................ 104
5.1.4 Chipset Dual Display Example ................................................................ 105
5.1.5 Creating Registry Settings for Graphics Driver INF File ............................... 105
5.1.6 Dynamic Port Driver Configuration .......................................................... 107
5.1.6.1 iegd.PortDrvs_xxx ................................................................... 107
5.1.6.2 SourceDisksFiles ..................................................................... 108
5.1.6.3 PortDrivers Registry Key .......................................................... 108
5.1.7 Creating an .sld file for Microsoft Windows XP Embedded Systems............... 109
5.1.8 Changing Default Display Mode............................................................... 109
5.2
Installing IEGD on Microsoft Windows ................................................................. 109
5.2.1 Silent Installation ................................................................................. 110
5.3
Uninstalling the Current Version of the Driver ...................................................... 112
5.4
Run-Time Operation ......................................................................................... 113
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
4
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Contents—IEGD
5.5
Viewing and Changing the Driver Configuration from Microsoft Windows ................. 113
6.0
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems ...................... 119
6.1
Overview ....................................................................................................... 119
6.2
Microsoft Windows CE* Installation .................................................................... 120
6.2.1 Prerequisites ....................................................................................... 120
6.2.2 Integrating IEGD with Microsoft Windows CE* Platform Builder................... 120
6.2.2.1 Catalog Feature File ................................................................ 121
6.2.3 Microsoft Windows CE* 6.0 Installation ................................................... 121
6.2.3.1 Prerequisites .......................................................................... 121
6.2.3.2 CED Requirements .................................................................. 122
6.2.3.3 Platform Builder Requirements.................................................. 122
6.2.3.3.1
Platform.reg Changes ............................................ 122
6.2.3.3.2
Platform.bib Changes............................................. 123
6.2.4 Integrating IEGD DirectX DirectShow Codecs for Intel® System
Controller Hub US15W .......................................................................... 123
6.2.4.1 IEGD DirectShow Codecs Overview ........................................... 123
6.2.4.2 Installing IEGD DirectShow Codecs............................................ 124
6.3
Microsoft Windows CE* Configuration................................................................. 125
6.3.1 Basic Driver Configuration ..................................................................... 125
6.3.1.1 Graphics Memory Configuration ................................................ 125
6.3.1.2 Defining Graphics Memory Size................................................. 126
6.3.1.3 Framebuffer and Video Surface Size .......................................... 128
6.3.1.4 Video Surface Allocation Rule ................................................... 128
6.3.1.5 System-to-Video Stretch Blit .................................................... 129
6.3.1.6 iegd.reg File Backward Compatibility ......................................... 129
6.3.2 Configuration Sets................................................................................ 129
6.3.3 General Configuration ........................................................................... 130
6.3.3.1 PortOrder Information ............................................................. 132
6.3.3.2 Vertical Extended Mode ........................................................... 133
6.3.4 Per Port Platform Customization ............................................................. 133
6.3.4.1 Per Port Customization — General Port Configuration ................... 133
6.3.4.2 Per Port Customization — Custom DTD Timings .......................... 135
6.3.4.3 Per Port Customization — Custom Flat Panel Controls .................. 135
6.3.4.4 Per Port Customization — Attribute Initialization.......................... 136
6.3.5 Miscellaneous Configuration Options ....................................................... 136
6.3.5.1 Text Anti-Aliasing ................................................................... 136
6.3.6 Direct3D* Mobile Support...................................................................... 137
6.3.7 Sample iegd.reg File ............................................................................. 137
6.4
Microsoft Windows CE 7.0* (WEC7) Installation................................................... 148
6.4.1 Prerequisites ....................................................................................... 148
6.4.2 Install Steps ........................................................................................ 148
6.4.3 Creating an OS Design Runtime Image.................................................... 150
6.4.4 Configuring OS Design .......................................................................... 154
6.4.5 Compile the OS Design ......................................................................... 157
6.4.6 Loading the Runtime Image via USB ....................................................... 157
7.0
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers......................................................... 159
7.1
Overview ....................................................................................................... 159
7.2
Prerequisites................................................................................................... 159
7.2.1 Supported Hardware............................................................................. 160
7.3
Installation ..................................................................................................... 161
7.3.1 Linux Installer Overview........................................................................ 161
7.3.2 Installing Fedora 10.............................................................................. 163
7.3.3 Installing Moblin 2.1 IVI (for Intel® US15W only)...................................... 166
7.3.3.1 Install the Pre-integrated Moblin Image ..................................... 166
7.3.3.2 Manually Installing IEGD .......................................................... 166
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
5
IEGD—Contents
7.3.3.3
7.3.3.4
7.4
7.5
7.6
Preparing for the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver Installation ....... 167
Installing the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver (IEGD) for Moblin 2.1 ...
167
7.3.3.5 Known Issues ......................................................................... 169
IKM Patch Instructions ..................................................................................... 169
7.4.1 Finding and Installing the Kernel Source (Headers) ................................... 169
7.4.2 Installing IKM with Fedora ..................................................................... 170
7.4.3 Using the IEGD Kernel Module ................................................................ 171
7.4.4 Linux Installer IKM Validation ................................................................. 171
7.4.4.1 AGP Test ................................................................................ 171
7.4.4.2 DRM Test ............................................................................... 172
7.4.4.3 Kernel Checker ....................................................................... 172
Uninstalling the IKM ......................................................................................... 175
Configuring Linux* ........................................................................................... 176
7.6.1 Configuration Overview ......................................................................... 176
7.6.2 Linux* OS Configuration Using CED......................................................... 176
7.6.3 Editing the Linux* OS Configuration File Directly ....................................... 176
7.6.4 The Linux* OS Configuration File ............................................................ 177
7.6.4.1 Device Section ........................................................................ 179
7.6.4.2 Screen Section........................................................................ 182
7.6.4.3 Monitor Section....................................................................... 182
7.6.4.4 ServerLayout Section............................................................... 182
7.6.4.5 ServerFlags Section ................................................................. 183
7.6.5 Xorg* Configuration Options................................................................... 183
7.6.6 Sample Dual Independent Head (DIH) Configuration ................................. 186
7.6.7 Video Memory Management ................................................................... 188
7.6.8 Configuring Accelerated Video Decode for IEGD and Intel®
System Controller Hub US15W ............................................................... 188
7.6.8.1 Hardware Video Acceleration Overview....................................... 188
7.6.8.2 Installing IEGD for Linux .......................................................... 189
7.6.8.3 Installing the VA Library (version 0.29) ...................................... 189
7.6.8.4 Installing the IEGD Video Acceleration Driver .............................. 189
7.6.8.5 Installing Helix Framework ....................................................... 190
7.6.8.6 Installing Intel® Media Codec.................................................... 190
7.6.8.7 Playing Video .......................................................................... 190
7.6.8.8 Troubleshooting ...................................................................... 191
7.6.9 Graphics Port Initialization ..................................................................... 191
7.6.10 OpenGL Support ................................................................................... 192
7.6.10.1 OpenGL Installation ................................................................. 193
7.6.10.2 Enabling or Disabling Multi-Sample Anti-Aliasing (MSAA) .............. 194
7.6.10.3 OpenGL Use Considerations ...................................................... 194
7.6.10.4 OpenGL ES ............................................................................. 194
7.6.11 Sample Advanced EDID Configurations for Linux* OS ................................ 194
7.6.12 AGPGART Errors ................................................................................... 195
7.6.13 iegdgui Setup....................................................................................... 196
7.6.14 Using the iegdgui Runtime Configuration Utility......................................... 197
A
Example INF File ....................................................................................................203
B
Port Driver Attributes .............................................................................................209
B.1
Standard Port Driver Attributes.......................................................................... 209
B.1.1 Internal LVDS Port Driver Attributes (Mobile chipsets only)......................... 211
B.1.2 CRT (Analog) Port Driver Attributes ......................................................... 212
B.1.3 HDMI Port Driver Attributes.................................................................... 212
B.1.3.1 Audio..................................................................................... 212
B.1.3.2 SDVO-HDMI (CH7315) ............................................................. 213
B.1.3.3 Internal HDMI......................................................................... 213
B.1.3.4 HDCP..................................................................................... 213
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
6
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Contents—IEGD
B.1.4
B.1.5
B.1.6
B.1.7
B.1.8
B.1.9
B.1.10
B.1.11
B.1.12
B.1.13
Internal TV Out Port Driver Attributes (Mobile chipsets only) ...................... 213
Chrontel CH7307 Port Driver Attributes ................................................... 214
Chrontel CH7308 Port Driver Attributes ................................................... 214
Chrontel CH7315/CH7319/CH7320 Port Driver Attributes........................... 215
Chrontel CH7317 Port Driver Attributes ................................................... 215
Chrontel CH7022 Port Driver Attributes ................................................... 216
Silicon Image SiI 1362/SiI 1364 Port Driver DVI Attributes ........................ 217
Default Search Order ............................................................................ 217
Default GPIO Pin Pair Assignments.......................................................... 218
Default I2C Device Address Byte Assignment ........................................... 219
C
Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions ................................................................. 221
C.1
BIOS Extended Interface Functions .................................................................... 221
C.1.1 5F01h – Get Video BIOS Information ...................................................... 221
C.1.2 5F05h – Refresh Rate ........................................................................... 222
C.1.2.1 5F05h, 00h – Set Refresh Rate ................................................. 222
C.1.2.2 5F05h, 01h – Get Refresh Rate ................................................. 223
C.1.3 5F10h – Get Display Memory Information ................................................ 224
C.1.4 5F1Ch – BIOS Pipe Access ..................................................................... 224
C.1.4.1 5F1Ch, 00h – Set BIOS Pipe Access........................................... 224
C.1.4.2 5F1Ch, 01h – Get BIOS Pipe Access .......................................... 224
C.1.5 5F29h – Get Mode Information............................................................... 225
C.1.6 5F61h – Local Flat Panel Support Function ............................................... 225
C.1.6.1 5F61h, 05h – Get Configuration ID ............................................ 225
C.1.7 5F68h – System BIOS Callback .............................................................. 226
C.2
Hooks for the System BIOS .............................................................................. 226
C.2.1 5F31h – POST Completion Notification Hook............................................. 226
C.2.2 5F33h – Hook After Mode Set ................................................................ 226
C.2.3 5F35h – Boot Display Device Hook.......................................................... 227
C.2.4 5F36h – Boot TV Format Hook ............................................................... 228
C.2.5 5F38h – Hook Before Set Mode .............................................................. 228
C.2.6 5F40h – Config ID Hook ........................................................................ 229
D
2D/3D API Support ................................................................................................ 231
D.1
2D Support..................................................................................................... 231
D.2
3D Support..................................................................................................... 231
D.2.1 OpenGL APIs ....................................................................................... 231
D.2.2 OpenGL ES 1.1 .................................................................................... 233
D.2.3 OpenGL ES 2.0 .................................................................................... 234
E
Framebuffer Overlay Blending ............................................................................... 237
E.1
How Overlay Works ......................................................................................... 237
E.2
About Framebuffer in “Blend” Mode ................................................................... 238
E.3
Example to Enable the FB_BLEND_OVL Feature ................................................... 240
E.4
Summary ....................................................................................................... 241
Figures
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Intel Embedded Graphics Suite .................................................................................. 23
Graphics Driver Architecture ...................................................................................... 24
Firmware Architecture .............................................................................................. 24
Sample CED Configuration Start Page ......................................................................... 33
IEGD Configuration Editor Main Window ...................................................................... 34
IEGD DTD Page ....................................................................................................... 35
Chipset Configuration Page........................................................................................ 38
Overlay Color Correction Page ................................................................................... 41
Framebuffer Color Correction Page ............................................................................. 42
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
7
IEGD—Contents
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Chipset Configuration Page ........................................................................................43
Port Configuration Page.............................................................................................45
Attribute Settings Page for the Chrontel CH7022/CH7307/CH7308 Encoders.....................48
sDVO Settings Page ..................................................................................................49
Panel Settings Page ..................................................................................................50
Fastboot Configuration Page ......................................................................................52
Splash Video with 8 MBytes of Stolen Memory Example .................................................54
Video BIOS Configuration Page...................................................................................56
IEGD Package Editor Page .........................................................................................58
Linux Options Page ...................................................................................................60
Windows Options Page ..............................................................................................62
EFI Generation Page .................................................................................................64
LVDS Configuration Page ...........................................................................................69
IEGD Configuration Editor Page ..................................................................................70
External PCI Graphics Card as Primary Driver and IEGD as Secondary Driver....................82
IEGD as Primary Driver and External PCI Graphics Card as Secondary Driver....................83
IEGD as Primary Driver with Two Displays and External PCI Driving a Tertiary Display .......83
Video BIOS Directory Structure ..................................................................................93
Example Runtime Configuration GUI — Driver Info Tab................................................ 114
Example Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Config Tab ........................................... 115
Example Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Attributes Tab ...................................... 116
Example Runtime Configuration GUI — Color Correction Tab ........................................ 117
Sample FILES Block from platform.bib File ............................................................ 121
Typical Memory Map Using Static Memory Model......................................................... 126
Example xorg.conf File ............................................................................................ 177
Sample DIH Configuration ....................................................................................... 187
Example Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Config Tab ................................. 198
Example Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Attributes Tab ............................ 199
Example Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Color Correction Tab (Framebuffer) .......... 200
Example Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Color Correction Tab (Overlay) ................ 201
Tables
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
IEGD v10.4 New Features..........................................................................................17
Acronyms and Terminology........................................................................................19
Types of Displays .....................................................................................................25
Display Configuration Definitions ................................................................................25
Supported Display Configurations ...............................................................................26
Chipsets Supported by the Intel Embedded Graphics Suite .............................................26
SDVO Devices Supported...........................................................................................28
IEGD DTD Setting Options .........................................................................................36
Timing Specification Example Values ...........................................................................37
Chipset Configuration Page Settings............................................................................39
Overlay Color Correction Values (applies to ALL color) ...................................................40
Framebuffer Color Correction Values (applies to R, G, B color) ........................................41
Windows CE OS Settings ...........................................................................................44
Port Configuration Settings ........................................................................................46
I2C Settings ............................................................................................................49
Panel Settings Options ..............................................................................................51
Fastboot Options ......................................................................................................53
Video BIOS Settings Options ......................................................................................57
IEGD Package Editor Setting Options...........................................................................59
Linux OS Settings Options .........................................................................................61
Windows OS Setting Options ......................................................................................63
GMCH Device 2, Function 1 BIOS Setting .....................................................................67
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
8
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Contents—IEGD
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
GMS Settings .......................................................................................................... 67
Parameter Configuration Format ................................................................................ 71
Detectable Displays .................................................................................................. 80
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations ....................................................................... 81
Supported VGA Video Display Modes........................................................................... 99
VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS .................................................................... 100
Example of Chipset Dual Display Parameter Setting .................................................... 105
Framebuffer Color Correction Values (applies to R, G, B color) ..................................... 117
Overlay Color Correction Values (applies to ALL color)................................................. 117
[HKLM\DRIVERS\Display\Intel] Registry Keys ............................................................ 125
[HKLM\Drivers\Display\Intel\<platform>\<config id>\]Registry Keys............................ 130
PortOrder Information ............................................................................................ 132
Memory Management Functions ............................................................................... 172
PCI Related Routines .............................................................................................. 173
I/O Functions ........................................................................................................ 173
Synchronization Functions ....................................................................................... 174
Page Related Functions ........................................................................................... 174
Linked Lists ........................................................................................................... 175
Linux Driver Model Specific...................................................................................... 175
CPU/Cache ............................................................................................................ 175
User Access........................................................................................................... 175
Supported Driver Options........................................................................................ 183
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations for Linux* OS ................................................. 195
Standard Port Driver Attributes ................................................................................ 209
Internal LVDS Port Driver Attributes ......................................................................... 211
CRT (Analog) Port Driver Attributes .......................................................................... 212
Internal TV Out Port Driver Attributes ....................................................................... 213
Chrontel CH7307 Port Driver Attributes ..................................................................... 214
Chrontel CH7308 Port Driver Attributes ..................................................................... 214
Chrontel CH7315/CH7319/CH7320 Port Driver Attributes ............................................ 215
Chrontel CH7317 Port Driver Attributes ..................................................................... 215
Chrontel CH7022 Port Driver Attributes ..................................................................... 216
Silicon Image SiI 1362/SiI 1364 Port Driver Attributes ................................................ 217
Default Search Order .............................................................................................. 218
Default GPIO Pin Pair Assignments ........................................................................... 218
Default I2C Device Address Byte Assignment ............................................................. 219
Supported Intel® OpenGL APIs ................................................................................ 231
Non-Supported Intel® OpenGL APIs.......................................................................... 233
Non-Supported Intel® OpenGL ES APIs on US15W/WP/WPT......................................... 235
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
9
IEGD—Contents
Revision History
This document may have been updated since the release shown below. See
http://edc.intel.com/Software/Downloads/ for the most recent version.
Date
April 2011
February 2011
Revision
032
031
Description
Added Section 6.4, “Microsoft Windows CE 7.0* (WEC7)
Installation” on page 148. Change bars indicate areas of
change.
Updated for use with version 10.4 and 10.4.1 of the product.
This is a fully validated release and includes the following new
graphics driver features:
• Added Multi GPU Multi-Monitor (formerly Hybrid Graphics)
support for platforms based on the Intel® Atom™ Z5xx
Processor + Intel® US15 System Controller Hub and
External x1 PCI-Express Graphics Card.
• New Linux XV_AUTOPAINT_COLORKEY option integrated
for VA which prevents erasure of other contents displayed
in the desktop area. IEGD 10.4 continues to automatically
draw the colorkey before displaying the first video frame.
• Enabled driver support for all LVDS panels with a Data
Enable (DE) signal and Data Enable mode supported by
IEGD.
• Approximately tripled the boot/BLDK splash screen size
with EPOG driver by implementing support of 8 bits per
pixel .BMP format (originally was 24 bpp .BMP)
• Full-screen display of 1280x720 (720p), 1600x900,
1920x1080 (1080i & 1080p) resolutions in all officially
supported Windows and Linux IEGD operating systems
now achieved via internal VGA and/or internal LVDS
display controllers. This occurs so long as chipset
hardware supports necessary pixel rate for desired
resolution. Some IEGD chipsets do not have integrated
VGA and/or LVDS. Check IEGD Feature Matrix for internal
display controller(s) available.
• Included VA API in IEGD to allow a vaPutSurface
equivalent targeting video surface output as a Pixmap
pointer as opposed to a drawable window.
• Increased DisplayID functionality; X&Y resolution settings
now function equivalently via DisplayID (DID) or via EDID
files.
• Enhanced CED application to allow display ID settings to
have priority over INF file settings. When DisplayID is
available on the LVDS port, all attributes in DisplayID
override any similar settings in the INF file.
• Hardware accelerated video-to-video memory
GDI-Alphablending support added.
The following operating systems have been removed from
IEGD 10.4 support:
Fedora* 7 (kernel 2.6.21 – 1.3194 and X.org 7.2), Red Hat
Linux* (kernel 2.6.23, X.org 7.2, X server 1.3), Ubuntu* MID
8.04, Wind River Linux* (kernel 2.6.21, X.org 7.2, X server
1.3), and Windows CE 5.0. These operating systems are no
longer officially validated as of IEGD 10.4. Customers
interested in using any of these operating systems are urged
to download and use IEGD 10.3.1 from Intel's Embedded
Design Center
(edc.intel.com/Software/Downloads/IEGD/#download). IEGD
10.3.1 build #1550 was the final fully validated version of
IEGD that was validated against these older/mature operating
systems.
See the Release Notes for additional details of all defects
resolved in this release.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
10
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Contents—IEGD
Date
Revision
Description
June 2010
030
Updated for use with the version 10.3.3 of the product. This is
a maintenance release only and does not include any new
graphics features. Version 10.3.3 includes fixes related to
3d/OGL, S3/Resume, flickering on 50 Hz and 60 Hz panels
running on Intel® System Controller Hub US15W, screen
rotation and flipping, color corruption, and VBIOS timing
issues. See the Release Notes for complete details of all
defects resolved in this release.
March 2010
029
Updated for use with the version 10.3.1 of the product
including support for the Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500
Series. Only IEGD version 10.3.1 provides graphics driver
support for the Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series.
February 2010
028
Updated for use with version 10.3 of the product, including
support for the 2D Frame Buffer Alpha Blending mode on
US15W, VC-1 VLD video decoding for Windows on US15W,
RealPlayer for Netbooks (RP4NB) v1.1 media player for Linux,
the newest Windows Media Player (WMP) versions, and the
newest official Moblin-IVI 2.1 image (dated November 5,
2009).
December 2009
027
Updated for use with the Preliminary version 10.3 of the
product.
December 2009
026
Updated for use with version 10.2.4 of the product, including
enhanced instructions.
December 2009
025
Updated for use with version 10.2.4 of the product.
October 2009
024
Updated for use with version 10.2.2 of the product.
023
Updated for use with version 10.2 of the product, including
support for IEGD embedded pre-OS graphics feature driver in
the Boot Loader Development Kit (BLDK) runtime
environment, support for DDSCAPS_OWNDC capabilities for
Windows CE 5.0 and CE 6.0, support for Moblin 2.1 release
(moblin-ivi-gnome-20090819-001.img) dated August 19,
2009, and support for Windows Embedded CE 6.0 Monthly
Update (June 2009).
September 2009
022
Updated for use with PRELIMINARY version 10.2 of the
product, including support for IEGD embedded pre-OS
graphics feature driver in the Boot Loader Development Kit
(BLDK) runtime environment, support for DDSCAPS_OWNDC
capabilities for Windows CE 5.0 and CE 6.0, support for Moblin
2.1 release (moblin-ivi-gnome-20090819-001.img) dated
August 19, 2009, and support for Windows Embedded CE 6.0
Monthly Update (June 2009).
July 2009
021
Updated for use with version 10.1 of the product, including
support for Fedora 10, XP/XPe SP3, transparent overlay for
Linux and Windows CE 6.0 for Intel® System Controller Hub
US15W/WP/WPT chipsets.
June 2009
020
Updated for use with PRELIMINARY version 10.1 of the
product, including support for Fedora 10, XP/XPe SP3,
transparent overlay for Linux and Windows CE 6.0 for Intel®
System Controller Hub US15W/WP/WPT chipsets.
March 2009
019
Updated for use with Version 10.0 of the product, including
support for Intel® G41, G45, GL40 and GS45 Express chipsets,
Intel® System Controller Hub US15WP/WPT, and Ubuntu on
8.0.4 on 945GME/GSE.
February 2009
018
Updated for use with PRELIMINARY Version 10.0 of the
product, including support for Intel® G41, G45, GL40 and
GS45 Express chipsets, Intel® System Controller Hub
US15WP/WPT, and Ubuntu on 8.0.4 on 945GME/GSE.
December 2008
017
Updated for use with Version 9.1.1 of the product, including
support for the Ubuntu operating system.
November 2008
016
Updated for use with PRELIMINARY Version 9.1.x of the
product, including support for the Ubuntu operating system.
October 2008
015
Updated for use with Version 9.1 of the product, including
support for the Intel® Q45 Express chipset.
October 2009
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
11
IEGD—Contents
Date
Revision
Description
June 2008
014
Updated for use with Version 9.0 of the product, including
support for the Intel® System Controller Hub US15W, Mobile
Intel® GM45 Express chipset (2D only), and Mobile Intel®
GLE960 Express chipset.
October 2007
013
Updated for use with Version 8.0 of the product, including
support for the Intel® Q35.
June 2007
012
Updated for use with Version 7.0 of the product, including
support for the Intel® Mobile Intel® GME965 and Mobile Intel®
910GMLE chipsets.
December 2006
011
Updated for use with Version 6.1 of the product.
September 2006
010
Updated for use with Version 6.0 of the product, including
support for the Intel® Q965 and Damn Small Linux*.
June 2006
009
Updated for use with Version 5.1 of the product, including
support for the Texas Instruments TFP410* DVO encoder,
Microsoft Windows Embedded for Point of Service (WEPOS)*
operating system, and SuSE 10.
February 2006
008
Updated for use with Version 5.0 of the product, including
support for the Intel® 852GM, Intel® 945G, and Intel® 945GM
chipsets, the Silicon Image SiI 1362* and SiI 1364* sDVO
transmitters, and External PCI as a Primary graphics adaptor.
October 2005
007
Updated for use with Version 4.1 of the product.
June 2005
006
Updated for use with Version 4.0 of the product, including
support for the Intel® 915GV and Intel® 915GM chipsets, the
Chrontel CH7307* and Chrontel CH7308* sDVO transmitters,
and Advanced EDID Configuration.
May 2005
005
Updated for use with Version 3.4 of the product, including use
of the enhanced Video BIOS, Windows* installer/uninstaller,
runtime configuration GUIs, and display discovery feature.
July 2004
004
Updated for use with Version 3.2 of the product, including use
of the dynamic port driver feature.
May 2004
003
Updated for usage with version 3.1 of the product, including
details on PCF format and usage, Universal INF format, and
updates to the User Build System.
February 2004
002
Updated chipset support to reflect current Embedded IA32
roadmap.
February 2004
001
Initial Release
§§
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
12
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Introduction
1.0
Introduction
The Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers (IEGD) comprise a suite of multi-platform
graphics drivers designed to meet the requirements of embedded applications.
Featuring Intel® Dynamic Display Configuration Technology (DDCT), the drivers run on
the following Embedded Intel® Architecture (eIA) chipsets:
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series (CPU+GPU combination)
• Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GME Express chipset
• Intel® 945G Express chipset
• Intel® Q45/G41/G45 Express chipset
• Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express chipset
• Intel® Q35 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 Express chipset
• Intel® Q965 Express chipset
• Intel® 915GV Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 915GME Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 910GMLE Express chipset
Notes:
(a) The IEGD v10.4 release is validated on only these platforms:
— Intel® Atom™ Processor 270 + Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
— Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series (combination CPU+GPU)
— Intel® Atom™ Z5xx Processor + Intel®US15 System Controller Hub
— Intel® Atom™ Z5xx Processor + Intel®US15WP/WPT System Controller Hub
(b) All other legacy Gen3/Gen4/GenX chipsets (in italics above) will continue to be
supported by the fully validated March 2010 IEGD 10.3.1 and as necessary in 2011 and
beyond IEGD10.3.x Hot Fixes or Engineering Candidates.
Customers requiring driver support for these Gen3/Gen 4/Gen X chipsets/platforms
must download and use the final fully validated driver for these chipsets - IEGD10.3.1
build #1550 released in March 2010.
Critical bug fixes for these platforms will still be enabled with future IEGD 10.3.x-based
Hot Fixes.
(c) If you need support for a chipset that is not listed above but is in the same family as
those listed, please contact your Intel representative.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
13
IEGD—Introduction
IEGD supports five types of display devices:
• Analog CRT/VGA
• LVDS flat panels
• TMDS DVI displays
• HDMI displays
• HDTV/Standard Definition analog TVs
IEGD is designed to work with fixed-function systems, such as Point-of-Sale (POS)
devices, ATMs, gaming devices, In-vehicle Information/Entertainment systems, etc. It
can be configured to work with various hardware and software systems and supports
both Microsoft Windows* and Linux* operating systems, including embedded versions
of these operating systems.
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite consists of both IEGD and a Video BIOS (VBIOS)
component. These two components are configurable and work together to provide a
wide range of features. This document provides information on configuring and using
both IEGD and the VBIOS.
IEGD provides the following features:
• Enhanced VBIOS and EFI support
• Dynamic Port Drivers
• Support for Dual Independent Head (DIH) displays
• Support of a Universal INF file
• EDID and EDID-less display support
• Display discovery and initialization
• Direct 3D* support
• Installer/Uninstaller GUI for Microsoft Windows* OS
• Runtime configuration GUI for Microsoft Windows OS and Linux OS
• OpenGL and OpenGL ES supported in specific chipsets and OS (refer to Appendix D
for details)
1.1
Purpose
This manual provides information on both firmware and software, providing hardware
design considerations, installation requirements, and static configuration options.
1.2
Intended Audience
This document is targeted at all platform and system developers who need to interface
with the graphics subsystem. This includes, but is not limited to: platform designers,
system BIOS developers, system integrators, original equipment manufacturers,
system control application developers, and end users.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
14
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Introduction—IEGD
1.3
Related Documents
The following documents provide additional information on the hardware supported by
IEGD. Additional resources are available at
http://edc.intel.com/Software/Downloads/IEGD/.
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series Datasheets – Volume One (Document
Number 322847) and Volume Two (Document Number 322848)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers Version 10.4 for Embedded Intel® Architecture
Product Brief
(Document Number: 315587)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers Version 10.4 Feature Matrix
(Document Number: 317416)
• Intel® Atom™ Processor Z5xx Series Datasheet
(Document Number: 319535)
• Intel® System Controller Hub (Intel® SCH) Datasheet
(Document Number:319537)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers Version 10.4 Release Training Presentation
(Document Number: TBD)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers Version 10.4 Specification Update
(Document Number: 309380)
• Intel® 35 Express Chipset Family Datasheet
(Document Number: 31696602)
• Intel® I/O Controller Hub 9 (ICH9) Family Datasheet
(Document Number:31696602)
• Mobile Intel® GME965 Express Family Chipset for Embedded Datasheet
(Document Number: 31627303)
• Mobile Intel® 965 Express Chipset Family Datasheet
(Document Number: 316273)
• Intel® 965 Express Chipset Family Datasheet
(Document Number: 313053)
• Mobile Intel® 915PM/GM/GMS and 910GML Express Chipset Datasheet
(Document Number: 305264)
• Intel® 915G/915GV/915P Express Chipset Datasheet
(Document Number: 304467)
• Intel® I/O Controller Hub 6 (ICH6) Family Datasheet
(Document Number: 301473)
• IEGD Linux Kernel Module Porting and Patching Methods White Paper
(Document Number: 435867)
• Integrated Dual Independent Display on Intel® Digital Security Surveillance
Multifunction Platforms Application Brief
(Document Number:30130301)
• Display Panel Debugging with the Intel Graphics Memory Controller Hub
(Document Number: 305964)
• Implementing Multiple Displays with IEGD Multi-GPU -Multi-Monitor Mode on Intel®
Atom™ Processor with Intel® System Controller Hub US15W Chipset White Paper
(Document Number: 324821)
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
15
IEGD—Introduction
• Hybrid Multi-monitor Support; Enabling new usage models for Intel® Embedded
Platforms White Paper
(Document Number: 323214)
• VESA BIOS Extensions/Display Data Channel Standard
This document provides information on the 4F VBE functions, which are supported
by the Intel embedded Video BIOS.
• VESA BIOS Extension (VBE) Core Functions Standard Version 3.0
Contains information on the VESA BIOS Extension (VBE) specification for standard
software access to graphics display controllers that support resolutions, color
depths, and framebuffer organizations beyond the VGA hardware standard.
Note:
The above two documents are available from http://www.vesa.org. Membership may
be required to access these documents. Reproductions may also be available from
elsewhere on the Internet.
• Cloning Linux Drives Using MondoArchive Application Note
(Document Number: 449300)
• Installing Fedora 10 for Platforms Based on Intel® Atom™ Z510/Z520/Z530
Processor + Intel® US15W System Controller Hub Application Note
(Document Number: 449700)
Contains information on the VESA BIOS Extension (VBE) specification for standard
software access to graphics display controllers that support resolutions, color
depths, and framebuffer organizations beyond the VGA hardware standard.
1.4
Conventions
The following conventions are used throughout this document.
Boldface
Represents text that you type and text that appears on a screen.
Italics
Introduces new terms and titles of documents.
Courier New
Identifies the names of files, executable program names, and text that appears in
a file.
Angle Brackets (<>)
Encloses variable values in syntax or value ranges that you must replace with
actual values.
Vertical Bar ( | )
Used to separate choices (for example, TRUE | FALSE)
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
16
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Introduction—IEGD
1.5
New Features for Version 10.4
The table below presents new IEGD features and capabilities.
Table 1.
IEGD v10.4 New Features (Sheet 1 of 3)
New Features
IEGD now provides VA API to allow a vaPutSurface equivalent targeting video surface output as a
Pixmap pointer as opposed to a drawable window.
Support of create_ogl_texture_from_pixmap extension and the ability to handle NV12 textures in this same
OpenGL extension now enabled. Created vaDerivePixmapEXT() function that returns a NV12 pixmap.
This allows for a colorspace conversion to happen when the pixmap is bound to a texture. IEGD
implementation of vaPutSurface changed to use the pixmap instead of the surface. This feature thus delivers
better performance only when using video decoded surfaces as textures for a subsequent OpenGL operation.
Compatibility retained with the original VA-API 0.29.
Increase BLDK splash screen size with EPOG driver by implementing support of 8-bit per pixel.BMP
format.
Previous splash screen size in IEGD EPOG limited to 50kB .BMP format at 24 bits per pixel. This feature allows
for a tripling of the splash image size to approximately 300x300 pixels by allowing for support of splash screen
.BMP format files at 8 bits per pixel. Memory limit remains at 50kB maximum.
IEGD allows display resolution to be set with both DisplayID and EDID with LVDS displays. In
cases where the Windows OS requests information about the LVDS display and that display is
programmed via DisplayID (DID), the IEGD driver will convert the DisplayID data into a Windows
driver compatible, supported data structure-format.
For Windows XP-XP Embedded which are Display ID-unaware operating systems, IEGD 10.4 will translate
Display ID data into EDID data structure when Windows XP makes requests for display-firmware information.
This conversion is required as Windows makes use of the requested display firmware information to determine
the preferred resolution.
This new FCB means that systems based on IEGD 10.4 and that store the DisplayID file in EPROM will behave
precisely the same way as when EDID is being utilized in terms of the default resolution and behavior. In other
words, Windows will utilize DisplayID configuration settings on bootup and no longer default to the default
VGA resolution.
Note:
With IEGD 10.3.1 and earlier versions of IEGD, there was a problem with Display ID panel in Windows
XP if no prior display resolution was configured after installation. If a customer used LVDS display
with EDID, Windows XP would start in native resolution. If customer used LVDS display with Display
ID, then Windows starts in VGA resolution only unless the resolution is reconfigured with Display
property.
Multi-GPU - Multi-Monitor Mode (formerly known as Hybrid Multi-monitor) now supported with
internal US15W and external PCI-Express graphics card and IEGD 10.4.
Multi-GPU - Multi-Monitor Mode (formerly known as Hybrid Multi-monitor) is now officially supported and
validated for platforms based on IEGD 10.4 and the Intel® Atom™ Z5xx processor and Intel® System
Controller Hub US15W graphics chipset. This feature lets customers increase the total number of
simultaneously displayed outputs from their IEGD 10.4 US15W-based platforms from a maximum of two, to
three or more. With Multi-GPU - Multi-Monitor Mode enabled, the first two outputs come from the US15W's
internal LVDS and SDVO ports while 1 - 4 additional outputs (and whether they are DVI, VGA, TV out, or
DisplayPort) come from an external graphics card. Two usage models were comprehensively tested internally
by Intel: Usage Model #1 transmits 4 display outputs simultaneously. The US15W generates displays from its
internal LVDS and internal SDVO and two additional independent Display Outputs come via the External PCIe
x1 graphics card. With Usage Model #1, internal SDVO can be VGA/DVI/HDMI/LVDS or TVOut and outputs
from the x1 PCI-E graphics card can be VGA/DVI/HDMI/DisplayPort or TVOut. Intel also validated Usage Model
#2 which transmits six display outputs simultaneously. In Usage Model #2, IEGD 10.4 and US15W generate
displays from its internal LVDS and internal SDVO and four additional independent outputs are transmitted via
the Matrox* M9120 Plus LP PCIe x1 Video Card + Matrox '60 pin LFH (M) - HD-15 (F)' display cable
combination which drive out four additional independent VGA analog displays.
To date, this feature has been validated only with the Windows* XP Service Pack 3 (SP3) operating system.
Linux* Xinerama was not tested by Intel for Multi-GPU Multi Monitor mode functionality but is expected to
operate properly with correct configuration of Linux. OEMs/ODMs are welcome to attempt enabling of MultiGPU - Multi-Monitor Mode on their US15W-based Linux platform. Refer to the December 2010 white paper #
324821-001US titled Implementing Multiple Displays with IEGD Multi-GPU - Multi-Monitor Mode on Intel®
Atom™ Processor with Intel® System Controller Hub US15W Chipset for further implementation details.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
17
IEGD—Introduction
Table 1.
IEGD v10.4 New Features (Sheet 2 of 3)
New Features
New Linux XV_AUTOPAINT_COLORKEY option integrated for VA which prevents erasure of other
contents displayed in the desktop area. Driver continues to automatically draw the colorkey before
displaying the first video frame.
Assists with Linux video playback.
Data Enable (DE) type LVDS Panels from x, y, z (Vendor model/make #s filled in later) supported
by IEGD.
LVDS panels typically do not have a DE (data enable) signal as part of their interface. IEGD enhanced to
support these new type of panels.
Full-screen display of 1280x720 (720p), 1600x900, 1920x1080(1080i & 1080p) via internal VGA
and LVDS display controllers.
Multiple Embedded segments require full 720p and 1080p resolution outputs.
So long as the particular ECG chipset's integrated LVDS, DVI, HDMI, VGA, or SDVO display controller supports
the necessary pixel rates required for generation of full-screen 1280x720 (720p), 1600x900, 1920x1080interlaced (1080i), 1920x1080 progressive(1080p) active resolutions then the system using IEGD can render
full 720p, 1080p and 1600x900 active resolutions.
Sample exception: US15W's maximum pixel clock = 112 MHz which equates to 1376x768 @ 85 Hz. as
maximum resolution. Thus, hardware limitations prevent support of 1080p & 1080i and 1600x900 for US15W
LVDS.
While outputting LVDS, when DisplayID is used or detected by the IEGD 10.4-based system, the
driver will give priority to DisplayID parameters and attributes over CED/.INF file attributes.
CED and the .INF file no longer override and take precedence over DID settings. When DID is present the only
way to control the settings is by manually editing or replacing the DID file or deleting it from the EEPROM.
For Atom+US15W-based Windows CE 6.0 R2 only platforms, hardware accelerated alphablending
for applications performing video to video (memory) operations.
Applications using system-to video-operations and GDI-alphablending will not be hardware accelerated. The
internal US15W hardware acceleration will be used to increase the frames-per-second metric and decrease
CPU utilization for video to video (memory) operations.
IEGD allows display resolution to be set with both DisplayID and EDID with LVDS displays. In
cases where the Windows OS requests information about the LVDS display and that display is
programmed via DisplayID (DID), the IEGD driver will convert the DisplayID data into a Windows
driver compatible, supported data structure-format.
For Windows XP-XP Embedded which are Display ID-unaware operating systems, IEGD 10.4 will translate
Display ID data into EDID data structure when Windows XP makes requests for display-firmware information.
This conversion is required as Windows makes use of the requested display firmware information to determine
the preferred resolution.
This new FCB means that systems based on IEGD 10.4 and that store the DisplayID file in EPROM will behave
precisely the same way as when EDID is being utilized in terms of the default resolution and behavior. In other
words, Windows will utilize DisplayID configuration settings on bootup and no longer default to the default
VGA resolution.
With IEGD 10.3.1 and earlier versions of IEGD, there was a problem with Display ID panel in Windows XP if no
prior display resolution was configured after installation. If a customer used LVDS display with EDID, Windows
XP would start in native resolution. If customer used LVDS display with Display ID, then Windows starts in
VGA resolution only unless the resolution is reconfigured with Display property.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
18
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Introduction—IEGD
Table 1.
IEGD v10.4 New Features (Sheet 3 of 3)
New Features
Removed support for these older operating systems: Fedora 7, Red Hat Linux* (kernel 2.6.23,
X.org 7.2, X server 1.3), Ubuntu 8.04 MID, Wind River Linux* (kernel 2.6.21, X.org 7.2, X server
1.3), and Windows CE 5.0.
These operating systems are no longer validated by engineering as of IEGD version 10.4. Customers can still
use these operating systems with IEGD for their embedded systems but Intel recommends utilizing IEGD
10.3.1 (version #1550 released in March 2010) since it was the final IEGD Driver to be fully validated with
Fedora 7, Red Hat Linux* (kernel 2.6.23), Ubuntu 8.04 MID, Wind River Linux* (kernel 2.6.21), and Windows
CE 5.0.
Go to the Embedded Design Center (http://edc.intel.com/Software/Downloads/IEGD/#download) to download
IEGD 10.3.1 or contact your local Intel representative.
This release also contains resolutions for errata. For details on errata, including status
site (premier.intel.com) and the Intel® Embedded Design Center (http://
edc.intel.com).
1.6
Acronyms and Terminology
The table below lists the acronyms and terminology used throughout this document.
Table 2.
Acronyms and Terminology (Sheet 1 of 4)
Term
Description
ADD Card
APG Digital Display. An adapter card that can be inserted into the PCIe
x16 port of Intel chipset family-based systems. ADD cards allow
configurations for TV-out, LVDS, and TMDS output (i.e., televisions,
digital displays, and flat panel displays).
AIM
Add In Module.
API
Application Programming Interface.
BDA
BIOS Data Area. A storage area that contains information about the
current state of a display, including mode number, number of columns,
cursor position, etc.
BIOS
Basic Input/Output System. IEGD interacts with two BIOS systems:
system BIOS and Video BIOS (VBIOS). VBIOS is a component of the
system BIOS.
BLDK
Boot Loader Development Kit. This driver is a module within the BLDK.
The EPOG feature enables quick display of the user’s chosen splash
screen (8-bit or 24-bit per pixel .bmp format with size less than 50 KB).
CED
Configuration EDitor. Graphical pre-installation utility allows easy creation
of consolidated driver installation packages for Windows*, Windows CE*,
and Linux *operating systems, and VBIOS across numerous platforms
and display combinations.
Clone Display Configuration
A type of display configuration that drives two display devices, each
displaying the same content, but can have different resolutions and
(independent) timings. Compare Twin Display Configuration and DIH
Display Configuration.
Contrast
Contrast is the measure of the difference between light and dark on a
display. If the contrast is increased, the difference between light and dark
is increased. So something white will be very bright and something black
will be very dark.
COPP
Certified Output Protection Protocol*. A Microsoft-defined API to provide
applications with information about what output protection options are
available on a system.
D3D
Microsoft Direct3D*. A 3D graphics API as a component of DirectX*
technology.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
19
IEGD—Introduction
Table 2.
Acronyms and Terminology (Sheet 2 of 4)
Term
Description
DC
Display Configuration.
DDCT
Intel® Dynamic Display Configuration Technology.
DirectDraw*
A component of the DirectX* Graphics API in Microsoft Windows OS.
DIH Display Configuration
Dual Independent Head. A type of display configuration that supports two
displays with different content on each display device. IEGD supports
Extended mode for Microsoft Windows systems and Xinerama for Linux
systems.
DTD
Detailed Timing Descriptor. A set of timing values used for EDID-less
devices.
DVI
Digital Video Interface.
DVO
Digital Video Output.
EBDA
Extended BIOS Data Area. An interface that allows the system BIOS and
Option ROMs to request access to additional memory.
EDID
Extended Display Identification Data. A VESA standard that allows the
display device to send identification and capabilities information to IEGD.
IEGD reads all EDID data, including resolution and timing data, from the
display, thus negating the need for configuring DTD data for the device.
EDID-less
A display that does not have the capability to send identification and
timing information to the driver and requires DTD information to be
defined in the driver.
EFI
Extensible Firmware Interface.
eIA
Embedded Intel® Architecture.
EMI
Electromagnetic Interference.
EPOG
Embedded Pre-OS Graphics feature.
Extended Clone Mode
A feature that allows you to have different sized displays in Clone mode.
Framebuffer
A region of physical memory used to store and render graphics to a
display.
GEN3
Napa Graphics Core in 910/915 family chipset.
GEN3.5
Napa+ Graphics Core in 945 family chipset.
GEN4
Graphics Core in 965 family chipset.
GEN5
Graphics Core in the GL40/GM45 family chipset.
GDI
Graphics Device Interface. A low-level API used with Microsoft Windows
operating systems.
GMA
Intel Graphics Media Accelerator. Refers to both the graphic hardware in
Intel chipsets as well as the desktop/mobile driver. The GMA driver is not
intended for use in embedded applications.
GMCH
Graphics and Memory Controller Hub.
GMS
Graphics Mode Select (stolen memory).
HAL
Hardware Abstraction Layer. An API that allows access to the Intel®
chipsets.
HDCP
High-bandwidth Digital-Content Protection. A specification that uses the
DVI interface. HDCP encrypts the transmission of digital content between
the video source (transmitter) and the digital display (receiver).
HDMI
High-Definition Multimedia Interface, an uncompressed, all-digital audio/
video interface.
IAL
Interface Abstraction Layer. An API that allows access to graphics
interfaces including the GDI, and DirectDraw*.
iDCT
Inverse Discrete Cosine Transformation (hardware feature).
IEGD
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
20
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Introduction—IEGD
Table 2.
Acronyms and Terminology (Sheet 3 of 4)
Term
IEGS
Description
Intel®
Embedded Graphics Suite. Runtime graphics driver plus a VBIOS
component.
IKM
IEGD Kernel Module
INF file
A standard Microsoft Windows text file, referred to as an information file,
used by Microsoft Windows OS to provide information to the driver. The
default .inf file for IEGD is iegd.inf. You can create customized
parameters using the CED utility.
LPCM
Linear Pulse Code Modulation. A method of encoding audio information
digitally. The term also refers collectively to formats using this method of
encoding.
LVDS
Low Voltage Differential Signaling. Used with flat panel displays, such as a
laptop computer display.
NTSC
National Television Standards Committee. An analog TV standard used
primarily in North and Central America, Japan, the Philippines, South
Korea, and Taiwan.
OAL
Operating system Abstraction Layer. An API that provides access to
operating systems, including Microsoft Windows and Linux.
Option ROM (OROM)
Code which is integrated with the system BIOS and resides on a flash chip
on the motherboard. The Intel Embedded Video BIOS is an example of an
option ROM.
OS
Operating System.
PAL
Phase Alternating Lines. An analog TV standard used in Europe, South
America, Africa, and Australia.
PCF
Parameters Configuration File.
PCI
Peripheral Component Interface.
Port Driver
A driver used with the sDVO interfaces of the Graphics and Memory
Controller Hub (GMCH).
POST
Power On Self Test.
PWM
Pulse Width Modulation.
Reserved Memory
A region of physical memory in a Windows CE* system set aside for BIOS,
VBIOS, and Graphics Driver operations. Reserved memory can be
configured to be used by the operating system and other applications
when not in use by the BIOS.
Saturation
Monitors and scanners are based on the “additive” color system using
RGB, starting with black and then adding Red, Green, and Blue to achieve
color. Full saturation of RGB gives the perception of white, and images are
created that radiate varying amounts of RGB, or varying saturation of
RGB.
SCART
French Acronym - Syndicat des Constructeurs d'Appareils
Radiorecepterus et Televiseurs. A video interface possessing up to four
analog signals (Red/Green/Blue/Composite PAL). S-Video (Luma/
Chroma) is possible over the SCART interface as well.
sDVO
Serial Digital Video Output.
Single Display Configuration
A type of display configuration that supports one and only one display
device.
SSC
Spread Spectrum Clock.
Stolen Memory
A region of physical memory (RAM) set aside by the system BIOS for
input and output operations. The amount of stolen memory is
configurable. Stolen memory is not accessible to the operating system or
applications.
System BIOS
The standard BIOS used for basic input and output operations on PCs.
TMDS
Transitioned Minimized Differential Signaling. Used with DVI displays,
such as plasma TVs.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
21
IEGD—Introduction
Table 2.
Acronyms and Terminology (Sheet 4 of 4)
Term
1.7
Description
TOM
Top Of Memory.
TSR
Terminate and Stay Resident. A program that is loaded and executes in
RAM, but when it terminates, the program stays resident in memory and
can be executed again immediately without being reloaded into memory.
Twin Display Configuration
A type of display configuration that supports two display devices each of
which has the same content, resolution, and timings. Compare Clone
Display Configuration. Note: Twin configuration is not supported on
US15W series chipsets.
UBS
User Build System. A process for building a VBIOS.
VBIOS
Video Basic Input Output System. A component of system BIOS that
drives graphics input and output.
VESA
Video Electronics Standards Organization.
VGA
Video Graphics Array. A graphics display standard developed by IBM* that
uses analog signals rather than digital signals.
VLD
Variable Length Decoding.
VMR
Video Mixing Render.
WHQL
Windows* Hardware Quality Labs. WHQL is a testing organization
responsible for certifying the quality of Windows drivers and hardware
that runs on Windows operating systems.
XDDM
Defined by Microsoft as XP Display Driver Model. For IEGD to function
properly, it must be run in XDDM mode under Microsoft Vista* OS.
YUV
Informal, but imprecise reference to the video image format, Y'CbCr. The
Y' component is luma, a nonlinear video quality derived from RGB data
denoted without color. The chroma components, Cb and Cr that
correspond nonlinearly with U and V as differences between the blue and
luma, and the red and luma respectively.
Downloading IEGD and Video BIOS
IEGD and the Video BIOS (VBIOS) are available on Intel Premier Support (QuAD)
(premier.intel.com) and the Intel Embedded Design Center (http://edc.intel.com/
Software/Downloads/IEGD/#download) only. The download package includes:
• IEGD drivers and VBIOS for Linux* operating systems and all Windows* operating
systems
• Intel Embedded Graphics Driver Configuration Editor (CED) release which includes
an online help system
Note:
CED currently runs only on Windows operating systems.
Note:
The Embedded Video BIOS version 10.4 is recommended for use with each of the
graphics drivers in most cases. Click the following link to see the FAQ page for details
on the differences of these versions.
http://edc.intel.com/Software/Downloads/IEGD/#faqs
After you have downloaded, installed, and run CED, you can configure and customize
the drivers and VBIOS following the procedures in this document. Once they have been
configured, you can integrate the VBIOS with the system BIOS ROM and install IEGD
on your operating system.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
22
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Architectural Overview—IEGD
2.0
Architectural Overview
2.1
Introduction
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite (IEGS) is composed of a runtime graphics driver
and a Video BIOS (VBIOS) firmware component. (See the illustrations below.) Both the
driver and VBIOS control the GMCH to perform display and render operations. The
VBIOS is predominantly leveraged by System BIOS during system boot but is also used
at runtime by the driver to handle full-screen text mode on Microsoft Windows*
operating systems.
Figure 1.
Intel Embedded Graphics Suite
Intel®
Embedded Firmware
GMCH
Intel®
Embedded Graphics Driver
Analog Port
sDVO Port
Transmitter
Encode
Transmitter
Encode
B5086-03
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
23
IEGD—Architectural Overview
Figure 2.
Graphics Driver Architecture
Application
Graphics Interface API
Intel®
Embedded Graphics Driver
IAL
Interface Abstraction Layer (IAL)
Translates OS-specific graphics
driver entry points into standard
hardware acceleration APIs
Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)
Abstracts Intel® Embedded Graphics
controller chipset families
OS Abstraction Layer (OAL)
Abstracts OS resources, enabling the
HAL to be independent
OAL
HAL
GMCH
B5087-03
Figure 3.
Firmware Architecture
System BIOS/Application
Dispatch
Entry point for applications (INT10)
VGA
Standard VGA mode setting
VESA
Standard VESA support
®
Intel Embedded Firmware
Dispatch
VGA
VESA
Intel API
FPI
Intel API
Intel-specific features, including flat
panel detect, backlight, etc.
Firmware Port Interface (FPI)
CRT and sDVO interface support
GMCH
B5088-03
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
24
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Architectural Overview—IEGD
2.1.1
Display Options
The following section describes the types of displays and configurations supported by
the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver.
2.1.1.1
Types of Displays
The table below lists the types of displays supported by IEGD.
Table 3.
Types of Displays
Display
Description
CRT
Analog CRT, natively supported with RGB signaling or via an external encoder sDVO port.
Flat Panel
TMDS (DVI, HDMI) and LVDS compliant flat panels are supported with the use of an
external transmitter via an sDVO port. Integrated LVDS flat panels are also natively
supported on the Mobile Intel® 910GMLE, Mobile Intel® 915GME Express, Mobile Intel®
945GME, Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express, Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 chipsets, the
Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset, and Intel® Atom™ Processor
400 and 500 Series.
Note:
IEGD 10.4 Enabled driver support for all LVDS panels with a physical Data Enable
(DE) signal as part of the interface. LVDS panels with a Data Enable mode are
now supported with IEGD 10.4.
HDTV and standard-definition TV-out is typically supported via an external encoder
connected to the SDVO port and port driver.
TV
Note:
2.1.1.2
TV-Out can also be enabled internally if the chipset has D-A converters and its
datasheet lists TV out as a supported display option.
Display Configuration
IEGD supports driving two displays simultaneously. Several configurations are
supported, dependent on operating system and chipset. The various display
configurations are described in the table below.
Table 4.
Display Configuration Definitions
Display Configuration Mode
Single
Twin
Clone
Extended
DIH
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Description
Normal desktop configuration, single monitor.
Two displays, same content, single resolution, same timings (not supported
with US15W series).
Two displays, same content, different resolutions, independent timings.
Two displays, continuous content (available in Windows only).
Dual Independent Head. Two displays, different content, independent
resolutions.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
25
IEGD—Architectural Overview
The table below summarizes which display configurations are supported by Intel
chipsets.
Table 5.
Supported Display Configurations
Operating System
Chipset
Windows XP*/Vista*
Windows CE*
Linux
Intel® US15W/US15WP/WPT,
Intel®Atom™ 400/500
Single, Clone,
Extended
Single, Clone, Vertical
Extended
Single, Clone,
Xinerama, DIH
Intel® Q45/G41/G45
Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45,
Intel® Q35,
Intel® GLE960,
Intel® GME965,
Intel® Q965,
Intel® 945GM,
Intel® 945GSE,
Intel® 945G,
Intel® 915GME,
Intel® 910GMLE
Single, Twin, Clone,
Extended
Single, Twin, Clone
Single, Twin, Clone,
Xinerama, DIH
Intel® 915GV
Single, Twin, Clone
Single, Twin, Clone
Single, Twin, Clone
IEGD supports Twin and Clone modes through custom APIs. In contrast, Microsoft
Windows and Linux operating systems (X.org*) both natively support Extended and
DIH.
2.2
Features
The following sections describe major features IEGD supports.
2.2.1
Chipsets Supported
The table below lists IEGD-supported chipsets.
Table 6.
Chipsets Supported by the Intel Embedded Graphics Suite
Chipset
Intel®Atom™ 400/500
Intel®
US15W/US15WP/WPT
IEGD VBIOS Support
IEGD Support
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intel® Q45/G41/G45
Yes
Yes
Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45
Yes
Yes
Intel® Q35
Yes
Yes
Intel GLE960/GME965,
Intel® Q965
Yes
Yes
Intel® 945G
Intel 945GME
Intel 945GSE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intel® 915GV
Intel® 915GME
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intel® 910GMLE
Yes
Yes
®
All supported chipsets provide for a single analog output for CRTs. In addition, digital
monitors, flat panels and TVs are supported through the GMCH sDVO interface.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
26
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Architectural Overview—IEGD
2.2.2
OS and API Support
IEGD and Video BIOS support the following operating systems and APIs. For OpenGL
APIs, see Appendix D, “2D/3D API Support”.
• Linux X.org
• Fedora* 10 (kernel 2.6.27, X.org 1.5)
• Moblin 2.1 IVI and Moblin 2.1 Linux* (kernel 2.6.31, X server 1.6.1) (Intel®
System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT only)
• Windows Embedded Standard 2009, Windows XP* ver. SP3, Windows XP
Professional* ver. SP3, Windows XP Embedded* ver. SP3, WEPOS* ver. SP3:
— DirectX* 8.1 and 9.0 (DirectDraw* and Direct3D*)
• Microsoft Windows CE* 7.0/Windows Embedded CE 7.0 (WEC7) for Intel® Atom™
Processor 400 and 500 Series only and Windows CE and 6.0 R2 for all other IEGD
chipsets
Note:
The following features are NOT supported in IEGD v10.4:
• Microsoft Vista* 2D + 3D
• Vista DirectX 9.0L, DirectX 10.0 (Combine with MS Vista 2D + 3D)
• Windows Aero* is not supported by IEGD under Windows Vista1
2.2.3
DisplayID Support
The Intel Embedded Graphics Driver supports the newly developed DisplayID
specification. DisplayID is a new VESA specification (www.vesa.org) that describes the
data format for the display configuration parameters and provides the capability to
unify the display data structure thereby decreasing the need to rely on proprietary
extensions. For more information on DisplayID, its uses and parameters please
reference the VESA specification (www.vesa.org).
2.2.4
EDID-Less Configuration
EDID-less support is the ability to run a display panel that does not have display timing
information within the panel. Therefore, the user has to provide the display timing
information to the graphics drivers. For IEGD, this must be done through:
• CED
• Configuration file for the graphics drivers.
This document describes only the necessary edits to the configuration files that are
required to implement the graphics driver and VBIOS, and not specific settings for
EDID-less panel configuration. Please refer to the manufacturer’s specifications for the
DTD settings to use for your EDID-less panels.
1. Windows Aero is a graphics function that adds glass or translucent effects to menus, balloons, and
dialog boxes in Windows Vista along with 3D scrolling. Its purpose is to add more intuition to
toolbars and navigation. “Aero” is Microsoft's code name for the Microsoft Vista theme or shell.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
27
IEGD—Architectural Overview
2.2.4.1
EDID-Less Panel Type Detection
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite supports EDID-less displays that do not export
timing modes. This is accomplished by allowing configuration of a Detailed Timing
Descriptor (DTD), and associating that DTD with a specific display port. IEGD provides
further flexibility in allowing numerous DTDs to be defined and having the selection of
the DTD be configurable though selection of Configuration IDs. The selection of the
Configuration ID can be done from the System BIOS, as long as it supports the Intel
5F40h function and passes the appropriate Configuration ID to the VBIOS. The VBIOS
in turn notifies the Graphics Driver of which Configuration ID is active. This is not
required however, but the VBIOS and/or Graphics Driver require the Configuration ID to
be set prior to installation.
2.2.5
sDVO Devices
IEGD supports many third-party digital transmitters connected to the sDVO ports of the
GMCH. The driver code that supports each of these devices is abstracted and is a
separate driver called a port driver. Port drivers can be dynamically loaded at the time
IEGD is initialized, and IEGD can be configured to allow any number of these port
drivers to be loaded. By default, all the port drivers for the devices listed in the
following table as “Included in Release Package” will load by default if the
corresponding transmitter is detected. If a port driver is not specified in the
configuration before installation, that device will not be detected, and the port driver
will not load. The configuration can be modified before installation to prevent certain
port drivers from loading or to include additional port drivers to load.
Table 7.
SDVO Devices Supported
VBIOS/EPOG/EFI Video
Driver Support
Graphics Driver
Support
Internal LVDS
Yes
Yes
Internal TV Out
No
Yes
Device
Chrontel CH7022* RGB VGA/SDTV/HDTV out
Yes
Yes
Chrontel CH7307* Single-port DVI out
Yes
Yes
Chrontel CH7308* LVDS out
Yes
Yes
Chrontel CH7317* RGB VGA out
Yes
Yes
Chrontel CH7315* HDMI out
Yes
Yes
Chrontel CH7319* Dual-port DVI out with HDCP
Yes
Yes
Chrontel CH7320* Dual-port DVI out
Yes
Yes
Silicon Image SiI 1362*Single-port DVI out
Yes
Yes
Silicon Image SiI 1364* Single-port DVI out
Yes
Yes
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
28
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Architectural Overview—IEGD
2.2.6
Rotation
Rotation is the ability to rotate the display for the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver.
Rotation support includes 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°. Rotation is supported only on the
following chipsets using Windows XP*, and Linux operating systems:
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
• Intel® Q45/G41/G45 Express chipset
• Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express chipset
• Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset
• Intel® Q35 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 Express chipset
• Intel® Q965 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GME Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GM Express chipset
• Intel® 945G Express chipset
• Intel® 915GV Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 915GME Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 910GMLE Express chipset
Note:
Rotation is not supported with the VBIOS. Rotation is supported with Windows CE* but
only in static mode.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
29
Architectural Overview
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
30
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
3.0
Platform Configuration Using CED
The Intel® IEGD Configuration Editor (CED) is a Windows-based Graphical User
Interface (GUI) that allows you to create configurations, package the configurations,
and create installations that can be loaded directly on a specific OS or Video BIOS
platform. Configurations are associated with a specific chipset and can be created for
any one of the following supported chipsets:
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
• Intel® Q45/G41/G45 Express chipset
• Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express chipset
• Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset
• Intel® Q35 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 Express chipset
• Intel® Q965 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GME Express chipset
• Intel® 945G Express chipset
• Intel® 915GV Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 915GME Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 910GMLE Express chipset
IEGD configurations can be created for the following supported operating systems and
Video BIOS:
• Linux X.org
• Fedora 10
• Moblin 2.1 IVI for Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT only
• Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 2009*, Microsoft Windows XP* SP3,
Microsoft Windows XP Professional* SP3, Microsoft Windows XP Embedded* SP3,
and Microsoft WEPOS* SP3:
— DirectX* 8.1 and 9.0 (DirectDraw* and Direct3D*)
• Microsoft Windows Vista
— Choose “Windows XP/XPE” when configuring a package in CED for Windows
Vista.
— IEGD will automatically run in XDDM mode once installed on a system using
Microsoft Vista* and one of the aforementioned Intel embedded chipsets.
• Microsoft Windows CE 6.0 R2
• Microsoft Windows CE 7.0/WEC7 for Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
only
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
31
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Note:
The following features are NOT supported in IEGD v10.4:
• Microsoft Vista* 2D + 3D (WDDM)
• Vista DirectX 9.0L, DirectX 10.0 (Combine with MS Vista 2D + 3D)
The CED GUI is designed for ease of use and configuration of IEGD. Each configuration
page has online help available and each data field is validated. If you enter an incorrect
value, the CED displays an error message at the top of the page and displays the valid
range of values for the field. You cannot finish a configuration until all fields contain
valid values.
The following sections show how to create a configuration for any of the supported
chipsets, operating systems, and IEGD Video BIOS.
• “Starting the CED” on page 33
• “Creating a New Customized DTD” on page 34
• “Creating a New Configuration” on page 38
• “Creating a New Package” on page 58
• “Generating an Installation” on page 66
3.1
Before You Begin
To configure IEGD software using CED, you will need some information on the panel
you are using. This information is usually found in the product specifications. In some
cases the terminology used in the CED may not match the labels used in your panel’s
product specification. Refer to Table 9, “Timing Specification Example Values” on
page 37 for hints on which specs correspond to CED Detailed Timings Descriptor (DTD)
fields. After you obtain the correct specification values, you may need to derive other
values for the DTD fields.
3.2
Creating a Configuration in CED – Summary Steps
The following steps present a sample CED configuration.
1. (Optional) If you have custom panels and timings you may want to create your own
DTD; otherwise you can use the standard DTDs provided by CED. If needed, select
New DTD.
— Choose the DTD Type that most closely aligns with your display parameters,
enter parameters, and then click Finish. Or, to create a DTD, see “Creating a
New Customized DTD” on page 34.
2. Select New Configuration.
— Enter a name for the configuration, select the mode, chipset, ports, port
drivers, DTDs, etc., for the configuration and then click Finish. For details, see
“Creating a New Configuration” on page 38.
3. Select New Package.
— Enter a name for the package, select the configurations for your package, the
platforms for the installation, and then click Finish. For details, see “Creating a
New Package” on page 58.
4. Select the created package and then select Generate Installation.
The generated files are placed in the installation folder. The zip files (for Linux,
Windows CE, and Windows operating systems) contain the generated iegd.reg,
or INF file. For details, see “Generating an Installation” on page 66.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
32
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Figure 4.
Sample CED Configuration Start Page
3.3
Starting the CED
To start IEGD CED, open the folder where you installed the CED and click the iegdced.exe icon. The IEGD CED splash window appears for a few moments followed by
the IEGD Configuration Editor main window.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
33
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Figure 5.
IEGD Configuration Editor Main Window
From this window, you can create configurations, package the configurations, and
create installations from the packages that can be installed directly on a platform. The
main window also provides a Console tab that displays information when you build a
package or an installation.
The following sections show how to create a configuration for any of the supported
chipsets, operating systems, and the IEGD Video BIOS.
3.4
Creating a New Customized DTD
CED allows you to create Dynamic Timings Definitions (DTD) for EDID-less displays or
displays for which you do not want to use the display's EDID settings. In either of those
cases, you can create your own DTD using the steps below. Otherwise you can use one
of the standard DTDs included in CED.
You can create a new DTD by clicking the New DTD link at the top of the main CED
window, or you can create DTDs for each configured port when you create a new
configuration. Any DTDs you create will be available for all configurations.
When you select New DTD from the main CED window, the following IEGD DTD Page
appears.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
34
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Figure 6.
IEGD DTD Page
To create a custom DTD setting:
1. From the CED main screen, select New DTD.
2. Enter a name for the DTD in the text box provided, for example, test_LVDS.
3. Using the data sheet from the panel being used, enter the DTD timings in the
appropriate fields. Refer to Table 8, “IEGD DTD Setting Options” for field
descriptions.
The screen will be similar to the example shown in Figure 6.
4. Click Finish.
The custom DTD is complete.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
35
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 8.
IEGD DTD Setting Options (Sheet 1 of 2)
DTD Parameter
Description
Enter DTD File Name
Enter a name for this customized DTD. This is a required field and the
name must be between 1 and 50 characters and may contain spaces and
underscores.
DTD Type
Select the DTD Type that most closely aligns with your display
parameters. Options are:
• IEGD Parameters:
The IEGD Parameters are the same as the current PCF/CED DTD
parameters.
• VESA Parameters:
The VESA Parameters allow the user to create a DTD from a VESA
monitor timing standard.
• Hardware Parameters:
The Hardware Parameters are the parameters that are used by
IEGD.
• Simple Parameters:
The Simple Parameters (CVT Standard) is a process for computing
standard timing specifications. The method for developing Reduced
Blanking timings is not included.
• Mode Lines:
The Mode Lines are a video timing spec used by X.org. The X.org
timing setting for Mode Lines is “name” I A B C D E F G H. For
example: “[email protected]” 25.175 640 672 728 816 480 489 501
526.
• EDID Block:
The EDID Block is the detailed timing section (18 bytes) of the basic
128-byte EDID data structure. The detailed timing section starts at
36h of the 128-byte EDID data structure. Enter the EDID block 1
byte at a time. Example:
a0 0f 20 00 31 58 1c 20 d2 1a 14 00 f6 b8 00 00 00 18
Pixel Clock
Pixel clock value in KHz. Range 0-0x7fffffff.
DTD Settings Flags
This section allows you to set flags for Interlace, Vertical Sync Polarity,
Horizontal Sync Polarity, and Blank Sync Polarity. Each field in this
section is described below.
Interlaced Display:
• Check for Interlaced
• Cleared for Non-interlaced
Vertical Sync Polarity:
• Active Low (Default)
• Active High
Horizontal Sync Polarity:
• Active Low (Default)
• Active High
Blank Sync Polarity:
• Active Low (Default)
• Active High
Note:
These flags are IEGD-specific and do not correspond to VESA
3.0 flags.
Horizontal Sync Offset (Front
Porch) in pixels
Specifies the amount of time after a line of the active video ends and the
horizontal sync pulse starts (Horizontal Front Porch). Range 0-1023 [10
bits].
Horizontal Sync Pulse Width (Sync
Time) in pixels
Width of the Horizontal Sync Pulse (Sync Time) which synchronizes the
display and returns the beam to the left side of the display. Range 01023 [10 bits].
Horizontal Blank Width (Blank
Time) in pixels
This parameter indicates the amount of time it takes to move the beam
from the right side of the display to the left side of the display (Blank
Time). During this time, the beam is shut off, or blanked. Range 0-4095
[12 bits].
Horizontal Active (Width) in pixels
Number of pixels displayed on a horizontal line (Width). Range 1-32767
[15 bits].
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
36
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Table 8.
IEGD DTD Setting Options (Sheet 2 of 2)
DTD Parameter
3.4.1
Description
Horizontal Sync Start in pixels
This parameter specifies the start of the horizontal active time.
Range 0-40957.
Horizontal Sync End in pixels
This parameter specifies the end of the horizontal active time.
Range 0-49148.
Horizontal Blank Start in pixels
This parameter specifies the start of one line of the video and margin
period. Range 0-32766.
Horizontal Blank End in pixels
This parameter specifies the end of one line of the video and margin
period. Range 0-65533.
Refresh in Hz
Also known as the Vertical Refresh, the rate the full display updates.
Standard refresh rates are 50Hz, 60Hz, 75Hz, and 85Hz.
Vertical Sync Offset (Front Porch)
in lines
Specifies the amount of time after last active line of video ends and
vertical sync pulse starts (Vertical Front Porch). Range 0-4095 [12 bits].
Vertical Sync Pulse Width (Sync
Time) in lines
Specifies the Width of the Vertical Sync Pulse which synchronizes the
display on the vertical axis and returns the beam to the top, left side of
the display. Range 0-63 [6 bits].
Vertical Blank Width (Blank Time)
in lines
The amount of time for the complete vertical blanking operation to
complete. It indicates the time it takes to move the beam from the
bottom right to the top, left side of the display (Blank Time). During this
time, the beam is shut off, or blanked. Range 0-4095 [12 bits].
Vertical Active (Height) in lines
The number of active lines displayed (Height). Range 1-4095 [12 bits].
Vertical Sync Start in lines
This parameter specifies the start of the vertical sync. Range 0-4157.
Vertical Sync End in lines
This parameter specifies the end of the vertical sync. Range 0-4220.
Vertical Blank Start in lines
This parameter specifies the start of display vertical blanking including
margin period. Range 0-4094.
Vertical Blank End in lines
This parameter specifies the end of vertical blanking. Range 0-8189.
DTD Example Specifications
The following table shows example product specifications that can be used in the timing
fields.
Table 9.
Timing Specification Example Values (Sheet 1 of 2)
Standard value
Item
Typ.
1/ts
29.91
33.231
36.55
ts
27.36
30.06
33.43
ns
Hi-time
tsh
7
–
–
ns
Low-time
tsl
7
–
–
ns
DUTY ratio
th/tl
35
50
65
ns
Setup time
tds
7
–
–
ns
Hold time
tdh
4
–
–
ns
24.51
31.75
32.05
us
Period
Data
H sync.
H display
Enable
Unit
Min.
Frequency
Clock
Symbol
Period
tlpl, tlpd
Max.
MHz
880
1056
1088
clk
Pulse width
tlw
3
128
200
clk
Term
thd
800
800
800
clk
Setup time
tdrs
7
–
–
ns
Hold time
tdrh
4
–
–
ns
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
37
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 9.
Timing Specification Example Values (Sheet 2 of 2)
Standard value
Item
V sync.
V display
Period
Unit
Min.
Typ.
Max.
tfpf, tfpd
520
525
680
Line
Pulse width
tfw
1
2
3
Line
Term
tvd
480
480
480
Line
Start
tfd
10
33
40
Line
H sync. ~ enable
Phase
difference
Symbol
tdrds
50
216
260
clk
H sync. ~ clock
tls
7
–
–
ns
H sync. ~V sync.
tn
7
–
–
ns
For information about creating DTDs for Windows CE, see Chapter 6.0, “Configuring
and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems.”
3.5
Creating a New Configuration
To create a new configuration, click the New Configuration selection located on the
top of the IEGD CED main window. The Chipset Configuration Page appears.
Figure 7.
Chipset Configuration Page
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
38
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
The Chipset Configuration Page allows you to specify settings that apply to all OS,
VBIOS, EFI, and EPOG platforms (Note: The EPOG feature is available only in single
display mode on Intel® System Controller Hub US15W.)
The table below describes each setting on the Chipset Configuration page.
Table 10.
Chipset Configuration Page Settings (Sheet 1 of 2)
Setting
Configuration File Name
Platform Chipset
Display Configuration Mode
Description
Provide a name for the configuration you are creating. This name is
required and is used when you create packages. The name can consist
of any alphanumeric characters and any special characters and must be
between 1 and 50 characters. You must enter a configuration before you
can enter any other information on this page.
Select the target chipset for this configuration from the drop-down list.
Select the type of display configuration from the drop-down list. You can
select any one of the following display configurations:
• Single — Single display configuration.
• Twin — Two displays where both displays have the same resolution,
refresh rate, and content.
• Clone — Two displays where both displays have the same content
but can have different resolutions and timings.
• DIH — Dual Independent Head. This is a configuration where both
displays can have different resolutions, different refresh rates, and
different content.
Note:
On Microsoft Windows* DIH configurations, the display DOES
NOT automatically come up in extended display mode. You
must go into the Display properties on the Control Panel and
manually set the display to DIH mode.
Overlay Color Correction
Overlay Color Correction allows the Overlay plane to have colorcorrection settings that are different from the main frame buffer colorcorrection settings. See “Overlay Color Correction” on page 40.
Note: Overlay color correction is not supported on the Intel® GM45
chipset.
Microsoft Windows CE* Settings
If you are creating a package for a Microsoft Windows* CE platform,
click the Microsoft Windows CE* Settings button for additional
settings that may be required for your configuration. Please see
“Changing Windows CE OS Options” on page 43 for descriptions of these
settings.
Display Detection
Display Detection allows you to specify if the driver should detect
displays on the system. The default is Disabled. For more information on
Display Detection, refer to “Display Detection and Initialization” on
page 78.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
39
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 10.
Chipset Configuration Page Settings (Sheet 2 of 2)
Setting
Port Devices (Available Ports, Port
Order)
Description
The Port Devices section lists the ports available based on the chipset
selected.
The Available Ports box lists the ports available to the chipset. You can
move these port devices to the Port Order box to determine the search
order for detecting attached displays. To move a port device to the Port
Order box, either double-click the port device or click the port device to
highlight it, and then click the right arrow button to move it from the
Available Ports to the Port Order box.
The Port Order section allows you to determine the search order for
detecting attached displays for the Display Detection feature. When
Display Detection is enabled, the Port Order determines which display is
primary and which display is secondary.
You can choose default ordering by not moving any of the Available Ports
to the Port Order box and leaving the Port Order box empty. Default
ordering is chipset-specific. See Table 56, “Default Search Order” on
page 218 for more information on default port ordering based on
chipset.
When you move one or more ports to the Port Order box, you can
configure each port by clicking Next. For each port listed in the Port
Order box, you can click Next to configure each port. See “Configuring
Ports” on page 45 for information on configuring ports.
Note:
Clone Settings
Clone Width
Clone Height
Clone Refresh
When specifying the port order, if sDVOC is before sDVOB, you
should specify the I2C parameter i2Cdab=0x72 for sDVOC. This
allows the driver to detect the SDVO encoder connected to
sDVOC properly. See other details in “i2cdab” on page 75.
If you are creating a clone display configuration, you can specify the
width, height, and refresh rate for the clone display in this section. For
more information about clone display configurations, refer to “Enhanced
Clone Mode Support” on page 84.
This field allows you disable Overlay support, which is enabled by
default.
Overlay Off
3.5.1
Note:
This field is only for Microsoft Windows* and Microsoft Windows
CE operating systems. The Linux* OS configuration for the
xorg.conf provides a standard option that performs the same
function.
Setting Color Correction
Color Correction is available for both overlays and framebuffers, and is accessed under
the New Configuration link at the top of the main CED window. For both overlay and
framebuffer color correction, user-assigned values must be between 0.6 to 6. By
default, gamma is 1.0 (no correction).
Note:
Overlay color correction is not supported on the Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 chipset.
3.5.1.1
Overlay Color Correction
Overlay Color Correction allows the Overlay plane to have color-correction settings
different from the main framebuffer color-correction settings. This feature lets you
color-correct for red, green, and blue, plus it enables you to adjust brightness,
contrast, and saturation.
Table 11.
Overlay Color Correction Values (applies to ALL color)
Gamma:
0.6 to 6.0 (default value is 1)
Brightness:
0 to 200 (default value is 100)
Contrast:
0 to 200 (default value is 100)
Saturation:
0 to 200 (default value is 100)
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
40
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
To assign overlay color correction, click the Overlay Color Correction button on the
Chipset Configuration Page. The Overlay Color Correction Page appears, as shown in
the figure below.
Figure 8.
Overlay Color Correction Page
Add your desired values to the correction fields and then click Finish.
3.5.1.2
Framebuffer Color Correction Attributes
Framebuffer Color Correction Attributes allow you to adjust the main color attributes.
This feature lets you color-correct for red, green, and blue, and enables you to adjust
brightness and contrast.
Table 12.
Framebuffer Color Correction Values (applies to R, G, B color)
Gamma:
0.6 to 6.0 (default value is 1)
Brightness:
-127 to 127 (default value is 0)
Contrast:
-127 to 127 (default value is 0)
To assign framebuffer color correction, click the Framebuffer Color Correction
Attributes button on the port configuration page (CRT, LVDS, sDVO, or HDMI). The
Framebuffer Color Correction Page appears, as shown in Figure 9.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
41
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Figure 9.
Framebuffer Color Correction Page
Add your desired values to the correction fields and then click Finish.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
42
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
3.5.2
Changing Windows CE OS Options
The Windows CE Options Page allows you to enter Windows CE OS-specific options into
the configuration. When you click the Microsoft Windows CE* Settings button from
the IEGD Package Page (see “Creating a New Package” on page 58), the following page
appears.
Figure 10.
Chipset Configuration Page
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
43
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
The table below describes each field on this page.
Table 13.
Windows CE OS Settings
Windows CE OS Option
Description
Reserved Memory Base
Reserved Memory Size
These two fields let you specify the amount and the starting point of
statically reserved video memory. Video memory can be statically
reserved or dynamically allocated on demand. If both Reserved Memory
Base and Reserved Memory Size are non-zero, video memory allocation
uses the static model. Base plus Size must extend to TOM (Top Of
Memory) and not conflict with other reserved memory arenas in the
config.bib file.
The default for both Reserved Memory Base and Reserved Memory Size
is zero, indicating a dynamic allocation model.
Default behavior disables static memory model.
Maximum Frame Buffer Size
The maximum size of the expected frame buffer. By providing this hint,
the display driver can more efficiently organize GART memory, leading
to a smaller video memory consumption. This value must be greater
than or equal to the expected size of the frame buffer. Units represent
the number of bytes and are specified in hexadecimal. Specifying zero
causes the default frame buffer reservation sizing.
The default is 0x300000
Page Request Limit
The Page Request Limit controls the maximum allocations of offscreen
video surfaces, buffers, etc. This value represents the number of pages
(4K) allocated and is independent of dynamic or static memory
configuration.
The maximum is 128MB (0x8000)
Minimum Video Surface Width
Minimum Video Surface Height
In pixels, the minimum width and height of surfaces acceptable for
allocation in video memory. Due to hardware restrictions that optimize
memory access, it is advisable to reserve video memory for larger
surfaces and allow GDI and DirectDraw* to allocate small surfaces from
system memory.
Default value for both width and height is 16.
Enable System to Video Stretch
Blits
When checked, this enables system-to-video memory stretch blit
operations to take advantage of hardware-accelerated filtering.
Normally, it is more efficient to allow GDI to conduct system-to-video
stretch blits, but the default filtering used by GDI is Nearest.
The default is disabled.
Specify whether to disable or enable D3D graphics.
Disable D3D
Note:
Enable Dual Overlay in Vertical
Extended
This option is available only if DIH (vertical extended) mode has been
selected as the display configuration on the Chipset Configuration page.
See Table 10, “Chipset Configuration Page Settings” on page 39 for
details.
Enable Frame Buffer Overlay
Blending
When checked, this option enables overlay blending with the
framebuffer on both display outputs (if in VEXT mode) on US15W and
when display mode resolution is 32-bit XRGB.
Enable No Tearing Option
If enabled, all blit operations to the frame buffer are synchronized with
video sync to eliminate any visible tearing on the display screen.
Disabling this feature achieves a performance gain.
Display
Use Default
Width
Height
Color Quality
Refresh
The Display section allows you select the default resolution, color depth,
and refresh rate for the configuration. If you do not select a default
display mode, the configuration uses the default display mode for the
operating system it is installed on.
For Windows CE 7.0 OS, this box should be checked as IEGD
currently does not support D3D on Windows CE 7.0/WEC7
systems.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
44
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
3.5.3
Configuring Ports
You can configure each port listed in the Port Order box of the Chipset Configuration
Page by clicking Next. When you do, a port Configuration Page appears similar to the
one shown here.
Figure 11.
Port Configuration Page
The Port Configuration Page allows you to specify whether to use EDID timings or
customized DTD timings for the display connected to this specific port. From this page,
you can also specify Attribute Settings, I2C Settings, and Flat Panel Settings and create
a new DTD that can be used with any configuration.
Table 14 describes each field on this page.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
45
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 14.
Port Configuration Settings (Sheet 1 of 2)
Port Configuration Field
Description
Readable Port Name
Enter a name for the port. This is a required field and the name must be
between 1 and 50 characters and may contain spaces.
Port Rotation
This list allows you select a rotation for the display connected to this
port. You can choose between 0, 90, 180, and 270 degrees. The default
is 0.
Note: For Windows CE Static rotation, setting the width and height to
the rotated values is no longer required with the improvements
beginning in v10.1.
Flip Port
Check this box if you want the display connected to this port to be
inverted horizontally. The default is not to invert horizontally.
CenterOff
When this option is enabled it DISABLES centering. Also, depending on
the combination of “edid” + “user-dtd” + connected hardware, IEGD will
add missing compatibility modes (6x4, 8x6, 10x7& 12x10) via centering.
Use this option to disable this feature.
EDID Options
This section allows you to set EDID options for the display. IEGD
supports three different types of EDID display modes:
• Built-in display modes: These modes are hard-coded in IEGD. These
modes can be filtered based on the EDID block.
• EDID Block: These are Detailed Timing Descriptors read from an
EDID display. An EDID display can contain DTD as well as other
information about the display.
• User-specified DTDs.
If you want to use the display's EDID information if it is available, click
the Use EDID Display if Available check box.
If the display attached to this port contains EDID information, you can
choose one or more of the following options from the If EDID Device
section to determine which set of timings to use for the display
connected to the port:
• Use driver built in standard timings — If this box is checked, the
standard timings built into IEGD are used.
• Use EDID block — If this box is checked, the EDID block is used.
• Use user-defined DTDs — If this box is checked, a user-defined DTD
is used. You can select which DTD to use by checking the
appropriate box in the Custom Display Timings Descriptors (DTDs)
section. If no DTDs are defined, you can click New DTD and create
a custom DTD. For information on creating custom DTD, refer to
Table 21 on page 63.
If you select both Use driver built-in standard timings and Use
EDID block, IEGD uses its built-in display timings and the timings
provided by the display.
If the display attached to this port does not contain EDID information,
you can choose one or both of the following options from the If Not EDID
Device section:
• Use driver built-in standard timings — If this box is checked, the
standard timings are used.
• Use user-defined DTDs — If this box is checked, a user defined DTD
is used. You can select which DTD to use by checking the
appropriate box in the Custom Display Timings Descriptors (DTDs)
section. If no DTDs are defined, you can click New DTD and create
a custom DTD. For information on creating custom DTD, refer to
Table 21 on page 63.
See “Sample Advanced EDID Configurations” on page 81 for example
configurations.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
46
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Table 14.
Port Configuration Settings (Sheet 2 of 2)
Port Configuration Field
3.5.3.1
Description
Encoder Configuration
This section lets you to specify the type of encoder connected to an
sDVO port and encoder Attributes, I2C settings, and Flat Panel settings
for the port.
The Select sDVO Device drop-down list contains the list of all
supported sDVO devices. Select the device that will be connected to this
port.
To change the device's attributes, click the Attribute Settings button.
Refer to “Changing Port Attribute Settings” for information on device
attributes.
To change the device's I2C settings, click the I2C Settings button. See
“Changing I2C Settings” on page 49 for information on I2C settings.
To change the device's flat panel settings, click the Flat Panel Settings
button. See “Changing Flat Panel Settings” on page 50 for information
for changing flat panel settings.
Color Correction Attributes
Color Correction Attributes allow you to adjust the main Frame Buffer
color attributes. See “Framebuffer Color Correction Attributes” on
page 41.
Native DTD Flag
The Native DTD list lets you choose whether to use a display's built-in
timings.
Changing Port Attribute Settings
When you click the Attributes Settings button from the Encoder Configuration section
of the Port Configuration Page, the CED displays a page of attributes for the selected
encoder device. The actual page that appears depends upon the encoder device
selected and only the attributes that apply to the selected encoder appear. For a full
description of all attributes for all supported encoders, refer to “Port Driver Attributes”
on page 209.
Figure 12 shows a sample Attributes Settings Page for the Chrontel CH7022, CH7307,
and CH7308 encoders.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
47
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Figure 12.
Attribute Settings Page for the Chrontel CH7022/CH7307/CH7308 Encoders
When the Attributes Settings Page first appears, it shows the Use Default box checked
for all attributes.
To change a default value, clear the Use Default check box and enter a new value. For
a description of all attributes for all supported encoders, see “Port Driver Attributes” on
page 209.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
48
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
3.5.3.2
Changing I2C Settings
The I2C Settings Page allows you to specify the I/O interface connections to devices on
an sDVO port. When you click I2C Settings from the Port Configuration Page, the
following screen appears.
Figure 13.
sDVO Settings Page
To change the default settings for the I2C Bus Configuration or the DDC Bus
Configuration, clear the Use Default box and enter new values. The following table
describes each field on this page.
Table 15.
I2C Settings
I2C/DDC Bus Setting
Description
Device Address Byte
You can enter a device address byte for the device that this port is
connected to in these boxes.
The I2C device address is for reading and writing device registers. The
device address byte must be in 8-bit format with the 7-bit slave address
assigned to its bits 7:1 and bit 0 set to 0.
The DDC Device Address Byte is the I2C device address for reading EDID
data from the display through the DDC bus.
Speed (KHz)
Speed of I2C bus for the device and for the EDID device. The range for
these two fields is 10-400 KHz.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
49
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.5.3.3
Changing Flat Panel Settings
The Panel Settings Page allows you to specify settings for a flat panel display connected
to this sDVO port. When you click Flat Panel Settings from the Port Configuration
Page, the following screen appears.
Figure 14.
Panel Settings Page
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
50
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
The table below describes each section of this page.
Table 16.
Panel Settings Options
Flat Panel Settings
Description
Fixed Timing
This section indicates whether the attached display is a fixed timing
display.
Centering and Upscaling
The Use Default check box lets you choose the default setting or either
Upscaling or Force Centering.
GPIO Pin Connections
If you select Port Driver, GMCH, or ICH from the Flat Panel Backlight
Options list, you can specify the following GPIO pin connections.
• Panel Power Signal — GPIO connection for panel power.
• VDD backlight sequence signal — GPIO connection for backlight
power on/off sequencing signal.
• Backlight signal — GPIO connection to enable backlight signal.
Bit Depth
This list lets you select a color depth for the panel. You can choose either
18 or 24 bit color depth. The default is 18.
Single/Dual Channel
This option determines the chip channel mode. Single mode is
recommended for TV displays. For flat panels, refer to the panel's
specification.
Flat Panel Backlight Options
This section provides options for controlling the backlight of the flat
panel display and specifying timing delays.
• The Backlight Control Methods list lets you choose among No
Backlight, Port Driver, GMCH, or ICH to control the backlight. If
choose Port Driver, GMCH, or ICH, you can specify the timing delays
in the Timing Delays section and the GPIO pin connections in the
GPIO Pin Connections section. The default is No Backlight.
Timing Delays
This section lets you specify timing delays for the backlight signals as
follows:
• T1-VDD active and sDVO clock/data active: 1-512, increment by 1.
• T2-DVO active and backlight enable: 2-256, increment by 2.
• T3-Backlight disable and DVO clock/data inactive: 2-256, increment
by 2.
• T4-DVO clock/data active and inactive: 1-512, increment by 1.
• T5-Minimum from VDD inactive and active: 1-1600, increment by
50.
Note:
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Timers are very specific to the panel you are using. If they are
set incorrectly the display can be damaged or ruined. Please
refer to the datasheet for your display to determine the correct
settings.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
51
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.5.4
Configuring Fastboot
Figure 15.
Fastboot Configuration Page
The table below describes each section of this page.
Note:
Enter the file path for the splash video on the Package Page. See Figure 18 on page 58.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
52
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Table 17.
Fastboot Options (Sheet 1 of 2)
Fastboot Settings
Disable Seamless Mode Set
Splash Screen
Description
The Seamless mode set feature ensures that on a properly configured
embedded device there is only 1 mode set between power on and a fully
functional system. Under normal circumstances a PC will set the mode
several times during initialization which causes screen flicker and latency that
is undesirable for an embedded device. With seamless mode set, the
firmware sets the mode and the driver adopts the existing mode without
altering the hardware state. This feature can be combined with splash screen
or splash video for optimal effect. EFI and the EPOG feature do not support
this feature.
The Splash screen feature provides a user-configurable splash screen image
that is loaded to the framebuffer at the earliest possible time by the EPOG
feature and EFI graphics driver and remains in place until overwritten by the
OS or driver. Additionally IEGD can be configured to suppress OS drawing to
the on-screen framebuffer until notified by an application. Instead, drawing is
redirected to an off-screen framebuffer. When notified by the application,
IEGD will flip the already prepared off-screen framebuffer to be on-screen
and cease redirection of drawing. In this manner the configured splash screen
will be displayed early during boot and remain in place until a time when the
OS is fully loaded and the application interface has been prepared.
Only .bmp format is supported for the splash screen.
Quickboot
The quickboot feature optimizes the speed that IEGD loads at the expense of
compatibility and ease of use. Quickboot disables non-critical features that
affect the initialization time of the driver that are not needed for targeted
embedded applications. For example, there is no port detection; it supports
only an LVDS interface.
Splash Video
The Splash Video feature provides a mechanism to use a portion of the offscreen pre-allocated video memory (“Stolen Memory”) as a video image that
is displayed on an overlay to the framebuffer. The intention is that a video
capture device external to IEGD will be configured to transfer a video stream
to the configured location in video memory using DMA. The splash video
remains in place until IEGD is notified by an external application to disable
the overlay.
Splash Screen BG Color Red
(EFI only)
Splash Screen BG Color Red must be between 0x0 and 0xFF.
Splash Screen BG Color Green
(EFI only)
Splash Screen BG Color Green must be between 0x0 and 0xFF.
Splash Screen BG Color Blue
(EFI only)
Splash Screen BG Color Blue must be between 0x0 and 0xFF.
Splash Screen X (upper left
corner x coordinate) (EFI and
EPOG feature only)
The X location, in pixels, where the Firmware Splash Screen will be placed.
This number is a signed number in 2's complement. Positive numbers are
offset from the left of the screen. Negative numbers are offset from the right
of the screen.
Splash Screen Y (upper left
corner y coordinate) (EFI and
EPOG feature only)
The Y location, in pixels, where the Firmware Splash Screen will be placed.
This number is a signed number in 2's complement. Positive numbers are
offset from the top of the screen. Negative numbers are offset from the
bottom of the screen.
Splash Video Offset (EFI and
EPOG feature only)
The offset, in bytes, from the base of video memory where the Splash Video
will be placed. Care must be taken to ensure that this location is past the end
of the on-screen framebuffer and that the full Splash Video image within the
pre-allocated video memory.
Splash Video Pixel Format
(EFI and EPOG feature only)
The pixel format of the Splash Video image in memory. The available pixel
formats are encoded values used within IEGD.
Splash Video Source Width
(EFI and EPOG feature only)
The width, in pixels, of the Splash Video image in memory.
Splash Video Source Height
(EFI and EPOG feature only)
The height, in pixels, of the Splash Video image in memory.
Splash Video Source Pitch
(EFI and EPOG feature only)
The pitch, in bytes, of the Splash Video image in memory.
Pitch must be >= bytes per pixel * source width.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
53
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 17.
Fastboot Options (Sheet 2 of 2)
Fastboot Settings
3.5.4.1
Description
Splash Video Destination X
(EFI only)
The X location, in pixels, where the Splash Video will be placed. This number
is a signed number in 2’s complement. Positive numbers are offset from the
left of the screen. Negative numbers are offset from the right of the screen.
Splash Video Destination Y
(EFI only)
The Y location, in pixels, where the Splash Video will be placed. This number
is a signed number in 2’s complement. Positive numbers are offset from the
top of the screen. Negative numbers are offset from the bottom of the
screen.
Splash Video Destination
Height (EFI only)
The height, in pixels, of the Splash Video window on the screen. This number
must currently be the same as SrcHeight.
Splash Video Destination
Width (EFI only)
The width of the screen. This number must currently be the same as
SrcWidth.
Configuring Splash Video
The splash video feature can be used to display a video while the system is booting to
the operating system. This section describes how to configure the options needed.
Figure 16.
Splash Video with 8 MBytes of Stolen Memory Example
1GB RAM with 128KB GTT and 8MB
Stolen Memory Example
Top of RAM (TR)
1GB = 1024*1024*1024
GTT
Stolen Memory
Scratch
Page
TR-size of (GTT)
4KB for scratch page
Splash
Video
1GB - 128KB (Start Physical Address of GTT)
1GB - 132KB
(Start Physical Address of Scratch Page)
Max size of Video = Start_Addr_Scratch_Pg – Start Addr_of_Video
BGSM + Video_Offset
(Start Physical Address of Video Data)
Frame
Buffer
1GB – 8MB = BGSM
(Base of Graphics Stolen Memory)
System
Memory
0
0
B6872-01
The Video DMA area is where the video will be streamed. It is part of the stolen
memory of our graphics device.
The external PCI device that is connected to the camera needs to know the exact DDR
RAM physical address to stream, or dump the video data at that memory location.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
54
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
To calculate the Start DDR RAM physical address:
Start_Phy_Ram_Addr =
BGSM + Video_Offset
where BGSM = Base of Graphics Stolen Memory,
and Video_Offset = Offset where the video data is present. This is what you enter
into the CED tool.
There are two ways to calculate BGSM:
• The recommended method is to use the setpci command in Linux to find the
BGSM from the PCI Config space.
At the Linux command prompt, type the following:
$ setpci -s 0:2.0 0x5C.L
OR
• Find the amount of physical RAM populated in the system, for example, 1 Gbyte,
and the stolen memory selected by the user in the system BIOS, for example,
8 Mbyte.
BGSM =
3.5.4.2
1 Gbyte - 8 Mbytes = 0x4000 0000 - 0x80 0000 = 0x3F80 0000
How to Select the Video_Offset
Determine the size of the maximum resolution of the framebuffer.
Size = framebuffer_height * framebuffer_pitch
where framebuffer_pitch = framebuffer_width * Bytes_per_Pixel (page aligned)
For example, 1024x768 at 32-bit BPP:
Size =
768 * (1024 * 4) = 3145728 = 0x30 0000
For some usage models, the framebuffer pitch is set to 8192 bytes. In that case:
Size = 768 * (8192) = 6291456 = 0x60 0000
The Video_Offset can start from 0x30 0000 or 0x60 0000 (if the pitch is 8192). See
the notes below on the recommended values for the Video Offset.
Max Size of Splash Video =
Size of Stolen Memory - Max Frame buffer size –
Size of GTT – Size of Scratch Page (4 KB)
Notes:
1. For the Splash Video option the stolen memory MUST be a minimum of 8 Mbytes.
This is selected in the BIOS menu.
2. The recommended Video Offsets for the splash video are 0x600000 and
0x700000.
3. If the Size of the Video frame is more than 1 Mbyte, please choose 0x600000.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
55
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.5.5
Configuring the Video BIOS and EFI
The final page of IEGD Configuration allows you to configure your video BIOS (if you
are creating a configuration that includes the Video BIOS) and EFI. You can configure
the Video BIOS by clicking Next after you configure each port. When you do, the
following Video BIOS and EFI Configuration Page appears.
Figure 17.
Video BIOS Configuration Page
From this page, you can customize POST (Power On Self Test) messages and default
display modes as well as matching port devices to System BIOS ports.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
56
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
The table below describes each field on this page.
Table 18.
Video BIOS Settings Options (Sheet 1 of 2)
Video BIOS Settings
Description
Primary Display Mode
This section allows you to specify a standard or a customized display mode
for the primary display. You can select a standard mode from any of the
standard modes listed in the drop-down list. If you want to use a customized
mode for the primary display, check the Custom check box and enter the
mode number in the box. For a complete list of customized VGA and VESA
modes, refer to Table 27, “Supported VGA Video Display Modes” on page 99
and Table 28, “VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS” on page 100.
Secondary Display Mode
This section allows you to specify a standard or a customized display mode
for the secondary display. You can select a standard mode from any of the
standard modes listed in the drop-down list. If you want to use a customized
mode for the secondary display, check the Custom check box and enter the
mode number in the box. For a complete list of customized VGA and VESA
modes, refer to Table 27, “Supported VGA Video Display Modes” on page 99
and Table 28, “VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS” on page 100.
5F Functions
These settings allow you to enable or disable the five System BIOS 15h
interrupt hooks. (Please see “Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions” on
page 221 for more information on 5F functions.)
All five functions are enabled by default.
The Common to Port section lets you match port devices with common
System BIOS ports. This allows the Video BIOS to retrieve information about
the port from the System BIOS. It allows you to associate standard display
names used in most system BIOSs to specific ports that are recognized by
IEGD (for example, LVDS, sDVO). The VBIOS makes this association when
the VBIOS calls the System BIOS Intel® 5F interrupt functions.
This setting consists of six numbers, where each number is associated with
one of the System BIOS displays:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Common to Port
:
:
:
:
:
:
CRT - Standard analog CRT
TV1 - TV Output 1
EFP1 - DVI Flat Panel 1
LFP - Local Flat Panel (Internal LVDS display)
TV2 - TV Output 2
EFP2 - DVI Flat Panel 2
The values above are an example of the typical displays and corresponding
order used by a system BIOS. However, this may vary depending on how
your system BIOS has implemented the displays and the Intel 5F interrupt
functions.
The value in each position in the setting should be the associated port
device. Using the typical settings above, if you want to associate CRT in the
system BIOS with the internal CRT (port 1) and LFP in the system BIOS with
internal LVDS (port 4) in the VBIOS, select CRT from the VBIOS Port Devices
list and click the left arrow button next to the CRT row in the Matches
column, and then select LFP from the VBIOS Port Devices list and click the
left arrow button next to the LFP row in the Matches column.
Notes: This feature must be compatible with the System BIOS. If the
System BIOS does not properly implement the Intel 5F functions,
then using the Common to Port feature could cause unpredictable
results with the displays. If you are unsure, leave the Matches
column blank for all ports to disable this feature.
The Display Detect field on the Chipset Configuration page must be
set to Enable in order for the Common to Port values to be used.
Enable POST messages to
display
To enable Power On Self Test (POST) messages to display during the power
on sequence, check this box. If left unchecked (i.e., cleared), the POST
messages do not display.
OEM String
Enter a string of up to 100 characters. This string appears on the display
when the Video BIOS starts up. The default is a blank string.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
57
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 18.
Video BIOS Settings Options (Sheet 2 of 2)
Video BIOS Settings
3.6
Description
OEM Vendor Name
Enter a string of up to 80 characters that identifies the OEM Vendor. This
string appears on the display when the Video BIOS starts up. The default is a
blank string.
OEM Product Name
Enter a string of up to 80 characters that identifies the OEM Product
Revision. This string appears on the display when the Video BIOS starts up.
The default is a blank string.
OEM Product Revision
Enter a string of up to 80 characters that identifies the OEM Product
Revision. This string appears on the display when the Video BIOS starts up.
The default is a blank string.
Number of Seconds to Display
Enter the number of seconds to display the above information. The default is
1.
Creating a New Package
A package consists of one or more configurations and is used to create an installation
that works for multiple operating systems and chipset platforms and displays.
To create a new package, click the New Package link at the top of the main CED
window. The IEGD Package Page appears.
Figure 18.
IEGD Package Editor Page
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
58
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
The table below describes each field on this page.
Table 19.
IEGD Package Editor Setting Options
Package Option
Package File Name
Description
Enter a name for the package. This is a required field and the name
must be between 1 and 50 characters and may contain spaces.
This blocks shows the configurations that are available to be packaged.
Each package consists of one or more configurations, each of which is
associated with a specific chipset.
To select a configuration, click the check box next to the configuration
name. You can select all available configurations by clicking the Select
All button located below the Configurations block and clear all
configurations by clicking the Clear All button.
Configurations
The Configuration Name column shows the name of each configuration
and the Chipset column shows the chipset associated with each
configuration.
In the Config ID column, you must enter a configuration ID for each
configuration. The configuration ID must be a number between 1 and
15. By default, the Package Editor automatically assigns the next
available configuration ID when you select a configuration. You can
change the default configuration ID by clicking in the edit box and
entering a different value.
Default Configuration
The Default Configuration list box allows you to select a default
configuration from the configurations you selected in the Configurations
block.
For single configurations the default is the one selected in the previous
option. For multiple configurations, the default is the first one selected in
the Configurations list. To have no default configuration, select None.
See also Section 5.1.1, “Universal INF Configuration” on page 103.
Target OS
This block allows you to select one or more operating systems and Video
BIOS for the package. For each target you select, the CED produces a
configuration file for the selected OS or Video BIOS platform. Please see
the following section for settings on the Target OS:
• “Entering Linux OS Options” on page 60
• “Entering Windows OS Options” on page 62
• “Generating a VBIOS Package” on page 63
• “Entering EFI Options” on page 64
• “Entering EPOG Feature Options” on page 65
Microsoft Windows Settings
If you are creating a package for a Microsoft Windows* platform, click
the Microsoft Windows Settings button for additional settings that
may be required for your configuration. Please see “Entering Windows
OS Options” on page 62 for descriptions of these settings.
Linux Settings
If you are creating a package for a Linux OS platform, click the Linux
Settings button for additional settings that may be required for your
configuration. Please see “Entering Linux OS Options” on page 60 for
descriptions of these settings.
EFI and EPOG Splash Screen
The Add Splash Screen check box enables the use of a splash screen,
which you define using the Browse... button to locate the file. Only .bmp
format is supported for the splash screen.
If you are not creating a VBIOS package, click Finish. When you click Finish, the CED
creates a package that can be used for generating an installation.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
59
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.6.1
Entering Linux OS Options
The Linux Options Page allows you to enter Linux OS-specific options into the
configuration. When you click Linux Settings from the IEGD Package Page, the
following page appears.
Figure 19.
Linux Options Page
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
60
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
The table below describes each of these settings.
Table 20.
Linux OS Settings Options
Linux OS Option
Description
Default Display Modes
The Default Display Modes section allows you select the default
resolution, color depth, and refresh rate for the configuration. If you do
not select a default display mode, the package uses the default display
mode for the operating system it is installed on.
Disable Hardware Acceleration
Disable or enable hardware 2D acceleration. The default is to enable
hardware acceleration, so to disable acceleration, click the check box.
Disable Hardware Cursor
Disable or enable the use of the hardware cursor. By default, the
hardware cursor is enabled.
Enable Use Double Buffer
(Shadow Framebuffer)
Enable double buffering on the framebuffer. By default, double buffering
is disabled. To enable it, click the check box.
Disable No Tearing Option
Disable No Tearing. By default, the No Tearing is enabled. Disabling this
option results in a performance penalty as the driver is forced to
synchronize page flips to the vertical blanking signal.
No Xinerama
Xinerama support. Xinerama is an extension to the X Window System
which allows applications and window managers to use the two (or
more) physical displays as one large virtual display. By default,
Xinerama is enabled. To disable it, click the check box.
Disable OpenGL* Installation
(Disable the DRI Option)
OpenGL* (Disable the Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) Option).
DRI allows the client to directly write to DMA buffers that are used by
the graphics hardware.
To disable OpenGL, check the box. The option “DRI” “0” will be set for
every available display. This will turn off direct rendering and disable
hardware accelerated OpenGL.
By default, OpenGL is enabled. No “DRI” line(s) are placed in the
configuration file. The driver will intelligently determine if DRI can be
supported and will enable it if possible.
Note:
If you manually edit the configuration file and set option “DRI”
“1” on more than one display, deadlock will occur and OpenGL
will fail. If you are unsure of which setting to use, just leave the
box unchecked (i.e., cleared) and do not edit the DRI option in
the configuration file and the driver will handle it automatically.
This feature can be used if you want to test your applications
with and without hardware accelerated OpenGL.
For a list of related application programming interfaces, see “2D/3D API
Support” on page 231.
Disable XVideo Support
Disable XVideo support. In a dual independent head configuration, either
the first display or the second display supports XVideo. Both displays can
not support XVideo simultaneously. The default is XVideo support is
enabled.
Disable XVideo Blend
Disable XVideo support using the 3D blend manager. This provides
XVideo support in configurations that cannot be supported with overlay.
For example, this is supported on both displays in a dual independent
head setup. It is also supported when the display is rotated or flipped.
Color key is only supported if ShadowFB is enabled and the VideoKey is
defined. The default is XVideoBlend support is enabled.
Enable Frame Buffer Overlay
Blending
When checked, this enables overlay blending with the framebuffer on
both display outputs (if in VEXT mode on Windows CE) on US15W and
when display mode resolution is 32-bit XRGB.
XVideo Color Key
This sets the color key for XVideo and XVideoBlend. This value is either a
24-bit value or a 16-bit value, depending on the pixel depth of the
screen. The color key is always enabled for XVideo, even when it is not
defined. The color key is always disabled for XVideoBlend unless both
this option is defined and the ShadowFB option is enabled. The default
color key for XVideo is 0x0000ff00. For XVideo Blend, the color key is
disabled by default.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
61
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.6.2
Entering Windows OS Options
The Windows Options Page allows you to enter Windows OS-specific options into the
configuration. When you click Microsoft Windows Settings from the IEGD Package
Page, the following page appears.
Figure 20.
Windows Options Page
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
62
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
The table below describes each field on this page.
Table 21.
Windows OS Setting Options
Windows OS Option
Description
Display
The Display section allows you to use the default settings by checking
the Use Default check box or to select the default width, height, color
quality, and refresh rate for the configuration.
Disable 3D Support
Specifies whether to enable D3D. The default is to enable 3D support
(not checked).
Disable Off-screen Bitmap support
(No DFB)
This option turns OFF the driver capabilities to create and use offscreen
bitmaps that are used to improve GDI and DirectDraw* performance in
the driver. When this option is ON, you may see some GDI and
DirectDraw performance degradation. The drv functions below will be
affected when this option is turned on.
• DrvCreateDeviceBitmap
• DrvDeleteDeviceBitmap
• DrvDeriveSurface
Disable DXVA H/W Video Decode
Acceleration
This option is enabled by default in IEGD, however, by selecting this
option, you can disable DXVA hardware video decode acceleration.
Enable Frame Buffer Overlay
Blending
When checked, this option enables overlay blending with the framebuffer
on both display outputs (if in VEXT mode) on US15W and when display
mode resolution is 32-bit XRGB.
This option applies only to Windows XP and US15W. When checked, it
enables an override to the frame buffer overlay blending 2D alpha.
Enable Frame Buffer Overlay
Blending 2D Alpha Override
Notes: Checking the Frame Buffer Overlay Blending option and running
a 3D alpha blending application on overlay [non full screen
mode] causes the black icons on the desktop to appear. This is
expected behavior as the operating system sets the 2D alpha
values. To overcome this behavior, choose Enable Frame
Buffer Overlay Blending 2D Alpha Override option and then
enter the alpha value. This alpha override will cause
performance impact when a lot of 2D blitting operations take
place.
This option applies only to Windows XP and US15W. When
checked, it enables an override to the frame buffer overlay
blending 2D alpha.
Frame Buffer Overlay Blending
Alpha Value
3.6.3
The valid range is from 0x00 to 0xFF.
Generating a VBIOS Package
If you are creating a package for a VBIOS installation, click Next. The CED displays the
VBIOS Generation page.
To generate a VBIOS, click the Generate VBIOS check box and select the
configurations to include. After selecting the chipset and the configurations, click
Finish. The CED generates a package that includes both the OROM and the TSR for the
chipsets and the configurations you selected.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
63
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.6.4
Entering EFI Options
If you are creating a package for an EFI installation, click Next. The CED displays the
EFI Generation page.
Figure 21.
EFI Generation Page
To generate an EFI configuration:
1. In the Fastboot and/or General modes sections, click the Generate EFI checkbox.
2. Select the chipset and configuration(s) to include.
3. Click Finish.
The CED generates a package that includes the EFI driver for the modes, chipsets
and the configurations you selected.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
64
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
3.6.5
Using the Generated EFI Configuration
Use IEGD CED to configure and build an EFI video driver for your platform, as described
in Section 3.6.4 and then follow the instructions below to install the driver.
1. After building the EFI driver, copy the appropriate module to your working directory
where you keep your Aptio MMTOOL and EFI BIOS that needs to be updated.
The file is typically called IEGD.DXE and is found in the IEGD ZIP file in the
installations folder under EFI.
2. Make a working copy of your EFI BIOS image.
For example, copy CBCHAxxx.ROM to CBCHAxxx_IEGD_EFI.ROM
where xxx = the release version of Standard BIOS
OR
Copy CBFBAxxx.ROM to CBFBAxxx_IEGD_EFI.ROM
where xxx = the release version of Fast Boot BIOS)
3. Start the MMTOOL in GUI mode.
4. Load the EFI BIOS image using the Load Image button.
After it loads you will be presented with a list of existing modules.
5. Select CBCHAxxx_IEGD_EFI.ROM or CBFBAxxx_IEGD_EFI.ROM (from step 2)
6. If it exists, delete any legacy VBIOS by highlighting the old video solution, select
the DELETE tab at the top, and then press the DELETE button.
Note:
The EFI Fast Boot images typically do NOT contain a video module.
For example, for CBCHAxxx.ROM you will see a CSMVIDEO module. This is the
Compatibility Software Module for a legacy VBIOS.
7. If it exists, delete any old versions of the IEGD EFI Fast Boot Video Driver. Look for
an unnamed module with a GUID that starts with “2B13E5F0-” or with a module
name that includes “IEGD”. If it exists, select the DELETE tab, highlight the module
and then click the DELETE button.
8. Insert the new video module by clicking on the INSERT tab, specifying the module
file name, and then clicking the INSERT button. You may browse to locate the file,
for example, iegd.dxe.)
9. Save image by clicking the Save Image button and then close the dialog box.
10. Flash the image into your flash chip and install it on the board. You can either use
the hardware flash programmer or the Aptio AFUDOS tool for this purpose.
3.6.6
Entering EPOG Feature Options
If you are creating a package for an EPOG feature installation, follow the steps below.
1. From the Target OS section, select EPOG.
2. If you want to use a splash screen, select the Add Splash Screen check box and
then browse to the .bmp file you want to use.
3. Click Finish.
The CED generates a package that includes the embedded pre-OS graphics feature
for the modes, chipsets, and configurations you selected.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
65
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.6.7
Using the Generated Embedded Pre-OS Graphics Feature
Configuration
Use IEGD CED to configure and build a driver with the embedded pre-OS graphics
feature, as described in “Entering EPOG Feature Options” and then follow the
instructions below to install the driver.
1. After generating the driver with the embedded pre-OS graphics feature, untar the
tar file generated by the CED.
2. Copy the file libepog.a and paste it in the lib/elf directory in BLDK.
3. Follow the BLDK build procedure with graphics enabled. (BLDK can be obtained at
the Intel Validation Internet portal https://platformsw.intel.com/index.aspx)
3.7
Generating an Installation
After you have created a package, you can generate an installation for the package by
following this procedure.
1. Select a package from the Package folder located on the left pane of the CED main
window.
2. Click Generate Installation. While the installation is building, the CED displays a
progress bar. When the installation is complete, the CED places the output in the
Installation folder on the left pane of the CED window.
For each OS and VBIOS platform specified in the package, the CED generates a folder
in the ...\workspace\installation folder under the current folder. For example,
if you select a package that contains configurations for all supported operating systems
and the VBIOS, the CED generates the following folders:
...\workspace\installation\<package name_installation>\IEGD_10_4_Linux
...\workspace\installation\<package name_installation>\IEGD_10_4_WINDOWS
...\workspace\installation\<package name_installation>\IEGD_10_4_WINCE60
...\workspace\installation\<package name_installation>\IEGD_10_4_VBIOS
...\workspace\installation\<package name_installation>\IEGD_10_4_EFI
These folders contain all the subfolders required for the installation onto the target
systems. To complete the installations on the target systems, refer to the following
sections:
• “Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers” on page 159
• “Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers” on page 103
• “Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems” on page 119
• “Entering Linux OS Options” on page 60
3.8
Configuring the System BIOS for Use with IEGD
Some aspects of configuring the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers are common across
the Video BIOS (VBIOS), EFI, and the drivers for the supported operating systems. The
following provide an overview for configuring both the VBIOS and the Intel Embedded
Graphics Drivers and describe in detail the common components and tools. also
describe how to configure the system BIOS for the supported systems.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
66
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
3.9
System BIOS Settings
Before installing the Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers, you must first configure the
system BIOS. The following sections describe the required settings. These descriptions
are based on AMIBIOS8* from American Megatrends, Inc., which is the recommended
system BIOS to use with the Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers. Settings may vary if a
different system BIOS is used.
3.9.1
GMCH PCI Device Enabling
The PCI Device Enabling feature on the Graphics and Memory Controller Hub (GMCH)
should be set as specified in the table below.
Table 22.
GMCH Device 2, Function 1 BIOS Setting
Chipset
®
Intel Atom™ 400/500, Intel Q35, Intel® GLE960/GME965, Intel®
Q965, Intel® 945GM, Intel® 945G, Intel® 915GME, Intel® 915GV, Intel®
910GMLE
OS
3.9.2
®
Microsoft Windows XP* and
Microsoft Windows XPe*
Disabled
Microsoft Windows CE*
Disabled
Linux
Disabled
Graphics Mode Select (GMS)
The System BIOS typically allows a portion of physical memory to be dedicated to
firmware and graphics driver use. This dedicated memory is known as stolen memory
since it is not available to the operating system. The size of this memory is selectable
and chipset-specific. Stolen memory is typically used by the firmware and graphics
driver to locate the framebuffer, but can also be used as scratch and surface memory.
Because it is programmatically set aside during boot by the System BIOS, access to it
is direct and does not require OS memory allocation services. Firmware is fully
responsible for stolen memory management.
Graphics Mode Select (GMS), or stolen memory, can be set to any of the sizes listed in
the table below. Smaller sizes limit the framebuffer size during firmware boot. Larger
sizes marginally increase surface allocation performance for the graphics driver.
Table 23.
GMS Settings
Chipset
®
GMS Settings
Intel Atom™ 400/
500
0, 1 Mbyte, 4 Mbytes, 8 Mbytes, 16 Mbytes, 32 Mbytes, 48 Mbytes, 64 Mbytes
Intel®US15W/
US15WP/WPT,
GM45/GL40/GS45,
Q45
64 Mbytes, 128 Mbytes, 256 Mbytes
Intel® Q35, Q965/
GLE960/GME965
0, 1 Mbyte, 4 Mbytes, 8 Mbytes, 16 Mbytes, 32 Mbytes, 48 Mbytes, 64 Mbytes
Intel® 945G/
945GME/945GSE
0, 1 Mbyte, 8 Mbytes
Intel® 915GV/
915GME/910GMLE
0, 1 Mbyte, 8 Mbytes
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
67
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.9.3
AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) Aperture Size
The AGP Aperture size controls the total amount of graphics memory that can be
mapped in the AGP Aperture. This value can be set from 64 Mbytes up to 256 Mbytes,
depending on the chipset. Refer to specific chipset details for information on the valid
range.
3.10
VBIOS and Driver Configuration
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite allows user configuration of both the VBIOS and
graphics driver as well as programming of Detailed Timing Descriptors (DTDs) for
EDID-less panels for both the VBIOS and graphics driver. This is accomplished using
CED, which offers several ways to input DTDs, each associated with a potential target
panel and display mode for the system. CED generates DTD and configuration settings
used by the IEGD VBIOS, Linux, and/or Windows drivers.
The following example is for a 945GME system setup with just an internal LVDS and
sample timing parameters for illustration purposes only. You can use this example to
set up DTD timings that are specific to your non-standard panels and then activate the
panels using a custom mode.
To create a configuration and configure the LVDS options:
1. Create a custom DTD as described in Section 3.4, “Creating a New Customized
DTD” on page 34.
1. From the CED main screen, select New Configuration.
2. Enter a name for the configuration in the text box provided, for example,
LVDS_test.
3. Select the platform chipset. This example uses the 945GME chipset.
4. In the list of available ports, select LVDS and then click Next.
5. On the LVDS Configuration Page, clear the checkboxes for Use EDID Display if
available and Use driver built-in standard timings.
6. Select the checkbox for Use user-defined DTDs.
7. In the Encoder Configuration section, select Internal LVDS.
8. In the Custom Display Timing Descriptors (DTDs) list, select the DTD you created in
Section 3.4, “Creating a New Customized DTD” on page 34 for example,
test_LVDS.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
68
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
The screen will be similar to the example below.
Figure 22.
LVDS Configuration Page
9. Click Next.
10. (Optional) Configure Fastboot options as described in “Configuring Fastboot” on
page 52.
11. Click Next.
To set the custom mode:
1. From the IEGD Configuration Editor screen, in the Primary Display Mode section,
clear the Use Default checkbox.
2. In the Primary Non-standard Modes section, select the checkbox for Custom.
3. In the Primary Non-standard Modes section, enter 0x120 in the Default Mode
Settings text box. (See a description of the custom modes.)
The screen will be similar to the example below.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
69
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Figure 23.
IEGD Configuration Editor Page
Custom Modes
The custom modes begin with 0x120 (0x121 and 0x122 are the same modes in
different pixel formats). If there was a second custom mode entered it would begin
with 0x123 to 0x125.
From the above DTD 200x200 example, this is what the custom modes represent:
0x120 [email protected]
0x121 [email protected]
0x122 [email protected]
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
70
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
And if the second custom mode was a 400x400 panel, its custom modes would be:
0x123 [email protected]
0x124 [email protected]
0x125 [email protected]
3.11
Configuration Options
The table below describes available IEGD settings. The gray rows are block headings
and the non-gray rows that follow each heading are settings within the block. Some of
these block headings are contained within prior block headings.
Table 24.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 1 of 7)
Name
Range/Value
Description
ConfigID
Integer (1-15)
Optional keyword used to specify which
configuration is used. The config ID specified
here must match one of the configuration IDs
defined with CED. If this keyword is omitted, all
configurations specified in the config file are
used.
Note that this keyword is not required for Linux
OS and VBIOS configurations.
Config
Integer (1-15)
More than one configuration is valid.
Comment
A quoted string used to identify the origin of the
.bin or .inf file.
Name
A quoted string used to identify the
configuration name.
Name is a required field for VBIOS
configuration.
General
Settings that are generic to the configuration.
DisplayConfig
1
2
4
8
–
–
–
–
Single
Clone
Twin
Extended
Default: 1
DisplayDetect
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
0 - Disable
1 - Enable
Used to configure initial state of attached
displays.
1 – Single. A single display.
2 – Clone. Primary and secondary displays
enabled and configured with separate timing
pipes. This allows different timings to be applied
to each display. Resolutions can be different on
both displays.
4 – Twin. Primary and secondary displays are
enabled, but with only a single pipe. Both
displays share the same resolutions and
timings.
8 – Extended. Configures separate pipes to
allow primary and secondary displays to have
different resolutions and display different
content. Upon first boot after the driver
installation, this option will enable only the
primary display, as the extended modes must
be enabled in the operating system (i.e.,
Extended Desktop in the Display Properties
sheet within Microsoft Windows).
Enable or disable Display Detection. Note that
this parameter must be Enabled in order to use
COMMON_TO_PORT values.
Default is 0. Please see Section 3.12, “Display
Detection and Initialization” on page 78 for
detailed information on this parameter.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
71
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 24.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 2 of 7)
Name
Range/Value
PortOrder must be specified as a
quoted string containing five digits.
The valid values are:
PortOrder
CloneWidth
CloneHeight
CloneRefresh = 60
1 - Integrated TV Encoder (mobile
chipsets only)
2 - sDVO B port
3 - sDVO C port
4 - Integrated LVDS port (mobile
chipsets only)
5 - Analog CRT port
6 - Internal HDMI
Default: 0 for all keys
Typical sizes:
clonewidth – 800, cloneheight - 600
clonewidth – 1024, cloneheight - 768
clonewidth – 1280, cloneheight - 768
clonewidth – 1400, cloneheight –
1050
Typical refresh rates (expressed in
Hz):
Description
Search order for detecting attached displays for
the Display Detection feature. When Display
Detection is enabled, the PortOrder determines
which display is primary and which display is
secondary.
The port search order can be specified to ensure
the port device (sDVO device) is found, based
on the system integrator’s routing choices.
Default ordering is chosen by specifying zeros in
the PortOrder keys.
Default ordering is chipset specific; see
Table 56, “Default Search Order” on page 218.
Please see Section 3.12, “Display Detection and
Initialization” on page 78 for more information
on using PortOrder in combination with the
Display Detect feature.
Width and height for a cloned display.
Refresh rate for a cloned display.
60 Hz, 75 Hz, 85 Hz
OverlayOff
0 - Overlay on (default)
1 - Overlay off
This parameter allows you disable Overlay
support, which is enabled by default.
Note: This parameter is only for Microsoft
Windows* and Microsoft Windows CE. The
Linux* OS configuration for the xorg.conf
provides a standard option that performs the
same function.
FbBlendOvl
0 - Off (Default)
1 - On
When checked, this enables overlay blending
with the framebuffer on both display outputs (if
in VEXT mode on Windows CE) on US15W and
when display mode resolution is 32-bit XRGB.
No_DFB
0 - Off (Default)
1 - On
This parameter enables IEGD to pass the DIB
call back to the OS. This is required in certain
circumstances to improve performance.
vbios
This block contains settings for the Video BIOS.
Note that you only need to specify the
parameters you are actually using. You do not
need to specify all the parameters in this block.
If you omit any parameters, the vbios uses the
default values.
COMMON_TO_PORT
Maps the ports from the system BIOS to a port
number used by the graphics hardware. Please
see Section 4.3.2, “Configuring the Video BIOS”
on page 94 for more information on this
parameter. Note that the displaydetect
parameter must be set to Enabled in order for
the COMMON_TO_PORT values to be used.
The default is all zeroes: 000000
6 digit value
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
72
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Table 24.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 3 of 7)
Name
Range/Value
Description
Enables or disables the POST (Power On Self
Test) message. When you specify a value
greater than 0, the message is displayed for the
specified number of seconds. For example:
post_display_msg
0 - disable
greater than 0 - enable and display
POST message for the specified
number of seconds
post_display_msg = 5
This enables the POST message and displays it
for approximately 5 seconds. The maximum
value that can be entered here is 65535.
The default is 1, enable and display the POST
message for approximately 1 second.
oem_string
oem_vendor
oem_product_name
oem_product_rev
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
double-quoted string
This string appears on the display when the
post_display_msg is enabled and the VBIOS
starts up. The maximum string length is 100
characters.
The default is " " (two double quotes with a
single space in between).
double-quoted string
This string appears on the display when the
post_display_msg is enabled and the VBIOS
starts up. The maximum string length is 80
characters.
The default is " " (two double quotes with a
single space in between).
double-quoted string
This string appears on the display when the
post_display_msg is enabled and the VBIOS
starts up. The maximum string length is 80
characters.
The default is " " (two double quotes with a
single space in between).
double-quoted string
This string appears on the display when the
post_display_msg is enabled and the VBIOS
starts up. The maximum string length is 80
characters.
The default is " " (two double quotes with a
single space in between).
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
73
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 24.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 4 of 7)
Name
Range/Value
Description
This parameter allows you to enable or disable
the five System BIOS 15h interrupt hooks. The
value must be 5 digits in length. Each digit is
associated with one of the five System BIOS
interrupt 15h hooks as shown below (left to
right)
1 - 5F31h, POST Completion Notification Hook
2 - 5F33h, Hook After Mode Set
3 - 5F35h, Boot Display Device Hook
4 - 5F36h, Boot TV Format Hook
5 - 5F38h, Hook Before Set Mode
int15
5 digits
(Please see Appendix C for more information on
5F functions.)
The value of each digit must be a 0 or a 1 as
follows:
0 - disable a System BIOS 15h hook
1 - enable a System BIOS 15h hook
For example,
int15 = 11001
Enables 5F31h, 5F33h, and 5F38h hooks only.
The 5F35h and 5F36h hooks are disabled.
The default is 11111, enable all five hooks.
port
1 - Integrated TV Encoder (mobile
chipsets only)
2 -sDVO B port
3 - sDVO C port
4 - Integrated LVDS port (mobile
chipsets only)
5 - Analog CRT port
Windows* OS Range:
0x0 or 0 – 0 degrees
0x5A or 90 – 90 degrees
0xB4 or 180 – 180 degrees
0x10E or 270 – 270 degrees
rotation
Linux OS Range:
0 – 0 degrees
90 – 90 degrees
180 – 180 degrees
270 – 270 degrees
Used to define port specific settings.
Rotation of the display.
Note:
For Windows CE Static rotation, setting
the width and height to the rotated
values is no longer required with the
improvements beginning in v10.1.
Default: 0
Windows OS:
0x0 or 0 – turn off horizontal flip
0x1 or 1 – turn on horizontal flip
Default: 0
Flip of the display.
flip
Linux OS Boolean:
on - horizontal flip
off - no horizontal flip
Default: off
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
74
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Table 24.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 5 of 7)
Name
Range/Value
Description
centeroff
Default: 0 – disabled, allow centering
and add compatibility modes
1 – enabled, no centering, no added
compatibility modes
When this option is enabled it DISABLES
centering. Also, depending on the combination
of “edid” + “user-dtd” + connected hardware,
IEGD will add missing compatibility modes (6x4,
8x6, 10x7& 12x10) via centering. Use this
option to disable this feature.
edid
0 – Do not read EDID from panel/CRT
1 – Attempt to extract EDID timing
data from panel/CRT
If VBIOS/driver reads EDID from panel/CRT.
edid_avail
edid_not_avail
Range [16 bits]
Valid values (specified in hex):
bit 0
-----------0 - Do not use driver built-in
standard timings
1 - Use driver built-in standard
timings
bit 1 (not applicable to
edid_not_avail)
-----------0 - Do not use EDID block
1 - Use EDID block and filter
modes
bit 2
-----------0 - Do not use user-defined DTDs
1 - Use user-defined DTDs
bit3 - bit15
-----------Reserved for future use.
multidvo
0 – Do not attempt to detect a
second decoder of same type
1 – After detect of a decoder,
continue to attempt detection of
same type of decoder until fail
dvo
These two parameters are used to control the
available timings for any display. edid_avail is
used when EDID values are read from the
display. If an attempt to read EDID from the
display fails or the edid parameter is set to 0,
then the driver uses the edid_not_avail flags.
The value for both parameters must be specified
as a hex value.
Defaults:
edid_avail: 3 (hex). Bit 0 = 1, Bit 1 = 1, Bit 2
=0 (Use driver built-in standard timings and
EDID block and filter modes.)
edid_not_avail: 1 (hex). Bit 0 = 1, Bit 1 = 0, Bit
2 = 0. (Use driver-built-in standard timings.)
Please see Section 3.13, “Advanced EDID
Configuration” on page 80 for detailed
information.
If VBIOS/driver detects a second decoder of
same type.
This value is hard-coded to “1” for Windows
configuration and will ignore this setting.
sDVO device information.
i2cpin
<0-6>
The GPIO pin pair used on the I2C bus to read
and write to sDVO device registers.
ddcpin
<0-6>
The GPIO pin pair used as DDC bus to read
panel EDID data.
i2cdab
<0x00-0xff>
I2C device address for reading and writing
device registers.
The device address should be in 8-bit format
with the 7-bit slave address assigned to its bits
7:1 and bit 0 set to 0.
ddcdab
<0x00-0xff>
I2C device address for reading EDID data from
display through the DDC bus.
i2cspeed
[10-400]. Units in KHz
Speed of I2C bus for sDVO device.
ddcspeed
[10-400]. Units in KHz
Speed of I2C bus for EDID device.
fpinfo
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Panel-specific information.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
75
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
Table 24.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 6 of 7)
Name
bkltmethod
Range/Value
Range [0-3]
0 – no backlight
1 – Port Driver
2 – GMCH
3 – ICH
Note:
The only supported
parameter for internal LVDS
is 1 – Port Driver
bkltt3
Instructs which backlight method is required for
the panel attached to the given port.
If zero is supplied, or the key is not present,
then no backlight control is provided.
(T1) Time delay between VDD active, and sDVO
clock/data active. Zero indicates no delay
required.
bkltt1
bkltt2
Description
Range [0 -0xfff].
Units of 1ms => the limit specified in
your hardware specifications. For
example, the maximum for the
CH7307 is 409 ms.
(T2) Time delay between sDVO clock/data
active and backlight enable.
(T3) Time delay between backlight disable and
sDVO clock/data inactive.
bkltt4
(T4) Time delay between sDVO clock/data
inactive and VDD inactive.
bkltt5
(T5) Minimum delay between VDD inactive, and
active.
gpiopinvee
Valid ICH GPIO pin, 0 indexed
GPIO connection for panel power.
gpiopinvdd
For example:
gpiopinvdd = 3
gpiopinvee = 5
gpiopinenable = 1
GPIO connection for backlight power on/off
sequencing signal.
gpiopinbklt
GPIO to enable backlight signal.
UseGMCHClockPin
1 - Flat panel is connected to the
clock pin
0 - Flat panel is not connected to the
clock pin
This entry is needed when GMCH is selected as
backlight control method.
UseGMCHDataPin
1 - Flat panel is connected to the
data pin
0 - Flat panel is not connected to the
data pin
This entry is needed when GMCH is selected as
backlight control method.
Denotes a Detailed Timing Descriptor (DTD)
block. Settings in this section, except for the
flags parameter, correspond to the Detailed
Timing Block described in the VESA standard
“Extended Display Identification Data Standard”,
Version 3, November 13, 1997.
dtd
p_clock
Range [0-0x7fffffff]
Pixel clock value in KHz.
h_active
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Horizontal Active.
v_active
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Vertical Active.
h_sync
Range 0-1024 [10 bits]
Horizontal Sync Offset.
v_sync
Range 0-64 [6 bits]
Vertical Sync Offset.
h_syncp
Range 0-1024 [10 bits]
Horizontal Sync Pulse Offset.
v_syncp
Range 0-64 [6 bits]
Vertical Sync Pulse Width.
h_blank
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Horizontal Blanking.
v_blank
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Vertical Blanking.
h_border
Range 0-256 [8 bits]
Horizontal Border. Currently not supported.
v_border
Range 0-256 [8 bits]
Vertical Border. Currently not supported.
h_size
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Horizontal Size. Currently not supported.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
76
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Table 24.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 7 of 7)
Name
v_size
Range/Value
Range0-4096 [12 bits]
Description
Vertical size. Currently not supported.
Range [32 bits]
Valid values:
bit 31
-----------0 - Non-interlaced
1 - Interlaced
low
bit 27
-----------0 - vertical sync polarity active
1 - vertical sync polarity active
high
flags
low
bit 26
-----------0 - horizontal sync polarity active
1 - horizontal sync polarity active
high
Interlace, Horizontal polarity, Vertical polarity,
Sync Configuration, etc. Note that these flags
are IEGD specific and do not correspond to
VESA 3.0 flags. For example, to set Interlaced
with Horizontal Sync Polarity high (bits 31 and
26), then the flags value = 0x84000000.
(Binary = 10000100 00000000 00000000
00000000)
bit 25
-----------0 - blank sync polarity active high
1 - blank sync polarity active low
bit 17
-----------0 - Normal DTD
1 - Panel/display Native DTD
All other bits
----------------Do not use any other bits; all other
bits must be set to 0.
attr
0-0xFFFF
Attribute values that are specific to the sDVO
device for the port. See Appendix B, “Port Driver
Attributes” for specific attribute IDs and
associated values.
id = <value>.
id <Attribute ID>
0 - 232
Both the Attribute ID and its value should be
specified in decimal. For example, to set
brightness to 50, you specify
id 0 = 50
See Appendix B, “Port Driver Attributes”.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
77
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.12
Display Detection and Initialization
The Display Detection and Initialization feature, when enabled, automatically detects
displays and allocates ports without the need to change any configuration files. This
feature is off by default and can be enabled either through CED or by directly editing
the iegd.inf file for Microsoft Windows or the xorg.conf file for the Linux OS.
To enable the feature via CED, select the DisplayDetect option on the CED Chipset
Configuration page. Please see Section 3.5, “Creating a New Configuration” on
page 38.
Alternatively, you can enable the feature in Microsoft Windows by entering the following
line in the [iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings] section of the iegd.inf file:
HKR, All\<ConfigID>\General, DisplayDetect, %REG_DWORD%, 1
where <ConfigID> is the configuration ID (without the angle brackets).
To enable the feature in the Linux OS, enter the following line Option setting in the
xorg.conf file:
Option “Config/<ConfigID>/General/DisplayDetect” “1”
When the display detection feature is enabled, ports are allocated only when the
display satisfies the following conditions:
1. The port is not in use (that is, it is not already allocated).
2. The port driver detects the display.
The first port that passes these conditions is allocated. If condition 2 fails for all ports,
then the first port in the PortOrder setting that passes condition 1 is allocated. If the
port is not detectable (specifically the internal LVDS or external LVDS using CH7308),
the driver assumes the display is connected. Condition number 2 always passes for
these displays.
When this feature is disabled, display allocation is done based on PortOrder and no
display detection is performed.
3.12.1
Display Detect Operation
This section describes the logic of the Display Detection feature and provides several
examples.
1. If Display Detect is disabled, the driver uses the first two ports identified in the
PortOrder.
2. If Display Detect is enabled and you are using the 10.4 version of the VBIOS, the
VBIOS performs the display detection. The driver then checks whether the VBIOS
returns the display allocations and if it does, the driver does not re-execute the
display detection steps.
If you are not using the v10.4 Legacy VBIOS, then the driver performs display
discovery as described in the following steps.
3. The number of displays to be detected is based on the DisplayConfig settings in
the configuration. If this is set to Single, then only one display is detected. If it is
set to any other value, a maximum of two displays will be detected.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
78
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
4. IEGD goes through each port in the PortOrder settings and attempts to detect a
display using the following algorithm:
a.
PortOrder sequence determines display detection. Port allocation shows after
the display has been detected. For example:
PortOrder = “53240” (CRT, sDVO, LVDS)
Displays Connected = CRT
Primary display allocation: Searches for a display connected by the
PortOrder sequence. The first detected display is a CRT, so the Primary display
is “CRT.”
Secondary display allocation: Searches for a display connected according to
the PortOrder sequence. The first non-allocated display detected is sDVO, so
the Secondary display is “sDVO.”
b.
With no display detected on any port, turn off the DisplayDetect option and
allocate ports in the order defined by PortOrder. For example:
PortOrder = “32000”
Displays Connected = None
Primary display allocation: Searches for a connected display by the
PortOrder. Because IEGD detects no displays, the Primary display is set to
“sDVO-C.”
c.
The driver cannot detect the presence of a display connected to the Internal
LVDS and external LVDS displays connected to some sDVO devices, for example,
an LVDS connected to the CH7308. Consequently, the driver assumes that an
LVDS display is connected if it is in the PortOrder. If you only want to use the
internal LVDS when no CRT and devices are connected, then put LVDS in the
PortOrder after them. For example:
PortOrder = “53240” (CRT, LVDS)
Display Connected = None
Primary display allocation: Searches for a display connected according to
PortOrder sequence. Since no display is connected and since LVDS is specified
in the PortOrder, the driver assumes that an LVDS display is connected.
Consequently, set the Primary display to LVDS.
d.
Because the driver cannot detect the presence of a display connected to the
Internal LVDS and certain external LVDS displays, it therefore always assumes
that they are connected if they are listed in the PortOrder. Be careful not to set
the PortOrder that prevents the driver from detecting a connected display. For
example:
PortOrder = “54320” (CRT, LVDS sDVO)
Displays Connected = CRT
Primary display allocation: Searches for a connected display by the
PortOrder. In this case, set the Primary display to “CRT.”
Secondary display allocation: Searches for a connected display by the
PortOrder. Even though sDVO is connected, the driver assumes that the
internal LVDS is also connected. Consequently, the driver never detects the
display connected to the sDVO port. To change this, move sDVO-C before LVDS
in the PortOrder (“53420” rather than “54320”).
e.
When the port drivers do not load for any ports specified in the PortOrder, the
driver enables port 5 (CRT) only. For example:
PortOrder = “32000” (sDVO)
PortDrivers = “” (None)
Primary display allocation: Searches for displays connected by the
PortOrder. Since no port drivers are available for the specified ports, CRT port 5
is enabled. Consequently, set the Primary display to “CRT.”
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
79
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.12.2
Detectable Displays
The table below provides a list of displays that are detectable by IEGD.
Table 25.
Detectable Displays
Transmitter
Detectable by IEGD?
GMCH Analog CRT
VGA
Yes
GMCH Integrated LVDS
LVDS
No (assumed attached)
TV Out
N/A
VGA Bypass
Yes
GMCH Integrated TV Out
CH7022
3.13
Display Type
CH7307
DVI
Yes
CH7308
LVDS
No (assumed attached)
CH7315
HDMI/DVI
Yes
CH7317
VGA Bypass
Yes
CH7319
DVI
Yes
CH7320
DVI
Yes
SiI 1362
DVI
Yes
SiI 1364
DVI
Yes
Advanced EDID Configuration
Shown in the following EDID Options example, the If EDID Device (edid_avail) and
If Not EDID Device (edid_not_avail) options in CED are found on the CRT, sDVO,
LVDS, and TV Out configuration pages.
These options control the available timings for any display. Use the edid_avail
parameter when EDID information is read from the display. If the driver cannot read
EDID information from the display or if the edid parameter is set to “0” (disable), use
the settings of the edid_not_avail parameter.
The default behavior of edid_avail is to use the driver’s built-in standard timings and
EDID block and filter modes. The default for edid_not_avail is to use the driver’s
built-in standard timings. Please see Table 24 in Section 3.11 for more information on
these parameters.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
80
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
IEGD supports three different types of EDID display modes:
1. Built-in display modes. These modes are hard-coded in IEGD. These modes can
be filtered based on the EDID block.
2. EDID-DTDs: These are Detailed Timing Descriptors read from the EDID block.
EDID can have these DTDs along with other information about the display.
3. User-specified DTDs defined in CED. See Section 3.13.2.
The Advanced EDID Configuration supports different possible combinations of display
modes when an EDID display exists with user-specified DTDs.
3.13.1
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations
The table below presents various EDID configurations and the EDID settings in CED
used for those configurations.
Table 26.
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations
Configurations
CED Settings
1. Use only filtered built-in and any EDID-DTDs
when the display has EDID information
2. Use all built-in modes when the display does
not contain EDID information
3.13.2
Description
edid = 1
edid_avail = 3
edid_not_avail = 1
Default values.
1. Use only filtered built-in modes and EDIDDTDs when the display has EDID.
2. Use only user-DTDs otherwise.
edid = 1
edid_avail = 3
edid_not_avail = 4
This configuration allows IEGD
to use its built-in display
modes and the modes
provided by the display.
If IEGD cannot read EDID
information from the display,
then IEGD uses the user-DTDs
defined in CED.
1. Use only user-DTDs regardless of connected
display. (Typically used for a custom panel that
only supports user-defined DTDs.)
2. Use limited set of timings when a panel EDID
is present, but IEGD cannot read the EDID
information.
edid = 0
edid_avail = (any value)
edid_not_avail = 4
Only user-DTDs defined in CED
are used.
1. Use EDID-DTDs for an EDID display.
2. Use user-DTDs for a non-EDID display.
edid = 1
edid_avail = 2
edid_not_avail = 4
This configuration uses the
EDID-DTDs when detecting an
EDID display and EDID
information comes from the
display.
If the driver detects a nonEDID display, then IEGD uses
user-DTDs defined in CED.
1. Use only EDID-DTDs and user-DTDs for an
EDID display.
2. Use user-DTDs only for a non-EDID display.
edid = 1
edid_avail = 6
edid_not_avail = 4
This configuration uses both
EDID-DTDs and user-DTDs
when IEGD detects an EDID
display.
If the driver detects a nonEDID display, then IEGD uses
user-DTDs defined in CED.
User-Specified DTDs
CED provides the ability to input DTD data directly. There are numerous sources of DTD
data: VESA, panel manufacturers, etc. See Creating a New Customized DTD for more
information.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
81
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.14
Using an External PCI Graphics Adapter as the Primary Device
IEGD can be configured to work with an external PCI graphics adapter card as the
primary graphics adapter device with the Intel internal graphics device (GMCH) as the
secondary graphics device. You can configure your system to boot with a PCI graphics
adapter in the System BIOS. When designating an external PCI graphics adapter as the
primary graphics adapter, the Intel GMCH becomes the secondary graphics device.
Note:
The term secondary adapter refers to the adapter that is not the boot-up, or VGACompatible, adapter. The secondary adapter is not necessarily the secondary display as
assigned by the OS.
You can configure an external PCI card to work with IEGD as follows:
• The external PCI card as the primary graphics adapter and the GMCH internal
graphics device as the secondary.
• The external PCI card as the secondary graphics adapter and the GMCH internal
graphics device as the primary.
Note:
This feature is not supported on Microsoft Windows CE systems.
IEGD lets you specify which display is primary, secondary, and tertiary. It allows Twin
and Clone configurations on the internal graphics device when the external PCI display
is the primary graphics adapter. It also allows Twin and Clone configurations on the
internal graphics device when the external PCI device is the secondary graphics
adapter.
An external PCI graphics driver runs independently without sharing resources with
IEGD.
The following figures show several configurations when an external PCI adapter is the
primary graphics device and when it is the secondary graphics device.
Figure 24 shows an External PCI card as the primary graphics adapter card and IEGD
as the secondary. The drivers do not share hardware resources. The OS decides the
framebuffer content and handles that by drawing to the respective driver
independently.
Figure 24.
External PCI Graphics Card as Primary Driver and IEGD as Secondary Driver
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
82
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
Figure 25 shows the interaction between IEGD and the External VGA driver when IEGD
is booted as the primary driver. Again, the drivers do not share hardware resources.
The OS decides the framebuffer content and handles it by drawing to the respective
driver independently.
Figure 25.
IEGD as Primary Driver and External PCI Graphics Card as Secondary Driver
Figure 26 shows a sample configuration where the internal graphics device is primary
and configured to use two ports to drive two displays while an external PCI graphics
adapter is used to drive a tertiary display. Note that regardless of the number of ports
being assigned to a driver, the external PCI graphics run independently without sharing
resources with IEGD.
Figure 26.
IEGD as Primary Driver with Two Displays and External PCI Driving a Tertiary
Display
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
83
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
3.15
Multi-GPU Multi-monitor
IEGD supports Multi-GPU Multi-monitor (formerly known as Hybrid Multi-Monitor
mode), defined as a PCI- or PCI Express*-based external graphics card operating
concurrently with Intel chipsets’ integrated graphics.
This feature enables concurrent operation of Intel’s integrated GPU along with a
discrete GPU solution, allowing for operability of greater than two independently driven
displays.
Intel platforms that support this feature those based on the Intel® Atom™ Processor
with Intel® System Controller Hub US15W Chipset combination, the Intel® Q45/G41/
G45 Express chipsets, and the Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express Mobile chipsets.
Please verify with your Intel field representative to determine whether your
particular Intel chipset has been validated as supporting this capability before
attempting to use this feature.
The external PCI-Express graphics card will need to have “well behaved” VBIOS and
drivers for this feature to operate successfully. Failure to operate usually indicates a
system BIOS issue, external card VBIOS issue, or external card driver issue.
IEGD is validated as supporting this capability using known good external cards.
Inquire with your Intel field representative if your chosen graphics card has been
validated as supporting Multi-GPU Multi-monitor before attempting this function. For
platforms based on the Intel® Atom™ Processor with Intel® System Controller Hub
US15W Chipset combination, PCI-E x1 graphics cards from ATI, NVIDIA, and Matrox
have all been validated with IEGD 10.4.
For more details, refer to the white paper Implementing Multiple Displays with IEGD
Multi-GPU -Multi-Monitor Mode on Intel® Atom™ Processor with Intel® System
Controller Hub US15W Chipset (document number 324821). It is available on the
Embedded Design Center (http://download.intel.com/embedded/software/IEGD/
324821.pdf) or can be requested from your local Intel sales representative.
For Windows operating systems (such as XP, XP Embedded, Embedded Standard 2009,
etc.), Windows Display Properties Settings should be used to manage the
heterogeneous display adapters, resolutions, color quality levels, and refresh rates.
IEGD and the Display Properties configure the multiple displays appropriately which
includes user assignment of Intel’s internal chipset graphics as the primary, secondary,
tertiary, or quad ports which dictate where the desktop content will appear. The
external graphics card and drivers activate the alternate port(s) not driven by the Intel
chipset.
IEGD also enables Multi-GPU Multi-monitor support under most Linux Operating
systems.
For more details on this feature and a step-by-step Enablement Process for Multi-GPU
Multi-monitor, refer to Intel's white paper titled Hybrid Multi-monitor Support; Enabling
new usage models for Intel® Embedded Platforms. This is found on Embedded Design
Center at http://edc.intel.com/Software/Downloads/IEGD/#download; search for
document number 323214.
3.16
Enhanced Clone Mode Support
The Enhanced Clone Mode feature lets you specify a clone display size that is different
from the primary display. It also allows you to change the clone display size at runtime
using the IEGD Runtime GUI (see Section 5.5, “Viewing and Changing the Driver
Configuration from Microsoft Windows” on page 113 or for Linux systems).
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
84
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
In Clone mode, the framebuffer is always allocated to match the primary display size.
On the clone display (secondary display) the image is centered if the display is bigger
than the framebuffer. Centering happens only if the requested resolution and refresh
rate is not available for the clone display.
Extended Clone mode uses four CED parameters:
• Clone Width — specifies a width for the clone display
• Clone Height — specifies a height for the clone display
• Clone Refresh — specifies a refresh rate for the clone display
• Enable interlace mode — uses interlace mode for the clone display
3.16.1
Extended Clone Mode CED Configuration
The following CED screenshot shows a sample Extended Clone mode setting
configuration.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
85
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
See also “Sample Clone Mode Configurations”.
3.16.2
Sample Clone Mode Configurations
The following examples illustrate Clone Mode configurations for the following
combinations:
• CRT + integrated LVDS (Example 1 on page 86)
• CRT + Fixed size DVI display (Example 2 on page 86)
Example 1.
Mobile Intel® GM45 Express Chipset, Internal LVDS, CRT, and LVDS
This example shows how to set up a clone mode configuration consisting of an internal
LVDS, CRT, and external LVDS device.
1. Choose a CRT that supports resolutions larger than 1024x768 and configure the
following settings on the Chipset Configuration Page:
— Platform Chipset = Mobile Intel® GM45 Express Chipset
— Display Configuration Mode = Clone
— Clone Width = 1024
— Clone Height = 768
— Clone Refresh = 60
— Port Order = CRT, LVDS
2. Click Next on the Chipset Configuration Page and provide port names for the CRT,
LVDS, and sDVO-B port devices.
3. On the LVDS Port Configuration Page, click the Flat Panel Settings button and set
the Width and Height to 1024 and 768 respectively.
4. Package and generate an installation for the configuration and move the resulting
iegd.inf file to the target machine. (Please see “Creating a New Package” on
page 58 for specific instructions.)
After you have moved the iegd.inf file to the target machine, do the following:
1. Set 800x600 on CRT and ensure that an 800x600 image appears at the top, left
corner of the LVDS display or that the image has been scaled to match the panel
size based on panel used.
2. Set 1280x1024 on CRT and check that the LVDS display is panning. Ensure that the
clone mouse pointer is in sync with the primary display.
Example 2.
Intel® 915GV, Chrontel 7307, CRT, and DVI
This sample shows how to set up a clone mode configuration consisting of a CRT and
DVI display on a Chrontel* 7307 serial sDVO transmitter.
1. Choose a CRT that supports resolutions larger than 1024x768 and configure the
following settings on the Chipset Configuration Page:
— Platform Chipset = Intel® 915GV
— Display Configuration Mode = Clone
— Clone Width = 1024
— Clone Height = 768
— Clone Refresh = 60
— Port Order = CRT, sDVO-B
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
86
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
2. Click Next on the Chipset Configuration Page and provide port names for the CRT
and sDVO-B port devices.
3. On the sDVO-B Port Configuration Page, click the Flat Panel Settings button and
set the Width and Height to 1024 and 768 respectively. Select CH7307 from the
Select sDVO Device list.
4. Package and generate an installation for the configuration and move the resulting
iegd.inf file to the target machine. (Please see “Creating a New Package” on
page 58 for specific instructions.)
After you have moved the iegd.inf file to the target machine, do the following:
1. Set 800x600 on CRT and ensure that an 800x600 image appears at the top, left
corner of the DVI display or that the image has been scaled to match the panel size
based on panel used.
2. Set 1280x1024 on CRT and check that the DVI display is in panning mode. Ensure
that the clone mouse pointer is in sync with the primary display.
3.17
Scaling and Centering Configurations
This release supports the following scaling and centering configurations:
• Upscaling for the Chrontel CH7308 LVDS Transmitters
• Internal LVDS Scaling With EDID Panels
• Alignment in Clone mode
• sDVO as Primary
• Render Scaling modes to native panels connected to non-scaling port encoders
See the following topics for configuration details:
• “Upscaling for the Chrontel CH7308 LVDS Transmitters”
• “Internal LVDS Scaling with EDID Panels”
• “Centering Primary Display with Scaling Encoders”
• “Enabling Render Scaling on Port Encoders without Hardware Scaling”
• “Alignment in Clone Mode”
3.17.1
Upscaling for the Chrontel CH7308 LVDS Transmitters
IEGD can upscale lower-resolution modes (those smaller than the size of the respective
panel) to the native size of the panel connected to a Chrontel CH7308* LVDS
transmitter.
IEGD uses a user-supplied DTD with the native flag set (also known as native DTD) as
native timing for the panel connected to either a CH7308 transmitter.
If the user does not supply a native DTD, IEGD takes the first available matching FP
info width and height timings as native timing for the panel if standard timings
were selected as part of edid_avail or edid_not_avail flags.
To support upscaling, the LVDS transmitters require setting the pipe to native timing of
the panel despite the user-selected resolution. It also requires finding the native timing
(also known as native DTD) of the panel based on user-supplied configuration
information.
The CH7308 (sDVO) port drivers limit the list of supported modes to the size of panel.
The port drivers also mark one of the timings as native DTD as follows (it goes to the
next step only if native DTD is not found in the current step).
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
87
IEGD—Platform Configuration Using CED
1. It finds the timing with the user-defined DTD with the native DTD flag set. This
becomes the native DTD for the panel.
2. If the panel is an EDID panel and user selected to use EDID DTDs, then the port
driver marks the EDID DTD as native DTD.
3. If the user supplies a DTD without the native DTD flag set, then the port driver
marks this one as the native DTD.
4. If none of the above steps works, the port driver finds the first matching timing for
FP width, height and marks it as native DTD.
If none of the above steps works, then there is no native DTD and no upscaling is
performed.
3.17.2
Internal LVDS Scaling with EDID Panels
The Internal LVDS connected to an EDID Panel supports scaling of modes other than
native mode. To support this, the port driver exports information to the EDID parser
that it can scale. The EDID parser does not remove other modes (that is, non-native
modes) from the mode table. It only marks the native mode. When IEGD queries the
port driver on which modes are supported, the port driver then removes any modes
that cannot be scaled (up or down depending on the port's hardware capability). When
mode-setting occurs, the second display in Clone mode can indeed support non-native
modes even though the panel had EDID. This occurs only if a native mode can be found
the port driver can scale. Otherwise, the port driver ignores the scaling information and
IEGD proceeds normally.
The driver also supports Internal LVDS Scaling on EDID-less panels. The steps that
enable this are the same as those described for the scaling of Chrontel LVDS
transmitters in Section 3.17.1.
3.17.3
Centering Primary Display with Scaling Encoders
In Clone mode, IEGD expects the primary display to have a framebuffer size (OS Aware
mode) that matches the display’s native size of panel timings. When the user
designates a display as primary in a Clone mode configuration and wants to center it
(as explained in Section 3.17.5), they may want this setup to align a primary display on
a scaling encoder with a secondary one that can only center. This will not work by
default for certain port encoders such as the internal LVDS, which default to hardware
scaling. But IEGD has a mechanism to override hardware scaling, thus forcing
centering.
When possible, IEGD allows centering of 640x480, 800x600, and 1024x768 resolutions
on the primary display. In some cases (depending on panels), the image may appear
on the top-left. It may also produce unusable output on some displays (such as a TV).
Therefore, this type of configuration is more appropriate for LVDS panels.
To disable hardware scaling and force centering for a primary display on the above
modes, users only need to set the “Panel_Fit” attribute (“0x12”) to “0” (zero).
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
88
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Platform Configuration Using CED—IEGD
3.17.4
Enabling Render Scaling on Port Encoders without Hardware
Scaling
IEGD Render Scaling feature allows the driver to support any one of the standard
modes (640x480, 800x600, 1024x768 or 1280x1024) as a drawable framebuffer size
output to a native panel and connected via a port encoder that does not hardware
scale. To achieve this, the GPU engine repeats all rendering operations twice from the
original OS-targeted back buffer to a separate front buffer, which is rendered via the 3D
engine for scaling. This feature is enabled by turning on the “Panel-Fit” attribute
(“0x12”) on a port driver that does not support that attribute. But this only happens if
there is a native mode timing (see Section 3.17.1 for information about how native
mode timing is determined).
Users should be aware that this feature can impact performance and produce scaled
output which is inferior in quality to hardware encoder scaling.
3.17.5
Alignment in Clone Mode
In Clone mode, both can be configured with separate timings and different resolutions.
Both displays show the same content. In the case where resolutions are different on
the cloned displays, the display identified as primary drives the display mode and
framebuffer size. In this situation, three options exist for the cloned displays:
• Panning: If the clone display is smaller than the primary display, the displayed
image can be off the screen with the display showing only a window into the overall
image. Panning moves the window following the cursor.
• Centering: If the clone display is larger than the primary display mode, the display
image can be centered in the clone display. Black borders are displayed around the
image on the display.
• Scaling: There are two types of scaling in Clone mode, as described below.
— Hardware Encoder Scaling: This feature adjusts the resolution of the image
from the primary display to fit the resolution of the clone display. This permits
scaling up to a larger display (upscaling), or scaling down to a smaller display
(downscaling). It also allows the full image to be displayed within the full
resolution of the clone display, known as picture-boxing.
Some systems may have cloned displays that cannot scale but have a primary
display that can scale, such as an internal LVDS. In non-panning modes, i.e.,
centering/hardware scaling, this display combination results in the primary
display (LVDS) scaling up but the clone display centering. Section 3.17.3
explains how to force the primary display to center — thus allowing both
displays to center. Or, use Render Scaling to make both displays scale up to full
size.
— Render Scaling: For clone display, a situation is possible where the primary
display uses a hardware scaling port encoder and the secondary display uses a
non-scaling port encoder. Assuming both displays are output via native panels,
the resulting output should see the primary scaling of any smaller mode to full
panel size. But the secondary display will center the smaller modes. Hardware
Encoder Scaling explains how to align both displays to be centered. Using the
Render Scaling feature, the opposite can be achieved. Ensure the non-scaling
encoder is primary and enable Render Scaling on that port (see
Section 3.17.4). This will make the GPU render-scale the smaller mode and
achieve the full panel size. The clone display, now the scaling encoder, will take
the render-scaled image as its input (and output) to the clone display panel.
This feature will be upgraded in the future so that the clone display can
independently take in the original framebuffer image as its input.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
89
Platform Configuration Using CED
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
90
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
VBIOS—IEGD
4.0
VBIOS
4.1
Overview
The Intel Embedded Video BIOS incorporates many of the features and capabilities of
the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers. The 10.4 version of the VBIOS includes support
for the following chipsets:
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
• Intel® Q45/G41/G45 Express chipset
• Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset
• Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express chipset
• Intel® Q35 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 Express chipset
• Intel® Q965 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GME Express chipset
• Intel® 945G Express chipset
• Intel® 915GV Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 915GME Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 910GMLE Express chipset
Note:
When using the IEGD VBIOS on US15W and installing Linux distributions, only text
mode is supported with some Linux distributions, not graphical.
Enabling the SMSW instruction used when IEGD VBIOS sets up its caching functions
increases the boot speed during POST and system boot. Linux* distributions fall back to
text mode as a side effect of the Linux Virtual X86 Engine, which does not work well
with SMSW. Caching is vital for the IEGD VBIOS and it uses SMSW by design. Changes
to the IEGD VBIOS cannot happen without affecting its performance. If you need to
install Linux distributions using a GUI interface, use the GMA VBIOS. The IEGD VBIOS
can install Linux distributions only in text mode.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
91
IEGD—VBIOS
4.2
System Requirements
The new Video BIOS can be built on a host system running Microsoft Windows* and
moved to the target system. The host system must have a 32-bit Microsoft Windows
operating system installed with the capability to execute DOS commands from a
command line window.
The target system must contain one of the following Intel chipsets:
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
• Intel® Q45/G41/G45 Express chipset
• Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express chipset
• Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset
• Intel® Q35 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 Express chipset
• Intel® Q965 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GME Express chipset
• Intel® 945G Express chipset
• Intel® 915GV Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 915GME Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 910GMLE Express chipset
The target system must contain a minimum of 64 Mbytes of RAM.
4.3
Configuring and Building the VBIOS with CED
The Intel® Embedded VBIOS is built with the Intel Configuration Editor (CED). The
VBIOS will use the configuration that you specify in CED. The VBIOS is selected to be
built when you specify it as a Target OS in your package configuration. After specifying
VBIOS, follow all CED prompts, and be sure to select “Generate VBIOS” when available.
The VBIOS will then be built when you select “Generate Installation” in CED.
Before building your VBIOS, you must set up your DOS environment with the steps
below.
1. Download the Open Watcom* C/C++ compiler from http://www.openwatcom.com.
The User Build System for the VBIOS relies on the Open Watcom C/C++ compiler
to be able to build a 16-bit DOS binary required for the BIOS. The VBIOS has been
tested with version 1.7a of the Open Watcom compiler.
Note:
Using any other compiler other than 1.7a may result in VBIOS issues that are not
supported and may not be fixed.
2. Install the Open Watcom* C/C++ compiler using the full or complete option. Do
not use the default installation option as it may cause errors when
creating the BIOS in CED.
3. Set up directory paths.
You must set up the PATH environment variable in DOS to be able to execute the
Watcom compiler. If Watcom was installed with its default path, CED will by default
be able to use it.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
92
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
VBIOS—IEGD
When you generate a VBIOS, the CED produces the following folders and files:
• Compiled_VBIOS folder
— iegdtsr.exe (Terminate and Stay Resident executable)
— VGA.BIN (Option ROM)
•
IEGD_10_4_VBIOS.zip (this file is generated by the build system)
The iegdtsr.exe can be copied to any folder on the target machine. To run the TSR,
boot the target machine with DOS, and then run the iegdtsr.exe from the DOS
command line.
The VGA.bin file is the binary option ROM that can be merged with your system BIOS
per the instructions provided by your system BIOS vendor.
The IEGD_10_4_VBIOS.zip file contains default builds of the TSR executable and
Option ROM for the various chipsets. The filenames are iegdtsr-def.exe and vgadef.bin and are located in the tsr or orom folder of the specific chipset folder (see
Figure 27).
4.3.1
Selecting the Build Folder
The 10_4 version of the VBIOS contains specific folders used for creating a VBIOS that
is either an option ROM (OROM) that can be merged with the system BIOS, or an
executable Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR) program for debugging purposes. There
are also separate directories for the different chipsets that are supported. CED will build
both the TSR and OROM.
Figure 27 shows the directory structure for the Video BIOS libraries contained within
CED.
Figure 27.
Video BIOS Directory Structure
IEGD_X_x_VBIOS
Driver
Chipset*
orom
Tsr
* Refer to the list of supported chipsets for specific examples.
B6173-04
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
93
IEGD—VBIOS
4.3.2
Configuring the Video BIOS
Use CED to configure the VBIOS. Display settings will be used the same way as for the
driver.
4.3.2.1
COMMON_TO_PORT
This setting allows you to associate standard display names used in most system BIOSs
to specific ports that are recognized by IEGD (e.g., LVDS, sDVO-B, sDVO-C). The
VBIOS makes this association when the VBIOS calls the System BIOS Intel® 5F
interrupt functions.
This setting is a six digit number, where each digit is associated with one of the system
BIOS displays (from left to right):
1 : CRT - Standard analog CRT
2 : TV1 - TV Output 1
3 : EFP1 - DVI Flat Panel 1
4 : LFP - Local Flat Panel (Internal LVDS display)
5 : TV2 - TV Output 2
6 : EFP2 - DVI Flat Panel 2
The example values above show the typical displays and corresponding order used by a
system BIOS. However, this may vary depending on how your system BIOS has
implemented the displays and the Intel 5F interrupt functions.
The value in each setting associates with the port number. Using the typical settings
above, set COMMON_TO_PORT to be 500400 if you want to associate CRT in the
system BIOS with the internal CRT (port 5) and LFP in the system BIOS with internal
LVDS (port 4) in the VBIOS.
Warning:
This feature must be compatible with the system BIOS. If the system BIOS does not
properly implement the Intel 5F functions, then using the COMMON_TO_PORT feature
could cause unpredictable results with the displays. If you are unsure, set
COMMON_TO_PORT to all zeros (000000) to disable this feature.
Note:
The displaydetect parameter must be set to Enabled in order for the
COMMON_TO_PORT values to be used.
4.3.2.2
post_display_msg
This setting is a binary setting that enables (1) or disables (0) POST messages to the
display.
4.3.2.3
OEM Vendor Strings
The following settings are string values that allow you to set the values that are
returned from the Intel 4F interrupt functions.
oem_string
oem_vendor_name
oem_product_name
oem_product_rev
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
94
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
VBIOS—IEGD
4.3.2.4
Default Mode Settings
These settings establish the default VGA or VESA mode to use for the primary (0) and
secondary (1) displays. The values should be set to a valid standard VGA or VESA mode
(in hexadecimal format, for example, 0x117). Note that a VGA mode can only be set on
one display and a second display is disabled unless the DisplayConfig parameter is
set to twin or clone mode.
default_mode_0
default_mode_1
4.3.2.5
Default Refresh Settings
These settings allow you to specify which refresh rate to use for certain VESA modes on
the primary and secondary displays. For example, mode 0x117 specifies refresh rates
of 60 Hz, 75 Hz, and 85 Hz. This setting allows use to specify which of those three rates
to use (specified in decimal, e.g., default_refresh_0=60).
default_refresh_0
default_refresh_1
4.3.2.6
default_vga_height
This setting allows you to specify which resolution to use for certain VGA modes.
Because only one VGA mode can be supported on both displays, this setting applies to
the primary display mode (default_mode_0). For example, mode 3 specifies three
possible resolutions: 640x200, 640x350, and 720x400. In this example, setting
default_vga_height=350 indicates the resolution 640x350.
4.3.3
Building the VBIOS
CED is used to build the VBIOS. The following steps and screenshots outline a typical
CED VBIOS build procedure.
1. Define your configuration via CED, being sure to complete the Video BIOS
Configuration Page.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
95
IEGD—VBIOS
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
96
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
VBIOS—IEGD
2. When defining the package to build, be sure to select “Video BIOS” as “Target OS”.
3. Generate the installation. The following may display:
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
97
IEGD—VBIOS
4. Generated files should now be in your CED Installation folder.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
98
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
VBIOS—IEGD
4.4
VBIOS, Driver Compatibility, and Data Dependencies
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers do not depend on any data from the VBIOS, and
will either use driver settings or select default values for the attached displays. This
allows the driver to properly operate with incompatible BIOS or BIOS replacements.
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers will retrieve settings, such as panel ID and other
display settings from the Embedded VBIOS. The Embedded VBIOS can configure
display timings that can also be used for the Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers.
The VBIOS supports many VESA and standard VGA modes. See Table 27 and Table 28
for the VGA and VESA modes and vertical refresh rates that are supported by the
VBIOS.
Note:
Although IBM labeled certain EGA modes with a (*) suffix and the VGA modes with a
(+) suffix (such as mode 3, 3* and 3+), the VGA modes are so common that this
document does not use the (+) suffix to refer to them.
The actual availability of any particular mode depends on the capabilities of the display
device, the amount of memory installed, and other system parameters.
Table 27.
Video
Mode
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
Supported VGA Video Display Modes (Sheet 1 of 2) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Pixel
Resolution
Color Depth
(bpp)
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Font
Size
Character
Resolution
Dot
Clock
(MHz)
Horiz.
Freq.
(KHz)
Vert
Freq
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(KBytes)
320 x 200
16 (gray)
(4 bpp)
Text
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 350
16 (gray)
(4 bpp)
EGA
8 x 14
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
360 x 400
16
(4 bpp)
VGA
9 x 16
40 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
16
(4 bpp)
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 350
16
(4 bpp)
EGA
8 x 14
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
360 x 400
16
(4 bpp)
VGA
9 x 16
40 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
640 x 200
16 (gray)
(4 bpp)
CGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
640 x 350
16 (gray)
(4 bpp)
EGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
720 x 400
16
(4 bpp)
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
640 x 200
16
(4 bpp)
CGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
640 x 350
16
(4 bpp)
EGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
720 x 400
16
(4 bpp)
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4
Graph
All
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4 (gray)
Graph
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4 (gray)
EGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4
VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
640 x 200
2
All
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Text
Text
Text
Graph
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
99
IEGD—VBIOS
Table 27.
Video
Mode
07h
Supported VGA Video Display Modes (Sheet 2 of 2) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Pixel
Resolution
Color Depth
(bpp)
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Font
Size
Character
Resolution
Dot
Clock
(MHz)
Horiz.
Freq.
(KHz)
Vert
Freq
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(KBytes)
720 x 350
Mono
Text
MDA
9 x 14
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
720 x 350
Mono
EGA
9 x 14
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
720 x 400
Mono
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
08h-0Ch
Reserved
-
-
0Dh
320 x 200
16
(4 bpp)
Graph
E/VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
0Eh
640 x 200
16
(4 bpp)
Graph
E/VGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
0Fh
640 x 350
Mono
Graph
E/VGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
10h
640 x 350
16
(4 bpp)
Graph
E/VGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
11h
640 x 480
2
(4 bpp)
Graph
VGA
8 x 16
80 x 30
25
31.5
60
256
12h
640 x 480
16
(4 bpp)
Graph
VGA
8 x 16
80 x 30
25
31.5
60
256
13h
320 x 200
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
The following table lists the supported VGA display modes. The actual availability of any
particular mode depends on the capabilities of the display device, the amount of
memory installed, and other system parameters.
Table 28.
VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS (Sheet 1 of 3)
Video
Mode
101h
103h
105h
Pixel Resolution
Colors (bpp)
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Vertical
Frequency
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(Mbytes)
640 x 480
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
VGA
60
0.5
640 x 480
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
VGA
75
0.5
640 x 480
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
VGA
85
0.5
800 x 600
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
60
1
800 x 600
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
75
1
800 x 600
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
85
1
1024 x 768
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
60
1
1024 x 768
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
75
1
1024 x 768
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
85
1
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
100
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
VBIOS—IEGD
Table 28.
VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS (Sheet 2 of 3)
Video
Mode
107h
Pixel Resolution
Colors (bpp)
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Vertical
Frequency
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(Mbytes)
1280 x 1024
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
60
2
1280 x 1024
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
75
2
1280 x 1024
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
85
2
640 x 480
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
VGA
60
1
640 x 480
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
VGA
75
1
640 x 480
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
VGA
85
1
800 x 600
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
60
2
800 x 600
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
75
2
800 x 600
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
85
2
1024 x 768
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
60
2
1024 x 768
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
75
2
1024 x 768
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
85
2
1280 x 1024
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
60
4
1280 x 1024
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
75
4
1280 x 1024
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
85
4
640 x 480
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
VGA
60
2
640 x 480
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
VGA
75
2
640 x 480
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
VGA
85
2
800 x 600
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
60
4
800 x 600
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
75
4
800 x 600
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
85
4
111h
114h
117h
11Ah
112
115
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
101
IEGD—VBIOS
Table 28.
VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS (Sheet 3 of 3)
Video
Mode
118
11B
Pixel Resolution
Colors (bpp)
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Vertical
Frequency
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(Mbytes)
1024 x 768
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
60
4
1024 x 768
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
75
4
1024 x 768
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
85
4
1280 x 1024
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
60
8
1280 x 1024
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
75
8
1280 x 1024
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
85
8
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
102
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers—IEGD
5.0
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows
Drivers
5.1
Editing the Microsoft Windows INF File
This section describes the driver-level information (iegd.inf ) for the Microsoft
Windows* operating system, which includes the following1:
• Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 2009*
• Microsoft Windows XP* SP3
• Microsoft Windows XP Professional* SP3
• Microsoft Windows XP Embedded* SP3
• Microsoft WEPOS* SP3
• Microsoft Windows Vista*
Note:
For IEGD to function properly under the Microsoft Vista* OS, it will automatically run in
XDDM mode once installed.
Note:
Configuration and Installation information for the Microsoft Windows CE operating
system is described in Chapter 6.0, “Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft
Windows CE* Systems”.
5.1.1
Universal INF Configuration
One INF file can specify multiple display configurations. A ConfigId parameter uniquely
identifies each configuration.
The driver reads the PanelId from the System BIOS during initialization and uses the
configuration whose ConfigId matches the PanelId. If the System BIOS does not set a
valid PanelId (for example, panelId = 0), the driver reads a configuration using
ConfigId = 1. (A ConfigId value of 0 is invalid.)
Note:
When setting up a multiple display configuration to be used with the PanelID, do not set
a default configuration. To have no default configuration, select None from the Default
Configuration drop-down menu on the IEGD Package Page. See Section 3.6, “Creating
a New Package” on page 58 for details.
You can override the default behavior by specifying a ConfigId parameter as follows:
HKR,, ConfigId, %REG_DWORD%, %DEFAULT_CONFIG_ID%
In this case, the driver ignores the PanelId returned by the System BIOS. Instead,
IEGD uses the configuration information using the specified ConfigId.
1. These versions of the drivers are not WHQL (Windows Hardware Quality Labs) certified.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
103
IEGD—Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers
5.1.2
INF File Backward Compatibility
The current version of IEGD uses the new INF file format. You cannot use the new INF
file with pre-5.0 versions of IEGD. However, you can still use pre-5.0 INF file formats
with the current version of IEGD.
5.1.2.1
INF File Backward Compatibility with IEGD Version 4.0
IEGD version 4.0 provides backward compatibility with pre-4.0 versions of the INF file.
This support is implemented through the PcfVersion key in the INF file, shown
below:
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0400
IEGD uses this key to determine which version of the .inf file it is interpreting. When
this key is present in the .inf file and its value is 0x0400, the driver reads it as a 4.0
.inf file. If this key is omitted from the .inf file or if its value is less than 0x0400,
the driver reads the .inf file as a pre-4.0 file.
Note the following rules:
• If you use a pre-4.0 version of the .inf file with version 4.0 of IEGD, the driver
translates pre-4.0 configuration parameters to 4.0 parameters.
• You cannot use 4.0 parameters in a pre-4.0 .inf file. If you try, the driver ignores
them.
• You cannot use pre-4.0 parameters in a 4.0 .inf file. If you try, the driver ignores
them.
For example, the usestdtimings parameter is a pre-4.0 parameter. If it is specified in
a 4.0 INF file, the driver ignores it. Similarly, if you attempt to add the edid_avail
and edid_non_avail parameters to a pre-4.0 .inf file (that is, an .inf file where
the PcfVersion key is not present), they are ignored by the driver.
The PcfVersion key is generated automatically by the CED utility and is placed in the
[iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings] section of the .inf file. The default iegd.inf
file already contains the PcfVersion key. Please see Appendix A, “Example INF File”
to view a sample .inf file.
5.1.3
Dual Panel Configuration
Below are the settings required to set the INF file to enable extended display
configurations. Typically, these settings are output from the CED utility. However, the
INF file may also be edited directly. See Table 29 for a description of these settings.
HKR, Config\%DEFAULT_CONFIG_ID%\General, DisplayConfig, %REG_DWORD%, 8
HKR, Config\%DEFAULT_CONFIG_ID%\General, PortOrder, %REG_SZ%, "52000"
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
104
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers—IEGD
5.1.4
Chipset Dual Display Example
The table below presents the dual display example for an Intel chipset.
Table 29.
Example of Chipset Dual Display Parameter Setting
Dual Display Combination
5.1.5
Port Order
CRT + Internal LVDS
“54000”
CRT + sDVOB
“52000”
CRT + sDVOC
“53000”
Internal LVDS + CRT
“45000”
Internal LVDS + sDVOB
“42000”
Internal LVDS + sDVOC
“43000”
sDVOB + CRT
“25000”
sDVOB + Internal LVDS
“24000”
sDVOB + sDVOC
“23000”
sDVOC + CRT
“35000”
sDVOC + Internal LVDS
“34000”
sDVOC + sDVOB
“32000”
Creating Registry Settings for Graphics Driver INF File
Use CED to configure the driver settings. It generates the following output, which is
then inserted into the graphics driver INF file before driver installation. CED simply
translates the configuration options to the INF file. See Table 24, “Parameter
Configuration Format” on page 71 for details on the specific settings and values, which
also apply to the settings and values of the INF file. The values of the INF file may also
be directly modified. See the example below for syntax and usage. Also, see
Appendix A, “Example INF File” for a complete sample INF file.
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0700
HKR,, No_D3D, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, “lvds”
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------[iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_nap]
HKR,, InstalledDisplayDrivers, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, iegddis
HKR,, MultiFunctionSupported, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, 1
HKR,, VgaCompatible, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0700
HKR,, No_D3D, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, “analog sdvo lvds tv”
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------[iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_gn4]
HKR,, InstalledDisplayDrivers, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, iegddis
HKR,, MultiFunctionSupported, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, 1
HKR,, VgaCompatible, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0700
HKR,, No_D3D, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, “analog sdvo lvds hdmi”
;-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
105
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers
[iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_plb]
HKR,, InstalledDisplayDrivers, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, iegddis
HKR,, MultiFunctionSupported, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, 1
HKR,, VgaCompatible, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0700
HKR,, No_D3D, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, "sdvo lvds"
HKR, All\1\General, DxvaOptions, %REG_DWORD%, 1
;===============================================================================
[Strings]
;---------------------------------------------------------------------; Localizable Strings
;---------------------------------------------------------------------Intel=”Intel Corporation”
DiskDesc=”Embedded Installation”
i915GD0=”915G/915GV/910GL Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
i915GD1=”915G/915GV/910GL Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
i915AL0=”915GM/915GMS/910GML Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
i915AL1=”915GM/915GMS/910GML Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
i945LP0=”945G Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
i945LP1=”945G Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
i945CT0=”945GM Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
i945CT1=”945GM Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
i965BW0=”965G Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
i965BW1=”965G Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
iG9650=”G965 Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
iG9651=”G965 Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
iQ9650=”Q963/Q965 Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
iQ9651=”Q963/Q965 Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
i946GZ0=”946GZ Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
i946GZ1=”946GZ Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
i965GM0=”GM965 Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0”
i965GM1=”GM965 Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1”
i965GME0="GLE960/GME965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i965GME1="GLE960/GME965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iGM450="GM45/GS45/GL40 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iGM451="GM45/GS45/GL40 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iG450="G45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iG451="G45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iG410="G41 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iG411="G41 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iELK0="Q45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iELK1="Q45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iQ450="Q45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iQ451="Q45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i900G0="US15 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i945WB0="945GME/945GSE Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i35BL0="Q35 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i35BL1="Q35 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i35BL0A2="Q35 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i35BL1A2="Q35 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
;---------------------------------------------------------------------; Non Localizable Strings
;---------------------------------------------------------------------SERVICE_BOOT_START
= 0x0
SERVICE_SYSTEM_START
= 0x1
SERVICE_AUTO_START
= 0x2
SERVICE_DEMAND_START
= 0x3
SERVICE_DISABLED
= 0x4
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
106
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers—IEGD
SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER
= 0x1
SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE
SERVICE_ERROR_NORMAL
SERVICE_ERROR_SEVERE
SERVICE_ERROR_CRITICAL
=
=
=
=
REG_EXPAND_SZ
REG_MULTI_SZ
REG_DWORD
REG_SZ
5.1.6
=
=
=
=
0x0;
0x1;
0x2;
0x3;
Continue on driver load fail
Display warn, but continue
Attempt LastKnownGood
Attempt LastKnownGood, BugCheck
0x00020000
0x00010000
0x00010001
0x00000000
Dynamic Port Driver Configuration
IEGD supports many third-party digital transmitters connected to the sDVO ports of the
GMCH though device drivers called port drivers. These port drivers are dynamically
loaded at startup. The driver configuration can be modified to add or remove
availability of specific port drivers.
This section describes the portions of the iegd.inf file that can be modified to either
add or remove a port driver for the Microsoft Windows version of the Intel® Embedded
Graphics Drivers.
5.1.6.1
iegd.PortDrvs_xxx
The first step in either adding or removing a port driver is to identify the family of the
chipset you are using. 915 and 945 are Napa (nap), and 965 is Gen 4 (gn4). Next
locate the appropriate [iegd.PortDrvs_xxx] section for your graphics family. Below are
the default settings for the blocks of associated port drivers for a particular graphics
chipset family:
[iegd.PortDrvs_nap]
sdvo.sys
lvds.sys
tv.sys
analog.sys
[iegd.PortDrvs_gn4]
sdvo.sys
lvds.sys
analog.sys
hdmi.sys
[iegd.PortDrvs_plb]
sdvo.sys
lvds.sys
To remove one or more port drivers, delete the associated line from the
iegd.PortDrvs_xxx block. To add a port driver, add the associated line into the
appropriate iegd.PortDrvs_xxx block. For example, to add a new port driver for a
device named “NewPD”, add the following line to the iegd.PortDrvs_alm block:
NewPD.sys
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
107
IEGD—Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers
5.1.6.2
SourceDisksFiles
To either add or remove a port driver, identify the specific port driver file names in the
SourceDisksFiles blocks. The default settings are as follows:
[SourceDisksFiles]
iegdmini.sys
= 1
iegddis.dll
= 1
iegd3dg3.dll
= 1
iegd3dg4.dll
= 1
lvds.sys
= 1
sdvo.sys
= 1
tv.sys
= 1
hdmi.sys
= 1
sdvo.vp
= 1
hdmi.vp
= 1
analog.vp
= 1
lvds.vp
= 1
tv.vp
= 1
iegdckey.vp
= 1
iegdmsys.vp
= 1
iegdcagt.cpa
= 1
iegdcagt.vp
= 1
iegd3dga.dll
= 1
iegdglga.dll
= 1
libGLES_CM.dll = 1
libGLESv2.dll = 1
analog.sys
= 1
To remove a port driver, delete the associated line in the [SourceDisksFiles]
block. To add a port driver, add the associated line to the block. For example, to add a
port driver for a device whose driver is named NewPD.sys, add the following line:
NewPD.sys
5.1.6.3
= 1
PortDrivers Registry Key
Modify the registry key in the appropriate [iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_xxx]
section that defines the list of available port drivers. Below are the default values of this
registry key in the iegd.inf file:
For the [iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_nap] block:
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, “sdvo lvds tv”
For the [iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_gn4] block:
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, “sdvo lvds”
Remove or add port driver names as appropriate to the list of port drivers specified
within the quoted string. For example, to add support for a new port driver named
“NewPD”, the registry key would be defined as follows:
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, "lvds NewPD"
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
108
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers—IEGD
5.1.7
Creating an .sld file for Microsoft Windows XP Embedded
Systems
Microsoft Windows XP Embedded* operating systems require the use of an .sld
(system level definitions) file. The following steps detail how to create such a file for
IEGD from your custom iegd.inf file that you created using CED.
1. Run Component Designer.
2. In the File menu, select Import.
3. In the Choose File for Import dialog, select Setup Information files (*.inf). in
the File of type drop-down list.
4. Select iegd.inf from installation directory.
5. In the Inf Processing Options dialog, select Automatic in the Parsing Options
dialog and click OK.
6. Click Start in the Import File dialog box. Close the dialog on completion. There
should not be any errors.
7. If there are no errors, Save the .sld file.
8. Run Component Database Manager and import the .sld file created above.
Note:
Multiple versions will be created.
9. To move the binaries, copy the IEGD/driver files into the root repository:
\Windows Embedded Data\Repository
10. In Target Designer, all IEGD files are found under Hardware\Devices\Display
Adapters and can be selected by dragging and dropping into your build.
5.1.8
Changing Default Display Mode
After installing the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, Microsoft Windows selects a
default display mode for the initial startup of the system. This is an 800 x 600
resolution in 8-bit, 16-bit, or even 32-bit color mode.
The display modes are set through CED; however if you want to change the settings
using the registry keys, you may add the following lines to the
[iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings]section of the iegd.inf file:
HKR,, DefaultSettings.XResolution, %REG_DWORD%, 1024
HKR,, DefaultSettings.YResolution, %REG_DWORD%, 768
HKR,, DefaultSettings.BitsPerPel,
%REG_DWORD%, 32
HKR,, DefaultSettings.VRefresh,
%REG_DWORD%, 60
The example above makes the default resolution 1024 x 768, with a 32-bit color depth
and a refresh rate of 60 MHz.
5.2
Installing IEGD on Microsoft Windows
You can install and uninstall IEGD on a Microsoft Windows system by using the
setup.exe program located in the Windows\Utilities folder. The following
procedure shows how to install IEGD. Section 5.3, “Uninstalling the Current Version of
the Driver” on page 112 provides instructions for uninstalling the current version of
IEGD.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
109
IEGD—Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers
5.2.1
Silent Installation
IEGD supports silent installation through an option in setup.exe. With command line
installation, and the parameter “/s” (case insensitive), for example setup.exe /s at
the command prompt. When this option is used, the installation does not display any
messages or splash screen except the warning messages about IEGD not being WHQL
compliant. After the silent installation, a message box prompts the user to reboot the
system.
Note:
To disable the Windows WHQL compliance warning messages, use the Windows
System Properties -> Hardware -> Driver Signing -> Ignore option.
To allow automatic reboot without the reboot dialog box stopping the installation, use
the option “/nr” following the setup.exe command, for example, setup.exe /nr. The
end user will be responsible to do their own reboot.
Warning:
If you have a previous version of IEGD installed on your system, you must remove it
using the uninstall driver (see Section 5.3 for instructions.). Do not use the current
version of the IEGD Install program to uninstall previous versions of the driver. If you
do, unpredictable results may occur. You can use this program only to uninstall the
driver from the current version. Each version of the driver has its own version of the
installer/uninstaller utility.
1. Double-click the setup.exe icon in the Utilities folder. The following dialog
box appears.
2. To install the driver, make sure that Installs driver and application files is
selected, and then click Next. The accept license screen appears.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
110
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers—IEGD
3. Click I agree, and then click Install. The installation begins and shows a progress
bar as follows:
Note:
If you get an “unsigned driver” warning, disregard and click Continue to allow the
installation to continue.
4. After the driver and application files have been copied, the system must be
restarted to complete the installation. If you want the installation program to
restart your computer, click Yes.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
111
IEGD—Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers
5.3
Uninstalling the Current Version of the Driver
You can use the setup.exe Microsoft Windows GUI program to remove the driver from
your system. When you run the uninstaller program, it removes the following items
from the system:
• IEGD files
• The .inf and .pnf files from the windows\system32\inf folder.
• The DisplayPage.dll and qt-mt332.dll from the windows\system32 folder
• Data registry items by running regsvr32.exe with the uninstall option.
Warning:
If you have a previous version of IEGD installed on your system, you must remove it.
Do not use the current version of the IEGD Install program to uninstall previous
versions of the driver. If you do, unpredictable results may occur. You can use this
program only to uninstall the driver from the current version. Each version of the driver
has its own version of the installer/uninstaller utility.
1. Click the setup.exe icon located in the Utilities subfolder of the Windows
folder.
2. In the dialog box, select Uninstalls driver and application files, and then click
Next. The following prompt appears:
3. Click Yes to remove the driver. A progress bar displays and when the driver has
been removed, the following screen appears.
4. To complete the uninstallation, you must restart your system. If you want to restart
your system now, click Yes in the following dialog box.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
112
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers—IEGD
5.4
Run-Time Operation
Resolution, refresh rate, and color bit depth can be changed after installation and
reboot via a Microsoft Windows display property sheet. On Microsoft Windows XP,
extended desktop can be enabled and disabled, along with swapping primary and
secondary displays. Other operations such as enabling and disabling ports (display
output), rotation, port configuration, and attribute control are accessible via the
standard display driver escape protocol.
5.5
Viewing and Changing the Driver Configuration from
Microsoft Windows
Note:
IEGDGUI requires that the MS Sans Serif(8) font is installed in the system font folder
for correct display.
You can change certain configuration attributes of IEGD using the iegdgui.exe
program located in the \Utilities folder. On Microsoft Windows XP systems, you
can access IEGD configuration on the display properties setting tab. This program
launches the IEGD Configuration GUI that consists of the following four tabs:
• Driver Info — Contains the driver information.
• Display Config — Contains current display information and allows configuration of
display configurations, display resolutions and bit depth for primary and secondary
displays, flip, rotation, and enabling/disabling for a given port.
• Display Attributes — Contains the supported Port Driver (PD) attributes and
allows configuration of PD attributes.
• Color Correction — Contains color-correction information for the framebuffer and
overlay. Using this tab, you can change the framebuffer and overlay color settings.
To view or change the driver settings using the GUI interface, follow this procedure.
1. Double-click the iegdgui.exe icon in the Utilities folder. On Microsoft
Windows XP systems, you can select Display from the control panel or right-click
from the desktop and select Properties - Settings - Advanced - Driver info to
show information about the driver.
To change display configuration, mode, and display setting, select Display Config.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
113
IEGD—Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers
Figure 28.
Example Runtime Configuration GUI — Driver Info Tab
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
114
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers—IEGD
2. Click the Display Config tab to show the current configuration.
Figure 29.
Example Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Config Tab
The Display Status section of the above dialog shows the current configuration for
the Primary and Secondary displays.
3. In the Display Configuration section of the dialog, select the required display
configuration in the Display Config drop-down list. This allows the user to choose
between Single, Twin, Clone and Extended for all connected ports. A maximum of
two ports per display configuration is currently allowed.
4. In the Primary Mode and Secondary Mode sections of the dialog, change
resolution and bit depth of the primary and secondary displays via the Resolution
and Bit Depth drop-down lists.
5. In the Display Settings section of the dialog, view and change the settings for a
port, rotate and flip the display via the appropriate drop-down lists:
— Port: Allows you to select the required port.
— Port Status: Allows you to enable or disable the selected port.
— Rotate: You can rotate the display 0, 90, 180, and 270 degrees.
— Flip: Inverts the display horizontally.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
115
IEGD—Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers
Note:
If you change any configuration settings in the Display Config dialog box, click Apply
for the changes to take effect.
6. Click the Display Attributes tab to view and change the attributes for a port. The
screen that appears depends upon the port drivers used.
Figure 30.
Example Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Attributes Tab
The figure above shows the attributes that can be changed for the selected port in
the Port drop-down list. You can change the Port Driver by selecting the
appropriate one for your device. The attributes that appear on this tab depend
upon the selected port driver. Please see Appendix B, “Port Driver Attributes,” for a
complete list of port driver attributes.
7. Click the Color Correction tab to view and change color corrections. Figure 31
shows a sample Color Correction tab screen.
Color Correction is available for both overlays and framebuffers.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
116
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers—IEGD
Figure 31.
Example Runtime Configuration GUI — Color Correction Tab
Table 30.
Framebuffer Color Correction Values (applies to R, G, B color)
Gamma:
Table 31.
0.6 to 6.0 (default value is 1)
Brightness:
-127 to 127 (default value is 0)
Contrast:
-127 to 127 (default value is 0)
Overlay Color Correction Values (applies to ALL color)
Gamma:
Brightness:
0.6 to 6.0 (default value is 1)
0 to 200 (default value is 100)
Contrast:
0 to 200 (default value is 100)
Saturation:
0 to 200 (default value is 100)
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
117
IEGD—Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows Drivers
The following sub-steps present an example color-correction procedure:
a.
Select Framebuffer in the Surface section and select the appropriate port for
the color correction to be applied to or select Overlay in the Surface section for
color correction to be applied to the overlay.
b.
Select the required color to be corrected in the Color section.
c.
Select the required color attribute to be corrected in the Gamma Correction
section.
d.
Click Restore Defaults to restore the default values.
Note:
Note:
If you make any changes to the color-correction settings, click Apply to have
the changes take effect.
The hardware does not support brightness, saturation, and contrast of the overlay and
second overlay with RGB pixel format.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
118
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
6.0
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft
Windows CE* Systems
6.1
Overview
This describes the driver-level information for Microsoft Windows CE* operating
systems.
The Microsoft Windows CE drivers are configured and built from the options provided
on the General Settings Page (see “Creating a New Configuration” on page 38) and the
. After you configure IEGD for a Microsoft Windows CE system, package IEGD and
generate an installation. The CED produces an iegd.reg (see “Sample iegd.reg File”
on page 137) file and a IEGD_10_4_WINCEXX.zip file, where XX is either 6_0 or 7_0
(see Section 2.2.2, “OS and API Support” on page 27 for limitations) that you use to
build an image for a Microsoft Windows CE system using the Microsoft Windows CE
Platform Builder.
To build an IEGD image for a Microsoft Windows CE system, the following are the
general steps. For specific instructions for the particular version of Windows CE that
you are using, either 7.0 - WEC7 or 6.0 R2, refer to the appropriate section.
1. Enter IEGD configuration settings using the CED. (Please see “Creating a
Configuration in CED – Summary Steps” on page 32 and “Creating a New Package”
on page 58.)
2. Package the configuration. (See “Creating a New Package” on page 58.)
3. Generate an installation using the Generate Installation option on the CED
main window (see “Generating an Installation” on page 66). This produces an
iegd.reg file and an IEGD_6_0_WINCEXX.zip file. The iegd.reg file contains
registry entries and the IEGD_10_4_WINCEXX.zip file contains required driver
files.
4. Integrate the iegd.reg file with the Microsoft Windows CE Platform Builder. Please
see “Integrating IEGD with Microsoft Windows CE* Platform Builder” on page 120.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
119
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
6.2
Microsoft Windows CE* Installation
6.2.1
Prerequisites
The development system should have the following software installed:
• Microsoft Windows XP* Professional, SP3
• Platform Builder for Microsoft Windows CE* 6.0 (with latest R2 service packs
installed)
The target system must contain one of the following Intel chipsets:
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
• Intel® Q45/G41/G45 Express chipset
• Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express chipset
• Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset
• Intel® Q35 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 Express chipset
• Intel® Q965 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GME Express chipset
• Intel® 945G Express chipset
• Intel® 915GV Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 915GME Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 910GMLE Express chipset
The target system must contain a minimum of 64 Mbytes of RAM.
6.2.2
Integrating IEGD with Microsoft Windows CE* Platform Builder
The integration/installation of the driver binaries depends upon the requirements of the
target device; while ddi_iegd.dll is required, port drivers may be optionally
included.
Windows CE* 6.0 does not employ the catalog file present with 5.0. Windows CE 6.0 R2
also does not require the previous Windows CE 5.0 import into the Platform Builder's
catalog.
In order for the Platform Builder to use IEGD, the iegd.reg file included with the
release has to be properly included into the BSP. Note that you must specify the correct
path to the iegd.reg file.
Finally, to include the actual driver binaries into the OS image, you must reference
them in the BSP's BIB file by appending the path to ddi_iegd.dll and the port drivers
into platform.bib, as shown below.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
120
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
Figure 32.
Sample FILES Block from platform.bib File
FILES
;
Name
Path
Memory Type
;
-----------------------
------------------------
-----------
;
@CESYSGEN ENDIF CE_MODULES_DEVICE
;
@CESYSGEN IF CE_MODULES_DEVICE
ddi_iegd.dll
6.2.2.1
<specify_path_here>\ddi_iegd.dll NK
Catalog Feature File
For Windows CE*, IEGD’s Catalog Feature File, iegd.cec, is provided in the release
package. To import IEGD into the workspace’s catalog, complete the following steps:
1. From the File menu, select Manage Catalog Features.
2. Choose Import.
3. In the Import Catalog Features dialog box, select the .cec file, and then click
Open.
4. From the View menu, select Catalog to display the Catalog.
6.2.3
Microsoft Windows CE* 6.0 Installation
6.2.3.1
Prerequisites
The development system should have the following software installed:
• Windows CE* 6.0 R2
• Latest Monthly Updates from the Microsoft Web site dated only until June 2009
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers (IEGD) v10.3.1 or later
Notes:
When using a platform based on the Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series, for
proper driver operation you must:
1. Replace the default system BIOS with the IEGD VBIOS 1550.
2. Install the IEGD 10.3.1 release driver version 1550.
Always install the most recent IEGD VBIOS with the matching, most recent IEGD
10.3.1 release driver. Pairing the most recent matching VBIOS and driver ensures
systems based on the Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series will wake up from
S3 and S4 screen or desktop corruption or visual anomalies.
Using the default GMA VBIOS with the IEGD VBIOS 1550 has caused this corruption on
waking up from S3/S4. Failure happens only when an application runs concurrently
using PPlane with video playback and with WinACPI on S3/S4.
For further details on this problem, refer to the latest IEGD Specification Update.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
121
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
6.2.3.2
CED Requirements
1. Follow instructions in sections Section 3.5, “Creating a New Configuration” on
page 38.
2. Create a folder on the Platform Builder machine to hold IEGD-specific files.
3. Move your IEGD installation ZIP file the folder created in step 2 and extract the ZIP
file contents.
It is recommended that you extract the files and keep them in one source directory
for purposes of this build and then follow instructions in Section 6.2.3.3.
6.2.3.3
Platform Builder Requirements
You must configure your Platform Builder parameters specific to the options that the
system and image require, for example, options for the operating system. A Board
Support Package (BSP) is also required however, configuration steps for the BSP are
beyond the scope of this procedure. An Intel® BSP can be used or the CEPC BSP that is
included Platform Builder.
6.2.3.3.1
Platform.reg Changes
1. From the Properties page of Platform Builder for your project, go to the Build
Options page and check the box for “Runtime image can be larger than 32MB”.
2. Edit your Platform.reg file as shown in the example below. The bold text shows
the content that needs to be added.
Example Platform.reg snippet:
; @CESYSGEN IF CE_MODULES_DISPLAY
IF BSP_NODISPLAY !
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\DisplayCandidates]
"Candidate6"="Drivers\\Display\\Intel"
[$(PCI_BUS_ROOT)\Template\IEGD]
"DisplayDll"="ddi_iegd.dll"
"Class"=dword:03
"SubClass"=dword:00
"ProgIF"=dword:00
"VendorID"=multi_sz:"8086", "8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086"
"DeviceID"=multi_sz:"3582", "2572", "2562",
"357B", "3577", "1132", "7125", "7123", "7121",
"2582", "2782", "2592", "2792", "2772", "2776",
"27A2", "27A6", "2982", "2983", "29A2", "29A3",
"2992", "2993", "2972", "2973", "8108", "2A12"
#include "C:\<folder location>\iegd.reg"
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
122
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
6.2.3.3.2
Platform.bib Changes
1. Edit your Platform.bib file.
2. At the bottom of the Platform.bib file add the parameters needed using this
format:
<iegd file>
c:\<folder location>\<file name>
NK SH
The examples below may include some that are not needed or more may need to
be added.
ddi_iegd.dll
analog.dll
iegd3dg3.dll
iegd3dg4.dll
iegd3dga.dll
sdvo.dll
lvds.dll
hdmi.dll
tv.dll
libGLES_GM.dll
libGLESV2.dll
libOpenGL.dll
isr_iegd.dll
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
c:\<folder
location>\ddi_iegd.dll
location>\analog.dll
location>\iegd3dg3.dll
location>\iegd3dg4.dll
location>\iegd3dga.dll
location>\sdvo.dll
location>\lvds.dll
location>\hdmi.dll
location>\tv.dll
location>\libGLES_GM.dll
location>\libGLESV2.dll
location>\libOpenGL.dll
location>\isr_iegd.dll
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
NK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
SHK
6.2.4
Integrating IEGD DirectX DirectShow Codecs for Intel® System
Controller Hub US15W
6.2.4.1
IEGD DirectShow Codecs Overview
Microsoft's DirectX DirectShow infrastructure provides a standardized interface for
middleware audio-video codec software libraries to expose features for accelerating
video and audio processing. This infrastructure does not differentiate between
hardware and software acceleration but the middleware codec libraries have the choice
of employing either methods. For the purpose of enabling hardware accelerated video
decode on Windows CE 6.0, the IEGD Windows CE DirectShow filters are provided in
the form of middleware codec libraries (DLLs) that will interface with the IEGD Windows
CE driver to operate.
The IEGD DirectShow package includes the following Windows CE 6.0 codecs that are
DirectShow transform filters in .dll binary form:
• mpeg2_dec_filter.dll
• mpeg2_spl_filter.dll
• mpeg4_dec_filter.dll
• mpeg4_spl_filter.dll
• h264_dec_filter.dll
• aac_dec_filter.dll
• ac3_dec_filter.dll
The codecs with “spl” are splitter codecs. The aac_dec_filter and
ac3_dec_filter are AAC and AC3 audio decoder codecs respectively. The rest are
video decode codecs.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
123
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
Notes:
IEGD DirectShow codecs are supported only on the Windows CE 6.0 operating system.
IEGD splitter filters can connect with most source filters but have been verified to
connect only with IEGD transform filters on its downstream pins. The same case is true
with respect to IEGD transform filter connection with upstream splitter filters.
Important:
IEGD audio and video codec filters work only with IEGD splitter filters. If these codecs
are installed properly into the Windows CE OS image (via registry changes), the
CEPlayer.exe is able to load and use IEGD codecs without any help.
6.2.4.2
Installing IEGD DirectShow Codecs
Prerequisites:
• At least 1GByte RAM for the target system. The hardware video decode
performance depends on what other processes are being run on the system.
• The target system must contain chipset US15W that supports the video engine.
• Include IEGD Graphics Driver in the Windows CE 6.0 OS image per the appropriate
installation instructions in Section 6.2.2 and Section 6.2.3.
The latest EVALUATION ONLY versions of the IEGD DirectShow codecs are available on
the Intel Premier Support site in the IEGD product area (premier.intel.com).
After you have the codec package, follow these steps to set up the IEGD DirectShow
codecs:
1. Ensure that the IEGD DirectShow codecs are included in the Windows CE OS image.
You do this by including it into either the platform.bib or project.bib file.
2. Ensure that the iegd_filters.reg file is included into the image registry. You do
this by including it into either the platform.reg or project.reg file.
3. Set the backbuffers required for IEGD Codecs on the Microsoft video renderer filter
for smoother performance by changing the following registry key:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\DirectX\DirectShow\Video Renderer]
“MaxBackBuffers”=dword:X
where X is the current value that you need to change to equal to or greater than 5.
4. For smoother playback and lower CPU utilization, ensure you use interrupts with
IEGD if available. See Section 6.2.3.3.2, “Platform.bib Changes” on page 123 for
details.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
124
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
6.3
Microsoft Windows CE* Configuration
The following sections describe how to configure IEGD on the Microsoft Windows CE*
operating system. All the IEGD-specific registry keys are located within the path
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\DRIVERS\Display\Intel]
All keys use one of the following syntax:
“<keyname>”=dword:<value>,
or
“<keyname>” = <value>
where <value> in the second case is a string in double quotes.
Note:
Unless specified otherwise, the “value” field is in hex format.
The iegd.reg file contains display configuration registry entries for IEGD. A sample
iegd.reg file is provided along with the driver package. The content of this file may be
included through the “#include” directive in platform.reg (see Section 6.2.2), or it
may be copied into the proper section in platform.reg.
6.3.1
Basic Driver Configuration
This section discusses basic driver configuration keys located in
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\General].
The table below lists the keys in the “Intel” folder.
Table 32.
[HKLM\DRIVERS\Display\Intel] Registry Keys
Registry Entry
6.3.1.1
Description
Possible Ranges
PCFversion
Specifies the version of the current
configuration file.
400 or 700
ConfigId
This selects the configuration set.
1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
PortDrivers
List of port drivers to be dynamically
loaded when the system boots. The
dll’s must exist in the c:\Windows
directory. sDVO transmitter port
drivers to load when the system boots.
Space separated string enclosed in
quotes, where each port driver name is
listed in the string. The default string
included with the release has all
supported port drivers.
Graphics Memory Configuration
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite (IEGS = VBIOS + Graphics driver) provides the
ability to dedicate additional memory for graphics functions on the Microsoft Windows
CE* platform. This is known as reserved memory. Firmware selects the amount of
reserved memory. The reservation size is passed to the graphics driver through a
scratch register available on the GMCH. Reserved memory helps minimize the amount
of memory stolen from the OS for memory-limited, embedded systems. For instance, if
firmware utilizes a 640 x 480, 32-bit framebuffer, a total of 1.2 Mbytes is required.
Stolen memory would need to be configured as 8 Mbytes or higher, since the next
smaller option is only 1 Mbyte, too small for the 640 x 480, 32-bit framebuffer. In such
a case, stolen memory can be programmed to 1 Mbyte. Reserved memory can provide
the additional memory required for the framebuffer, removing only a minimum amount
of memory from the OS.
Note:
Reserved memory is only available on the Microsoft Windows CE operating system, and
must be accounted for in the config.bib memory layout file.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
125
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
Additionally, one can configure the Microsoft Windows CE display driver for either static
or dynamic allocation of video memory. The static model preallocates physical memory
for the display driver and provides a more efficient surface allocation scheme. The
dynamic model allocates surface memory on demand from the system and will incur a
small performance hit. However, the dynamic model has the advantage of deallocation
of video memory when not required, thus making it available to other applications.
The static memory model requires a base and size specification registered in the
project.reg file. The base + size must reach to top of memory (TOM). Since this is
not required to be specified in the config.bib memory map, care must be taken not to
overlap any other memory arenas with the static allocation. See Section 6.3.1.2,
“Defining Graphics Memory Size” on page 126 for further details on how to configure
the static memory model.
Figure 33 shows a typical memory map, using a static memory model.
Figure 33.
Typical Memory Map Using Static Memory Model
6.3.1.2
Defining Graphics Memory Size
The driver supports the ability to allocate graphics memory dynamically by sharing
system resources with the operating system or statically by pre-allocating a block of
system memory to be used exclusively by the graphics driver.
To configure the driver to operate using static video memory, two registry settings
“ReservedMemoryBase” and “ReservedMemorySize” need to be enabled and defined
with valid values. These two registry entries control the start address and size of the
memory range pre-allocated for graphics driver use. The pre-allocated memory range
should include the stolen memory (BIOS setting). For the Intel® System Controller Hub
US15W chipset, this feature does not reuse the stolen video memory reserved by BIOS.
Intel recommends getting BIOS to limit this to the smallest size as this memory is
wasted due to some OS-HW combinational limitation.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
126
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
For example, on a system with 512 MBytes of system memory and 4 MBytes of stolen
memory (BIOS option), if an additional 14 MBytes of graphics memory (for a total of 18
MBytes) is desired, these settings should be used.
"ReservedMemoryBase"=dword:1E400000
"ReservedMemorySize"=dword:01C00000
These settings indicate that the managed graphics memory pool will begin at physical
address 0x1E400000 (484 MBytes) and will be 18 MBytes in size. As you can see, the
base address, “ReservedMemoryBase” is the physical system address value and the
stolen memory from the BIOS settings is included.
Check with the platform you are using to ensure you have all the stolen memory taken
into account. For example, in the case of the Cobra board that uses Intel's ACSFL
firmware, 2 MBytes of stolen video memory needs to be included in this configuration.
Always remember to include the amount of stolen memory in this number.
Besides the registry entry, the Platform Builder working project also needs to be
updated to ensure that the kernel does not try to access this stolen memory. Two items
in the config.bib of the project workspace need editing.
The two items are the NK image/RAM memory partitioning and the memory reservation
list. Using the example of the registry configurations above, the kernel would have to
be configured not to use the physical memory above the 484 MByte mark since that's
where the static video memory begins. Thus, the total of the NK image and the
system's available RAM must be no more than 484 MBytes, so you must change your
config.bib accordingly:
NK
80220000 009BE0000 RAMIMAGE ;14 MBytes for nk.bin + misc.
RAM
80C00000 1DA00000 RAM ;42 MBytes for RAM
The NK.BIN image plus the lower conventional memory DMA buffers used by Windows
CE takes 10 MBytes; 474 MBytes is for the RAM. Thus, the memory area above the 484
MByte mark is untouched by the kernel and will be used by the display driver.
Overall solution from above example settings in terms of physical system memory
viewpoint:
64 MB
64 MB
Stolen Memory
Reserved Static
Pool (Vmem)
The config.bib
will configure the
kernel on which
memory areas
are available to
the OS; the
registry will
configure the
display driver on
video memory
range
0 MB
Config.bib
defined RAM
for
Windows CE
OS = 42 MB
0 MB
Original RAM View
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Video
memory
including
stolen
memory
Memory
area for
Windows
CE.NET
OS
Config.bib
defined RAM
for Windows CE
NK = 14 MB
New RAM view
after device boot to
Windows CE.NET
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
127
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
6.3.1.3
Framebuffer and Video Surface Size
Two additional optional registry settings are available to limit the framebuffer size of
the display driver and the total size of offscreen video surfaces.
The MaxFbSize registry entry will control the maximum size of the framebuffer only.
Actual usage will depend on the mode being used.
The PageReqLimit registry entry will control the total size in pages (4 Kbytes) of all
video surfaces, buffers allocated for any use. Both of these registry configurations
apply to both the static as well as dynamic video memory management explained in
the previous section. The default below indicates that a maximum of 2 Mbytes are used
for the framebuffer and a maximum of 16 Mbytes are permitted for all offscreen
videosurface allocations.
"MaxFbSize"=dword:200000
"PageReqLimit"=dword:1000
In the case of Microsoft Windows CE*, because the OS does not allow for dynamically
setting the framebuffer size, the MaxFbSize can be changed to match the mode
setting being used in order to minimize on video memory waste. The following are
different suggested values for MaxFbSize for different display modes. These values
have not been validated. Note that 640x480 is calculated as 640x512 and 800x600 is
calculated as 800x768 for stride alignment purposes.
640x512X16 = A0000
640x512X24 = F0000
640x512X32 = 140000
800x768X16 = 12C000
800x768X24 = 1C2000
800x768X32 = 258000
1024x768X16 = 180000
1024x768X24 = 240000
1024x768X32 = 300000
1280x1024x16 = A000000
1280x1024x32 = A000000
6.3.1.4
Video Surface Allocation Rule
Another two optional registry entries determine a minimum width and height that allow
video surface allocations to succeed.
In Windows CE GDI, video surface allocations can happen with a REQUIRE_VIDEO
_MEMORY or a PREFER_VIDEO_MEMORY flag. The following options will force surface
allocations with the PREFER_VIDEO_MEMORY flag to be allocated in system memory if
the width and height are lower than stated.
The “MinVidSurfX” registry entry defines the minimum width of a surface allocation for
it to succeed with video memory. “MinVidSurfY” defines the minimum height. The
surface allocation will succeed if either the width or the height is at the required
minimum.
"MinVidSurfX"=dword:10
“MinVidSurfY”=dword:10
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
128
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
In this example, surfaces allocated with the PREFER_VIDEO_MEMORY where the width
and height are both less than 16 pixels are forced to be in system memory.
This option increases performance of the display device as smaller video images, such
as icons, would be kept in system memory and only blitted onto the visible frame buffer
when they are needed. This ensures optimal use of the display device for larger video
surfaces where acceleration makes sense.
6.3.1.5
System-to-Video Stretch Blit
System to Video Memory stretch blits are not natively supported on Intel GMCH
devices. This feature allows you to enable a soft copy of system surfaces to video
surfaces to conduct an accelerated stretch blit. The advantage is that the stretch blit
uses the blend engine and hardware filtering can be applied. The filtering options are
listed in Section 6.3.2.
A value of 1 for the “SysToVidStretch” enables system-to-video stretch blits, as
described above, while a value of 0, disables this feature and forwards all system-tovideo stretch blits to the emulator provided by the operating system.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\General]
"SysToVidStretch"=dword:0
6.3.1.6
iegd.reg File Backward Compatibility
The Intel Embedded Graphics Driver expects a configuration file in the PCFVersion 700
format. However, the driver will maintain backward support with version 4.0. This
support is implemented through the PcfVersion key as shown below:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\General]
"PcfVersion"=dword:400
IEGD uses this key to determine the format of the configuration file. When this key is
present, IEGD parses the configuration file using the format specified by the key (400
or 700). If this key is not present, then IEGD assumes 4.0 format.
6.3.2
Configuration Sets
The Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers allows multiple configuration sets for OEMs who
want to use the same iegd.reg file across different platforms. There can be up to 16
instances of configurations. The registry key described in the previous section,
ConfigId, ensures the display driver selects the right instance. Each instance may
contain multiple groups of per-config and per-config+per-port platform customizations.
The configuration sets are defined in the registry tree as
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\<platform>\<config id>],
Where <config id> is the configuration number. The “ConfigID” key described in the
previous section selects the active configuration set.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
129
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
6.3.3
General Configuration
Registry keys described in this section can be found in
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\<platform>\<config id>\], where
<config id> is the configuration number, and where <platform> is one of the following:
ALL, Intel®Atom™ 400/500, Q45/G41/G45, US15W/US15WP/WPT, GM45/GL40/GS45,
Q35, GLE960/GME965, Q965, 945G, 945GM, 945GME/945GSE, 945GSE, 915GV,
915GME, and 910GMLE. The driver first attempts to find the configuration or platform
on which it is booted, but if the configuration for that platform is not present, the driver
uses the ALL platform setting.
Table 33.
[HKLM\Drivers\Display\Intel\<platform>\<config id>\]Registry Keys
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Registry Entry
Description
Possible Ranges
Width
Width of the display
Width and Height must be expressed as
hexadecimal values. For example:
1024 x 768: 400 x 300
800 x 600: 320 x 258
640 x 480: 280 x 1E0
Height
Height of the display
See above.
Color depth in bpp (bits per pixel)
Depth must be expressed as a
hexadecimal number and must be one of
the following values:
8bpp: 8
16bpp: 10
24bpp: 18
32bpp: 20
(Note that the Intel 915 chipsets do not
support 24 bpp.)
Depth
Refresh
The refresh rate of the display.
Refresh rate must be in hex:
60 : 3c
70 : 46
75 : 4b
85 : 55
etc...
This value can be any valid refresh rate
as long as the display port supports it. A
refresh of '0' takes the first refresh that
matches width, height and depth.
Specify whether to enable D3D.
0 = Enable D3D
1 = Disable D3D
Default is 0.
ReservedMemoryBase
ReservedMemorySize
Video memory can be statically
reserved or dynamically allocated on
demand. If both ReservedMemoryBase
and ReservedMemorySize are nonzero, then Video memory allocation
uses the static model.
The ReservedMemoryBase plus the
ReservedMemorySize must extend to the
TOM (Top Of Memory) and not conflict
with other reserved memory arenas in
config.bib. Default for both base and size
is zero, indicating a dynamic allocation
model.
Default behavior disables static memory
model.
MaxFbSize
Maximum size of the expected
framebuffer. By providing this hint, the
display driver can more efficiently
organize GART memory, leading to a
smaller video memory consumption.
Must be greater than or equal to the
expected size of framebuffer. Units are in
bytes. Specifying zero causes the default
framebuffer reservation sizing.
Default:
All other chipsets: 16 Mbytes
NO_D3D
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
130
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
Table 33.
[HKLM\Drivers\Display\Intel\<platform>\<config id>\]Registry Keys
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Registry Entry
Description
Possible Ranges
MinVidSurfX
MinVidSurfY
In pixels, the minimum width and
height of surfaces in order to be
acceptable for allocation in Video
memory. Due to hardware restrictions
that optimize memory access, it is
advisable to reserve video memory for
larger surfaces and allow GDI and
DirectDraw* to allocate small surfaces
from system memory.
No limitations. Suggested values for both
width and height are 10. Default value
for both width and height is 1.
Default:
MinVidSurfX = 1
MinVidSurfY = 1
SysToVidStretch
Enables system-to-video memory
stretch blit operations to take
advantage of hardware-accelerated
filtering. Normally, it is more efficient
to allow GDI to conduct system-tovideo stretch blits, but the default
filtering used by GDI is Nearest.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default: 0
BlendFilter
Provides selection of hardwareaccelerated filtering methods for
stretch blit operations.
0 = Nearest
1 = Bilinear
2 = Anisotropic
Default: 2
TearFB
If enabled, all blit operations to the
framebuffer are synchronized with
video sync to eliminate any visible
tearing or flickering on the display
screen. Disabling this feature achieves
a performance gain.
0 = Disabled, tearing allowed
1 = Enabled, no visible tearing
Default: 1
OverlayDualVext
Provides selection for enabling two
hardware overlay planes (one for each
screen) to display independent video
stream on each overlay plane. This
selection only applicable in Vertical
Extended Mode on Intel® System
Controller Hub US15W. Note that the
hardware overlay plane for each
display locks on that screen; the
overlay fails to display if it is crossed
into the wrong screen.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default: 0
DisplayConfig
The “DisplayConfig” key sets the
display configuration to be in Single,
Twin, Clone, or Vertical Extended
modes. (Unlike Microsoft Windows* XP,
Microsoft Windows CE* does not
support Extended mode). It does not,
however, dictate what type of display
ports will be used.
1 (single), 2 (clone), 4 (twin), 5 (vertical
extended)
DisplayDetect
The “DisplayDetect” key allows the
user to enable a display port only if a
display device is connected. Displays
without EDID will not be detected.
0 = disable
1 = enable
Default: 0
PortOrder
The PortOrder setting ensures the
correct display port types are used
based on user selection.
See Section 6.3.3.1.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
131
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
6.3.3.1
PortOrder Information
PortOrder specifies the actual ports that are used for the Primary and Secondary
display. As shown in the table below, the port numbers are slightly different among the
supported chipsets.
Table 34.
PortOrder Information
Port Number
Chipsets
1
Integrated TV Encoder
2
sDVO B Port/RGBA Port
3
sDVO C Port
4
Internal LVDS Port
5
Analog Port
The driver attempts to use the ports in the order specified by “PortOrder”. For example,
“PortOrder” = “5420” will assign the analog port to the primary display and the LVDS
port to the secondary display (if any), assuming all the ports are present and detected.
Suppose port “5” is not present, in that case the driver tries to assign the next port (4,
in this case) in line to the primary display, resulting LVDS port for primary and sDVO B
port for secondary.
Setting PortOrder to “00000” causes the driver to use default internal settings.
*************
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\General]
;------------------------------------; Select Port Order
;------------------------------------“PortOrder”=“54320”
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
PortOrder specifies the actual of port
that will be taken for the Primary /
Secondary ports if there are duplicates
of the same type. For example, if both
Primary and Secondary are digital, then
port order will which sDVO ports will be
first and second. The section below gives
the port order numbers for various chipsets.
Specify value “0000” to use default settings.
On i915 chipsets:
================================
1 - Integrated TV Encoder
2 - sDVO B port/RGBA port
3 - sDVO C port
4 - Internal LVDS port
5 - Analog port
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
132
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
6.3.3.2
Vertical Extended Mode
The Windows CE* IEGD driver supports Vertical Extended display mode, which is one
large framebuffer that extends across two displays by doubling the height of resolution.
The top half of the framebuffer is on the first pipe and the bottom half is on the second
pipe. The Windows CE operating system is unaware of the two displays. This feature is
supported only on the dual-pipelined chipsets, which is every supported platform stated
in Section 6.2.1.
This feature is enabled through the DisplayConfig key in the project.reg file. The
resolution, bit depth, and refresh rates of both displays must be the same. Vertical and
horizontal panning are not supported. DirectDraw is supported on both pipes, but
DirectDraw 3D must be disabled when Vertical Extended Display mode is enabled.
6.3.4
Per Port Platform Customization
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers provide what is considered the most useful tools
to the embedded market — per port platform customizations. This includes the
following:
• Defining custom DTD panel timings
: PixelClock, HorzActive, HorzSync etc...
• Customized GPIO pin selection for I2C and DDC communication with sDVO
encoders and panels.
:I2cPin, I2cDab, I2cSpeed etc...
• Flat Panel width and height limitations and power and/or backlight control
mechanisms
:BkltMethod, BkltT1, BkltT2, GpioPinVdd etc...
• Port driver specific attribute settings for initialization at boot time.
: Brightness, Contrast, H-Position etc...
All of the above can be set for each individual port depending on the maximum number
of ports the chipset supports. Also, you can have multiple instances of these
configurations to allow different settings per configuration.
The usage model for this per-config, per-port platform customizations follows after the
same options available in the INF registry settings for the Intel Embedded Graphics
Drivers for Microsoft Windows XP*. Please see Figure 6.3.7, “Sample iegd.reg File” on
page 137 or to the provided registry sample file in the IEGD Windows CE* driver
package for examples. The following sections provide information on these
configurations
6.3.4.1
Per Port Customization — General Port Configuration
This section describes port-specific general configuration options. These options are
located under
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\Port\1\General]
• Edid
This boolean key enables (set to 1) or disables (set to 0) the EdidAvail and
EdidNotAvail keys.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
133
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
• EdidAvail and EdidNotAvail
These two 16-bit keys control the available timings for the display. If an EDID is
successfully read from the display device, then IEGD uses the EdidAvail flag to
determine what timings are available. Otherwise, if an EDID cannot be read, then
IEGD uses the EdidNotAvail key.
Bit #
Value (0 or 1)
0
Disable/Enable driver built-in timings
1
Disable/Enable EDID timings. (Only valid for
the EdidAvail flag)
2
Disable/Enable DTD
3-15
Reserved
• CenterOff
If the selected frame buffer size is smaller than what the IEGD hardware can
support, by default the frame buffer will be centered with a black border around it.
To explicitly turn off this feature, the user may set the “CenterOff” key to “1”.
• Rotation and Flip
IEGD supports desktop rotation through the “Rotation” key in Single, Twin, and
Clone mode. Rotation is not supported in Vertical Extended Mode.
The “Rotation” key can be set to one of the four follow values.
Degrees
Key Value
0
0 (default)
90
5A
180
B4
270
10E
So, “Rotation”=dword:5A will rotate the frame buffer 90 degrees.
The “Flip” key flips the desktop horizontally, displaying a mirror image. “Flip” is a
boolean value: 1 to enable, 0 to disable.
• Scale
IEGD can scale the desktop to the output panel using the panel’s DTD or EDID (in
that order). Scaling (attribute ID “18”) is a boolean value, “18”=dword:1 to enable,
0 to disable.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
134
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
6.3.4.2
Per Port Customization — Custom DTD Timings
For each configuration, each port can be added with up to 255 customized DTD modes.
The following is an example of adding 800x640 mode to the LVDS port when
ConfigId=1 is used.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\Port\4\DTD\1]
“PixelClock”=dword:9c40
“HorzActive”=dword:320
“HorzSync”=dword:28
“HorzSyncPulse”=dword:80
“HorzBorder”=dword:0
“HorzBlank”=dword:100
“HorzSize”=dword:0
“VertActive”=dword:280
“VertSync”=dword:1
“VertSyncPulse”=dword:4
“VertBorder”=dword:0
“VertBlank”=dword:1c
“VertSize”=dword:0
“Flags”=dword:1e
6.3.4.3
Per Port Customization — Custom Flat Panel Controls
Similarly, the flat panel native resolution and power and backlight sequencing controls
can also be configured here.
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\Port\1\FPInfo]
; “BkltMethod”=dword:0
; “BkltT1”=dword:0
; “BkltT2”=dword:0
; “BkltT3”=dword:0
; “BkltT4”=dword:0
; “BkltT5”=dword:0
; “GpioPinVdd”=dword:0
; “GpioPinVee”=dword:0
; “GpioPinBklt”=dword:0
; “BkltEnable”=dword:0
; “UseGMCHClockPin”=dword:0
; “UseGMCHDataPin”=dword:0
Note:
For Per-Config, Per-Port configuration, the subkey path includes the correct “Config”
and “Port” numbers
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
135
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
6.3.4.4
Per Port Customization — Attribute Initialization
Attributes are also per config and per port. However, the actual keys are dependent on
the port driver being used. Below are examples of registry keys associated with
initializing attributes for the Chrontel Port Driver.
For complete information on port driver attributes, refer to Appendix B.
Note:
For Per-Config, Per-Port configuration, the subkey path includes the correct “Config”
and “Port” numbers.
The following example sets the port driver attributes using the attribute IDs. Please see
Section B.1.4, “Internal TV Out Port Driver Attributes (Mobile chipsets only)” on
page 213 for a list of attribute IDs and their meanings.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\Port\1\Attr]
“0”=dword:32
“1”=dword:4
“3”=dword:1
“8”=dword:1
“12”=dword:0
“14”=dword:1
“19”=dword:1
6.3.5
Miscellaneous Configuration Options
This section covers registry settings not in
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel].
6.3.5.1
Text Anti-Aliasing
The Microsoft Windows CE* driver supports text anti-aliasing. To switch it on, add these
registry settings:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\Fontsmoothing]
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI]
"ForceGRAY16"=dword:1
Note:
Always turn on Text Anti-Aliasing when using a TV display device.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
136
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
6.3.6
Direct3D* Mobile Support
IEGD v10.4 supports Direct3D* Mobile on Windows CE* 6.0. Users need to ensure that
their Windows CE target machine platform workspace has been included with D3D
Mobile support. Do this by simply turning it on via the check box in Windows CE 6.0.
Also, include the new IEGD D3D mobile driver binary, “iegd3dg3.dll” (part of the IEGD
driver release for Windows CE 6.0) in the workspace image. Add this binary into the
“.BIB” configuration file of the target platform workspace (see Figure 32):
iegd3dg3.dll <specify_path_here>\iegd3dg3.dll NK
No other IEGD registry configuration is necessary for this feature to work.
Note:
The IEGD Windows CE D3D Mobile feature requires more memory at runtime:
• For Windows CE 6.0, depending on the number of components built into the target
platform workspace, the amount of memory could be significantly more, due in part
to the new kernel memory architecture adopted by the OS, assuming all
multimedia components are built-in. It is recommended that 84 Mbytes of memory
be configured for the target machine workspace image. Refer to the following
Microsoft URL for information on how to configure more than 64 Mbytes on
Windows CE 6.0:
http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa909457.aspx
See also the “Sample iegd.reg File”.
6.3.7
Sample iegd.reg File
;****************** BEGIN INTEL DISPLAY DRIVER REGISTRY ENTRY *****************
;******************************************************************************
;*---------------------------------------------------------------------------;* Copyright (c) Intel Corporation (2002 - 2011).
;*
;* The source code contained or described herein and all documents
;* related to the source code ("Material") are owned by Intel
;* Corporation or its suppliers or licensors. Title to the Material
;* remains with Intel Corporation or it suppliers and licensors. The
;* Material contains trade secrets and proprietary and confidential
;* information of Intel or its suppliers and licensors. The Material is
;* protected by worldwide copyright and trade secret laws and
;* treaty provisions. No part of the Material may be used, copied,
;* reproduced, modified, published, uploaded, posted, transmitted,
;* distributed, or disclosed in any way without Intels prior express
;* written permission.
;*
;* No license under any patent, copyright, trade secret or other
;* intellectual property right is granted to or conferred upon you by
;* disclosure or delivery of the Materials, either expressly, by
;* implication, inducement, estoppel or otherwise. Any license
;* under such intellectual property rights must be express
;* and approved by Intel in writing.
;*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
137
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\BuiltIn\PCI\Template\IEGD]
"Dll"="isr_iegd.dll"
"Class"=dword:03
"SubClass"=dword:00
"ProgIF"=dword:00
"VendorID"=multi_sz:"8086"
"DeviceID"=multi_sz:"8108"
; US15 is the only chipset supporting interrupts
"Prefix"="IGD"
"IsrDll"="isr_iegd.dll"
"IsrHandler"="isr_handler"
;*---------------------------------------------------------------------------[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\Drivers]
"Display"="ddi_iegd.dll"
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\D3DM\Drivers]
"RemoteHook"="ddi_iegd.dll"
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDIM\Drivers]
"D3DMOverride"="ddi_iegd.dll"
;******************************************************************************
; The Following Sections Provide
; General Driver-Wide Registry Settings
;******************************************************************************
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel]
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following registry entry for
; pcf version used
; 700 : IEGD version
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"PcfVersion"=dword:700
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; This value dictates the configuration to select for Per-Port settings from
; port specific regsitry. The settings mirror Windows XP IEGD drivers
; implementation. Refer to the User’s Guide for details.
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"ConfigId"=dword:1
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Provide a list of port drivers to attempt to load upon boot time
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"PortDrivers"="analog ch7009 ch7017 fs454 lvds ns2501 ns387 sii164 ti410 th164 sdvo
hdmi tv"
;******************************************************************************
; The Following Sections Provide Per-Config configuration. The Platform string in
; the path can be “ALL” for all platforms, or any of the following for
; platform-specific configurations:
; Q35, GM965, Q965, 946GZ, 945G, 945GM, 915GV, and 915GM
;******************************************************************************
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\ALL\1\General]
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following registry entries for display settings:resolution, bit depth and
; refresh rate
;
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
138
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
; Width & Height values must be hex, for example
; 1400x1050 : 578h x 41Ah
; 1280x1024 : 500h x 400h
; 1024x768 : 400h x 300h
; 800x600 : 320h x 258h
; 640x480 : 280h x 1E0h
; etc...
;
; In vertical extented mode, height is doubled
; 640x960 : 280h x 3c0
; 800x600 : 320h x 4b0h
; etc...;
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"Width"=dword:320
"Height"=dword:258
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Bit depth must be one of:
; 8bpp : 8
; 16bpp : 10
; 24bpp : 18
; 32bpp : 20
; (all current IEGD 6.0 & above chipsets do not support 24 bpp)
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"Depth"=dword:20
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Refresh rate must be in hex:
; 60 : 3c
; 70 : 46
; 75 : 4b
; 85 : 55
; etc...
; any refresh rate as long as the display port supports it refresh of '0' will
; take the first refresh that matches width, height and bpp
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"Refresh"=dword:3c
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following is registry entry for controlled configuration of video memory
; usage / location
;
; The following settings are for a 64M platform, where the video memory is 14M
; at the top the above settings are assuming there is no system bios / firmware
; that has stolen memory from top of memory. If it does exist reduce
; ReservedMemorySize avoiding overlap exception for ACSFL, memory area is
; reused
;
; NOTE: CURRENTLY THESE SETTINGS ARE REMARKED FOR DYNAMIC VIDEO MEMORY
; CONFIGURATION
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; "ReservedMemoryBase"=dword:03200000
; "ReservedMemorySize"=dword:00E00000
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Below is Maximum Frame Buffer Size used to limit the maximum size in bytes
; of the main frame buffer
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"MaxFbSize"=dword:800000
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
139
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Page Request Limit is used to control the max allocations of offscreen video
; surfaces, buffers etc.. value is in number of pages (4K).
; this is independant of dynamic or static memory configuration.
;
; The max for 915s, 945s = 256 Mbytes = 0x10000
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"PageReqLimit"=dword:0
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Above settings are to define a minimum width and heigh that would allow for
; video surface allocations to succeed, eg: surfaces with width < 16 are
; forced to be in system-mem, surfaces with height < 16 are forced to be in
; system-mem only affects allocations of surfaces with GPE_PREFER_VIDEO_MEMORY
; flag
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"MinVidSurfX"=dword:10
"MinVidSurfY"=dword:10
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following are the registry entries for acceleration configuration
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Set SysToVidStrech to '1' enables driver to perform System to Video stretch
; blits
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"SysToVidStretch"=dword:0
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"BlendFilter"=dword:2
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Option for enabling/disabling TEARING - Default is OFF
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Set '1' to enable the NOTEARING option
"TearFB"=dword:1
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Specify whether to enable d3d
; NO_D3D Value: 0(default)
; : 0 --> Enable D3D
; : 1 --> Disable D3D
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"NO_D3D"=dword:0
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Select Display configuration, single, twin ...
; Possible Display Config combo:
; DisplayConfig 1 == SINGLE
; (Single is default if none specified)
; DisplayConfig 4 == TWIN
; --> (Twin mode: common timing across ports)
; DisplayConfig 2 == CLONE
; --> (Clone mode: distinct timing per port)
; DisplayConfig 5 == VEXT (vertical extend)
; --> (Vert Extended modes : "Height" )
; ( registry key value must be 2X the )
; ( intended port timings. Both ports )
; ( must use the same timings. For )
; ( example, for port timings of )
; ( 800x600, the DisplayConfig should )
; ( be 5 and the Height=1200 or 0x4b0 )
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
140
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
; ( Overlay will not work in VEXT mode. )
; (915GV does not support Vext)
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"DisplayConfig"=dword:1
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Select Port Order
; PortOrder specifies the actual port that will be used for the primary and
; secondary ports. IF specified port is unavailable (port driver failed or
; display detection failed or port is not available on current chipset), then
; the next port in the above order will be used. PortOrder must be set,
; based on chipset specifications:
; On i915 chipsets:
; ================================
; 1 - Integrated TV Encoder
; 2 - sDVO B port/RGBA port
; 3 - sDVO C port
; 4 - Internal LVDS port
; 5 - Analog port
;
; On i865 chipsets:
; ================================
; 1 - sDVO A port
; 2 - sDVO B port/RGBA port
; 3 - sDVO C port
; 4 - Internal LVDS port
; 5 - Analog port
;
; On 835: If RGBA is used (sDVO B & C together), then use sDVO B number
; to specify any parameter for it.
;
; On i81x chipsets:
; =================
; Port numbers:
; 3 - sDVO port
; 5 - Analog port
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"PortOrder"="52340"
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Set Clone Port resolutions
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; "CloneWidth"=dword:320
; "CloneHeight"=dword:258
; "CloneRefresh"=dword:3c
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Set "1" to enable Display Detection
; DisplayDetect is to detect display child device before using it
; (panel/tv/etc...).BEWARE, setting this to '1' will mean display for the
; requested port will not be enabled if detection failed. Use this option wisely.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
141
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
"DisplayDetect"=dword:0
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Set "1" to enable Dual Overlay in Vertical Extended in Windows CE 6.0
; This is set by the user to enable Dual Hardware Overlays. This is a special
; flag for a specific usage. When two apps request overlays, these two will
; use the two hardware overlays
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"OverlayDualVext"=dword:0
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; Overlay Color Correction Settings
; Gamma: 32-bit integer in 24i.8f format, ranging from 0.6 - 6.0 decimal
; Brightness: 32-bit integer ranging from 0 to 0xFFFF. 0x8000 = no correction
; Contrast: 32-bit integer ranging from 0 to 0xFFFF. 0x8000 = no correction
; Saturation: 32-bit integer ranging from 0 to 0xFFFF. 0x8000 = no correction
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------; "OverlayGammaCorrectR"=dword:100
; "OverlayGammaCorrectG"=dword:100
; "OverlayGammaCorrectB"=dword:100
; "OverlayBrightnessCorrect"=dword:8000
; "OverlayContrastCorrect"=dword:8000
; "OverlaySaturationCorrect"=dword:8000
;******************************************************************************
; The sections below are for the more detailed per port
; registry configurations. It follows the same usage model and
; key value meanings as the Windows INF registry configuration
; file. Refer to the User’s Guide for details.
;******************************************************************************
;------------------------------------------------------------------------; Config 1 - sDVO-B Port (For Almador) |
;------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following are the registry
; entries for port's general config
;------------------------------------------------------------------------;
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2\General]
;
; Advanced Edid Configuration
; --------------------------; "Edid"=dword:1
; "EdidAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + EDID TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
; "EdidNotAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
;
; EdidAvail and EdidNotAvail: <only 16 bits used>
; ---------- ------------; These 2 parameters can be used to control the available timings for
; any display. 'EdidAvail' is used when EDID is read from the display
; device. If an attempt to read EDID is failed or 'Edid = 0' then
; driver uses 'EdidNotAvail' flags.
;
; See below bit definitions for both 'EdidAvail' and 'EdidNotAvail'
;
; BIT 0:
; -----; 0 - Do not use driver built-in standard timings
; 1 - Use driver built-in standard timings
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
142
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
;
; BIT1: <not applicable to EdidNotAvail>
; -----; 0 - Do not use EDID block
; 1 - Use EDID block and filter modes
;
; BIT2:
; -----; 0 - Do not use user-DTDs
; 1 - Use user-DTDs.
;
; BIT3-BIT15
; ----------; Future use.
;
; Default behavior:
; ----------------; If user does not provide EdidAvail and EdidNotAvail, then
; EdidAvail = Use Std timings + Use EDID block and Filter modes
; EdidNotAvail = Use Std timings
;
; Rotation Configuration
; ---------------------; "Rotation"=dword:0
; Rotation entries must be at a right
; angle. An invalid entry will be ignored and
; and no rotation will happen for primary.
; In clone or twin modes, the secondary
; port defaults to follow the primary (if set)
; 0 degrees = 0 (not rotated = default)
; 90 degrees = 5A
; 180 degrees = B4
; 270 degrees = 10E
;
; Flip Configuration
; ---------------------; "Flip"=dword:0
; Flip has a valid entry of 1 to turn on
; and 0 to turn off. When turn on the display
; will be horizontally flip.
;
; Rendered Scaling Configuration
; -----------------------------; "Scale"=dword:0
; Scale works as a boolean switch. Valid
; entries are zero or 1. When "Scale" = 1,
; IEGD will scale the requested framebuffer
; resolution to the fixed native panel size
; indicated by per-port FPInfo, User-DTD or
; EDID (in that order).
; In clone or twin modes, the secondary
; port defaults to follow the primary (if set)
;------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following are the registry entries
; for port's sDVO I2C settings
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
143
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
;------------------------------------------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2\sDVO]
; "I2cPin"=dword:2
; "I2cDab"=dword:70
; "I2cSpeed"=dword:0
; "DdcPin"=dword:0
; "DdcSpeed"=dword:0
;------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following are the registry entries
; for port's flat panel's mode-limits,
; power and backlight control
;------------------------------------------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2\FPInfo]
; Only need Width & Height if Panel cannot accept other timings
; "BkltMethod"=dword:3
; "BkltT1"=dword:1E
; "BkltT2"=dword:4
; "BkltT3"=dword:4
; "BkltT4"=dword:14
; "BkltT5"=dword:1F4
; "GpioPinVdd"=dword:27
; "GpioPinVee"=dword:26
; "GpioPinBklt"=dword:28
; "UseGMCHClockPin"=dword:0
; "UseGMCHDataPin"=dword:0
;------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following are the registry entries
; for ports first custom DTD mode to add
;------------------------------------------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2\DTD\1]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:280
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following are the registry entries
; for ports second custom DTD mode to add
; (Up to 255 can be added)
;-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
144
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2\DTD\2]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:258
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;------------------------------------------------------------------------; Following are the registry
; entries for the port device'
; display attribute parameters
; Use when enabling Port device
; example below is for Conexant
; on Port2 (sDVO-B for almador)
; key names depend on port driver
;------------------------------------------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2\Attr]
; "Brightness"=dword:32
; "Contrast"=dword:4
; "Flicker Filter"=dword:1
; "Saturation"=dword:4
; "Hue"=dword:32
; "Text Filter"=dword:0
; "Overscan ratio"=dword:1
; "TV Format"=dword:1
; "TV Output"=dword:1
; "Composite and S-Video"=dword:1
;------------------------------------------------------------------------; Config 1 - Analog Port (For Any Chipset)
;------------------------------------------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\5\General]
; "Edid"=dword:1
; "EdidAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + EDID TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
; "EdidNotAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\5\attr]
; GAMMA, BRIGHTNESS, CONTRAST
; "35"=dword:a0a0a0 ; gamma: 3i.5f format for R-G-B, ranging 0.6 to 6
; "36"=dword:808080 ; brightness: 0 to FF, 0x80 is no correction
; "37"=dword:808080 ; contrast: 0 to FF, 0x80 is no correction
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\5\DTD\1]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
145
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
; "VertActive"=dword:280
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\5\DTD\2]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:258
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;-------------------------------------------------------------------------; Config 1 - Int-LVDS Port (For 915GM) |
;-------------------------------------------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\4\General]
; "Edid"=dword:1
; "EdidAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + EDID TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
; "EdidNotAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\4\FPInfo]
; Only need Width & Height if Panel cannot except other timings
; "BkltMethod"=dword:0
; "BkltT1"=dword:0
; "BkltT2"=dword:0
; "BkltT3"=dword:0
; "BkltT4"=dword:0
; "BkltT5"=dword:0
; "GpioPinVdd"=dword:0
; "GpioPinVee"=dword:0
; "GpioPinBklt"=dword:0
; "UseGMCHClockPin"=dword:0
; "UseGMCHDataPin"=dword:0
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\4\Attr]
; "27"=dword:1
; Attribute "27" = Dual Channel (boolean)
; "18"=dword:1
; Attribute "18" = Panel Fit Upscale (boolean)
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\4\DTD\1]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
146
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
; "VertActive"=dword:280
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\4\DTD\2]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:258
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;-------------------------------------------------------------------------; Config 1 - sDVO Port-B (For Napa)
;-------------------------------------------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1]
; "name"="IEGD sDVO Configuration File"
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2]
; "name"="svga"
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2\FPInfo]
; For a sDVO driver, sample settings for the panel:1400x1050
; Only need Width & Height if Panel cannot except other timings
; "Width"=dword:578
; "Height"=dword:41A
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\915GV\1\Port\2\Attr]
; "27"=dword:1
; Attribute "27" = Dual Channel (boolean)
; Optional - Only enable for font anti-aliasing
; Enabling this causes minor performance impact
; Only recommended for TV Output.
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\Fontsmoothing]
;
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI]
; "ForceGRAY16"=dword:1
;******************* INTEL DISPLAY DRIVER REGISTRY ENTRY END ******************
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
147
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
6.4
Microsoft Windows CE 7.0* (WEC7) Installation
6.4.1
Prerequisites
• Visual Studio 2008 Professional
• Visual Studio 2008 Professional SP1
• Windows Embedded Compact 7 Platform Builder
• Board Support Package (BSP) – INTEL_WEC7_BSP_3.0.0_GOLD
• Intel Embedded Graphics Driver (IEGD) - IEGD_10_4_1_xxxx.exe
6.4.2
Install Steps
Please install the prerequisite software in the sequence listed below. This step is crucial
in successful image compilation.
• Visual Studio 2008 Professional
• Visual Studio 2008 Professional SP1
• Windows Embedded CE 7.0 Platform Builder (please make sure to select x86
processor architecture during setup)
• Board Support Package 3.0 - BSP available for download at:
http://www.bsquare.com/software-downloads.aspx
http://www.adeneo-embedded.com/en/Products/Board-Support-Packages
http://www.wipro.com/services/pes/wincebsp.htm
Verify installation patch - C:\WINCE700\PLATFORM\INTEL_CS
• Intel Embedded Graphics Driver 10.4.1
a.
From the IEGD_10_4 installation path, located file IEGD 10_4_WEC7.zip at:
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
148
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
C:\IEGD\IEGD_10_4\plugins\com.intel.iegd.drivers_10.4.0\WEC7
b. Unzip the contents of IEGD_10_4_WEC7.zip into:
C:\WINCE700\platform\INTEL_CS\SRC\DRIVERS\IEGD
Verify creation of folder IEGD_10_4_WEC7 after the extraction process.
Edit C:\WinCE700\platform\Intel_CS\Intel_cs.bat
Change: BSP_Display_FLAT = 1 to: BSP_Display_FLAT =
Append the following code segment to the end of the file:
set WEC7_IEGD_DRIVER=1
Edit C:\WinCE700\Platform\Intel_CS\Files\platform.reg
Append the following code segment to the end of the file:
IF WEC7_IEGD_DRIVER
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\DisplayCandidates]
"Candidate6"="Drivers\\Display\\Intel"
[$(PCI_BUS_ROOT)\Template\IEGD]
"DisplayDll"="ddi_iegd.dll"
"Class"=dword:03
"SubClass"=dword:00
"ProgIF"=dword:00
"VendorID"=multi_sz:"8086", "8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086"
"DeviceID"=multi_sz:"3582", "2572", "2562",
"1132", "7125", "7123", "7121", "2582", "2782",
"2772", "2776", "27A2", "27A6", "2982", "2983",
"2992", "2993", "2972", "2973", "2A12", "8108"
"8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086",
"357B", "3577",
"2592", "2792",
"29A2", "29A3",
; include the path to the iegd.reg file in the release package
#include
$(PLATFORM_DRIVERS_DIR)\IEGD\IEGD_10_4_WEC7\Driver\iegd.reg
ENDIF WEC7_IEGD_DRIVER
Edit C:\WinCE700\Platform\Intel_CS\Files\platform.bib
a.
Append the following code segment to the top of the file:
#define PLATFORM_DRIVERS_DIR $(_TARGETPLATROOT)\src\drivers
b.
Append the following code segment to the bottom of the file:
IF WEC7_IEGD_DRIVER
analog.dll
ddi_iegd.dll
lvds.dll
$(PLATFORM_DRIVERS_DIR)\IEGD\IEGD_10_4_WEC7\Driver\analog.dll
NK SHK
$(PLATFORM_DRIVERS_DIR)\IEGD\IEGD_10_4_WEC7\Driver\ddi_iegd.dll NK SHK
$(PLATFORM_DRIVERS_DIR)\IEGD\IEGD_10_4_WEC7\Driver\lvds.dll
NK SHK
ENDIF WEC7_IEGD_DRIVER
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
149
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
6.4.3
Creating an OS Design Runtime Image
1. Start Visual Studio 2008, File -> New -> Project.
2. Select Platform Builder for CE 7.0, OS Design.
3. Select INTEL_CS: X86
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
150
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
4. Select your OS design template and applications according to your project needs.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
151
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
Catalog items can be customized prior to image build by selecting the “Catalog
Items View” tab.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
152
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
The following catalog items should be selected if you require the feature(s) to be
supported:
Features
Catalog Item Path
USB Keyboard & Mouse
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Device Drivers\USB\USB
Host\USB Class Drivers\USB Human Input Device (HID) Class
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Device Drivers\USB\USB
Host\USB Class Drivers\USB Human Input Device (HID) Class\USB
HID Keyboard and Mouse
USB Mass Storage
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Device Drivers\USB\USB
Host\USB Class Drivers\USB Storage Class Driver
ATAPI (SATA & PATA)
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Device Drivers\Storage
Devices\ATAPI PCI Support
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Device Drivers\Storage
Devices\ATAPI PCI Support\Basic ATAPI PCI CD/DVD-ROM Support
Storage Manager Control Panel
Applet
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\File Systems and Data
Store\Storage Manager\Storage Manager Control Panel Applet
Mouse Cursor
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Shell and User Interface\User
Interface\Mouse
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
153
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
Features
6.4.4
Catalog Item Path
PS/2 Keyboard & Mouse
Note: You can only select one.
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Device Drivers\Input
Devices\Keyboard/Mouse\8042 PS/2 Keyboard Mouse
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Device Drivers\Input
Devices\Keyboard/Mouse\Layout Manager
Audio Codec
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Graphics and Multimedia
Technologies\Media\Audio Codecs and Renderers\MP3 Codec
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Graphics and Multimedia
Technologies\Media\Audio Codecs and Renderers\WMA Codec
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Graphics and Multimedia
Technologies\Media\Audio Codecs and Renderers\Waveform Audio
Renderer
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Graphics and Multimedia
Technologies\Media\Audio Codecs and Renderers\Wave/AIFF/au/snd
File Parser
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Graphics and Multimedia
Technologies\Media\Audio Codecs and Renderers\MPEG-1 Layer 1 and
2 Audio Codec
For more audio codec types, please refer to MSDN for more info.
Windows Media Player
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Graphics and Multimedia
Technologies\Media\WMA and MP3 Local Playback
Core OS\Windows Embedded Compact\Graphics and Multimedia
Technologies\Media \Windows Media Player\Windows Media Player
Applications\Windows Music Player
For more Windows Media Player option, please refer to MSDN for more
info.
Configuring OS Design
1. Select the appropriate OS design variables before initiating image compilation. Go
to the solution view, right-click the OS design that you created, select properties.
In the Property Page, set the "Configuration" drop-down box to "Active(Intel_CS
X86 Release)".
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
154
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
Use the Configuration Manager to designate "(Intel_CS X86 Release)" as the active
configuration.
Debug Build Options: In the OS Design Property Page, select "Configuration
Properties"->”Build Options” in the left panel. In the right panel, check the following
build options for Intel_CS x86 Debug:
• Debug only: Enable eboot space in the memory (IMGEBOOT=1)
• Debug only: Enable KITL
• Debug only: Enable kernel debugger
• Enable SMP support in the kernel (IMGMPENABLE)
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
155
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
Release Build Options: In the OS Design Property Page, select "Configuration
Properties"->”Build Options” in the left panel. In the right panel, check the following
build options for Intel_CS x86 Release:
• Enable SMP support in the kernel (IMGMPENABLE)
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
156
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems—IEGD
6.4.5
Compile the OS Design
1. Go to Menu -> Build -> Build and Sysgen.
2. Go to Menu -> Build -> Make Run-Time Image
Note:
You will see some warnings during the build process; this is normal.
The compiled run-time image, NK.bin, can be found under:
c:\WINCE700\OSDesigns\OSDesign1\OSDesign1\RelDir\Intel_CS_x86_Release
6.4.6
Loading the Runtime Image via USB
Hardware Perquisites
— USB or PS/2 Keyboard
— USB or PS/2 Mouse
— VGA display panel
— USB mass storage device (example: USB thumb drive)
Boot BIOS Configuration
— Please verify that the Board BIOs Version is CMCKG049.
— Configure Boot Option Priorities so that the USB device is Boot Option #1.
Boot Device Setup
Please follow the following instructions in the exact sequence outlined below for
successful runtime image boot.
1. Ensure your USB thumb drive is a DOS-bootable formatted.
• Launch the program “HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool”
• Under “Device”, select the appropriate USB drive
• Select the following options:
— “File system”  FAT
— “Format options”  Quick format
— “Format options”  Create a DOS startup disk
— Browse to the location of the downloaded Win 98 boot files
— Click “Start”
2. Files required to load WEC7 runtime image (nk.bin)
• himem.sys (DOS systems file)
• config.sys (DOS systems file)
• loadcepc.exe (C:\WINCE700\PLATFORM\CEPC\SRC|BOOTLOADER\DOS)
• The two DOS files can be generated by MakeImageDisk.exe located under the
following path. Please note you will need a floppy drive device.
C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Platform Builder\7.00\cepb\utilities.
3. Copy the desired WEC7 runtime image (nk.bin) to the USB device.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
157
IEGD—Configuring and Building IEGD for Microsoft Windows CE* Systems
• Loading Runtime Image
— Boot up your embedded platform.
— Once DOS is loaded, issue command “loadcepc /L:800x600x16 nk.bin” at
the prompt. This will load up the WEC7 nk.bin on your embedded device.
Note:
For WEC7 images not using IEGD as the graphics display driver, issue command
“loadcepc /L:640x480x16 nk.bin” at the prompt.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
158
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
7.0
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
This describes the configuration and installation of IEGD for Linux* systems. IEGD
supports X Servers from the X.org* organization.
The Intel Linux driver is for use with the graphics core integrated into Intel chipsets
that comprise the Embedded Intel Architecture roadmap. The driver supports 8-, 16and 24-bit pixel depths, dual independent head configuration on capable hardware, flat
panel, hardware 2D acceleration, hardware cursor, the XV extension, and the Xinerama
extension. Stock library files, for example libva, can be used with IEGD.
7.1
Overview
Kernel patches, separate DRM modules, and kernel recompilation were all necessary in
previous versions of IEGD. In version 10.4, the IEGD Kernel Module (IKM) contains a
combination of the AGPGART and DRM modules which must be present for IEGD. Both
modules have been modified for the IEGD architecture and are combined with the Linux
kernel.
IEGD Linux distribution package contains drivers built for the following X Servers:
• X Server 1.5.3
• X Server 1.6.x
IEGD has been tested with the official version of these servers from the
http://www.X.org Web site and may not operate with other versions of these servers.
During the installation, the X -version command returns a result indicating the
server version, not the X.org version as was done in earlier versions.
7.2
Prerequisites
The following lists the prerequisites for installing and configuring the IEGD Linux*
driver.
• Platform with supported Intel chipset.
• Platform with a minimum of 128 Mbytes.
• Resolution and timing specifications for the display devices that will be configured.
• Driver package consisting of directories and files (see the following reduced
samples, which are located under the IEGD Linux directory).
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
159
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Note:
In the following, “Xorg-xserver 1.5.3/ is an example X Server version that should
be replaced with the version to be used.
— Documents/Relnotes
Documents/UsersGuide.pdf
Documents/Xorg-xserver 1.5.3/iegd.4
Documents/Xorg-xserver 1.5.3/IntelEscape.3x
— License/License.txt
— Driver/<xserver name>/iegd_drv.o (or iegd_drv.so for Xorg
7.0)
Driver/<xserver name>/libXlibXiegd_escape.a
Driver/<xserver name>/libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0
Driver/<xserver name>/iegd_escape.h
Driver/<xserver name>/lvds.so
Driver/<xserver name>/tv.so
• Linux kernel header package for active running kernel.
— Direct Rendering support enabled.
• Other system capabilities
— IEGD Kernel Module for GART and DRM patches
• System administration privileges.
7.2.1
Supported Hardware
IEGD supports the following chipsets with integrated graphics:
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
• Intel® Q45/G41/G45 Express chipset
• Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express chipset
• Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset
• Intel® Q35 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 Express chipset
• Intel® Q965 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GME Express chipset
• Intel® 945G Express chipset
• Intel® 915GV Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 915GME Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 910GMLE Express chipset
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
160
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
7.3
Installation
Refer to Section 1.7, “Downloading IEGD and Video BIOS” on page 22 for instructions
on obtaining the software. You can then install IEGD by executing the instructions for
your specific Linux distribution found in the following sections:
• “Linux Installer Overview”
• “Installing Fedora 10” on page 163
• “Installing Moblin 2.1 IVI (for Intel® US15W only)” on page 166
Note:
Linux versions of IEGD do not exist separately. You must use CED on a Windows system
to build a Linux driver version of IEGD and then transfer it to the Linux system for
installation. If you use a Linux distribution different from this list, you may need to
adapt the instruction steps.
7.3.1
Linux Installer Overview
The Linux installer does the following:
• Automatically copies all appropriate IEGD files for detected kernel version and X
Server.
• Invokes the Intel Kernel Module (IKM) to patch the kernel.
• Runs AGP and DRM tests to make sure IKM was installed correctly.
• Invokes modprobe to enable IEGD module.
• Creates a shortcut to the IEGD GUI on the desktop.
• Supports uninstallation of IEGD.
The Linux Installer script is located in a compressed tarball (TGZ file) in the path,
IEGD_10_4_Linux/Utilities/install.sh.
After extracting everything from the TGZ file, to execute the installer, change to the
directory containing the installer and run the following command:
./install.sh
To uninstall the IEGD files, run the following command:
./install.sh -u
Note:
The IEGD Linux Installer does not support all distributions. You may have to do a
manual installation if your distribution is not supported. If an unsupported distribution
is detected by the Linux installer, you have the option to continue the installation
manually.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
161
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Installation Steps
1. Log into a system administration account.
2. Untar the driver package to a convenient location.
tar -xvzf <driver package.tgz>
This creates a directory structure in the directory where you extracted the .tgz file
and contains the following directories:
— IEGD_10_4_Linux - Contains the Documents, Driver, License, IKM, and
Utilities subdirectories.
• The Driver directory contains subdirectories for the supported versions of the
X.org X Servers. This directory contains man pages for IEGD.
• The Documents directory contains the release notes.
• The License directory contains the license for the IEGD release.
• The Utilities directory contains IEGD utilities, including the iegdgui runtime
configuration utility.
• The IKM directory contains files for patching the Linux kernel AGPGART
module.
3. Invoke the Linux installer using the command ./install.sh from the
IEGD_10_4_Linux/Utilities folder. If successful, skip to step 11.
Note:
If the installer does not work, use the following manual install steps.
4. Check the version of the X Server your system is running. Type the following
command:
X -version
Note:
For Fedora 7 (F7), the result from this command is 1.3.
5. Copy the IEGD binary, iegd_drv.o (or iegd_drv.so), from the
IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/<xserver name> directory to the X Server's
modules/drivers directory.
For F7 (X Server 1.3-based distribution), the default location is /usr/lib/xorg/
modules/drivers. This location can vary by distribution so check your system for
the proper path.
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/Xorg-xserver-1.3
cp iegd_drv.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers
6. Copy the necessary port driver files (*.so files in the IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/
<xserver name> directory) to the X Server lib/modules directory. The default
installation location is /usr/lib/xorg/modules. This location can vary, so check
your system for the proper path. After the required port drivers have been copied,
you can specify them in the PortDrivers option in the Device section of the config
file. For more information on specifying the PortDrivers option, refer to Table 44,
“Supported Driver Options” on page 183. For example, to copy all the port drivers
use the following command:
cp *.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules
7. Copy the escape control library libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 from the
IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/<xserver name> directory to the X Server library
directory. The default installation location is /usr/lib. For example,
cp libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 /usr/lib
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
162
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
8. In the X Server library directory, create symbolic links for the escape library
aliases:
cd /usr/lib
ln -sfv libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 libXiegd_escape.so
ln -sfv libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 libXiegd_escape.so.2
ldconfig
9. From the X Server directory you are using, unzip the iegd.4.gz file and copy the
driver man page, iegd.4, to the man/man4 directory. The default installation
location is /usr/share/man/man4. This location can vary by distribution so
check your system for the proper path. For example, for Fedora 7,
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/Xorg-xserver-1.3
cp iegd.4.gz /usr/share/man/man4
cp iegd_escape.3x.gz /usr/share/man/man3x
10. Execute the following commands:
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/IKM
./install.sh
(Note: if a permissions error is displayed, do a chmod +x install.sh)
modprobe iegd_mod
11. Modify your xorg.conf file to include a device section for this driver and a Monitor
section for your display. See Section 7.6.1, “Configuration Overview” on page 176
for details on the driver configuration and the list of supported options. The default
installation location for this file is /etc/X11.
12. Reboot
7.3.2
Installing Fedora 10
To install IEGD v10.4 on Fedora 10, use the following steps:
• “Installation Steps” on page 164
• “OpenGL Installation” on page 193
Note:
Before installing Fedora, determine whether you need to do either or all of the
following:
• Disable SELinux security to allow IEGD to load. To disable it, use the Security
application in X. If you do not disable SELinux security, you will need to configure
SELinux to allow IEGD to operate.
• Disable AIGLX because IEGD does not support or work with it. To disable AIGLX,
add the Option “AIGLX” “FALSE” command to the xorg.conf file in the
ServerFlags section.
Notes:
There are known bugs in the X.org X Server 1.5.3 version used by Fedora 10. The bugs
affect OpenGL applications.
Without applying the work-around below, many OpenGL applications will not display
properly and display only a blank (black) window.
A simple workaround, described below, is needed for distributions using a 1.5.x version
of the X Server, however it does not apply to 1.6.0 version of the X Server.
Workaround for AIGLX and X Server version 1.5.x
Note:
This workaround applies to the two previous bullets above.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
163
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
In the xorg.conf file, set the “GlxVisuals” option to “all.” This goes in the ServerFlags
section of the file, as shown in the following example:
Section "ServerFlags"
Option "Xinerama" "False"
Option "AllowMouseOpenFail" "1"
Option "BlankTime" "0"
….
Option "AIGLX" "False"
Option "GlxVisuals" "all"
EndSection
Installation Steps
1. Log into a system administration account.
2. Extract the driver package from the compressed tar (TGZ) file to a convenient
location. For example, you may want to collect all IEGD software into a
subdirectory under one directory in /etc/X11:
cd /etc/X11
mkdir iegd
cd iegd
tar -xvzf <driver package.tgz>
This creates a subdirectory structure in the directory where you extracted the .tgz
file containing the following directories:
— IEGD_10_4_Linux - Contains the Documents, Driver, License, IKM, and
Utilities subdirectories.
• The Driver directory contains subdirectories for the supported versions of the
X.org X Servers. This directory contains man pages for IEGD.
• The Documents directory contains the release notes.
• The License directory contains the license for the IEGD release.
• The Utilities directory contains IEGD utilities, including the iegdgui runtime
configuration utility.
• The IKM directory contains files for patching the Linux kernel AGPGART
module.
3. Check the X Server version your system is running. Type the following command:
X -version
Note:
For Fedora 10, the server version this command reports is 1.5.3.
4. Before installing, if you have a working xorg.conf file using another driver, such
as “vesa,” consider starting X (startx), opening a terminal, and running the
glxgears program for half a minute or so. This program displays rotating gears
using OpenGL and gives a frame rate average for the animation. After installing
IEGD, comparing this “before picture” frame rate could be informative.
5. Copy the IEGD binary, iegd_drv.so from the IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/
<xserver name> directory to the X Server's modules/drivers directory.
For F10 (X Server 1.5.3 based distribution), the default location is /usr/lib/
xorg/modules. This location can vary by distribution so check your system for the
proper path. You can discover your system's setting by running the command
X -showDefaultModulePath and also checking your current /etc/X11/
xorg.conf to see whether a “Files” section has changed the default ModulePath.
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/Xorg-xserver-1.5.3
cp -p iegd_drv.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
164
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
Note:
Using “cp -p” preserves the original files' permissions into the copies.
6. Copy the necessary port driver files (some, not all, of the *.so files in the
IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/<xserver name> directory) to the X Server lib/
modules directory. After the required port drivers have been copied, you can
specify them in the PortDrivers option in the Device section of the config file. For
more information on specifying the PortDrivers option, refer to Table 44,
“Supported Driver Options” on page 183. For example:
cp -p {analog,hdmi,lvds,sdvo,softpd,tv}.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules
7. Copy the escape control library libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 from the
IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/<xserver name> directory to the X Server library
directory. The default installation location is /usr/lib. You can see your system's
setting by running the X -showDefaultLibPath command.
cp -p libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 /usr/lib
8. Copy the driver man pages:
cp -p iegd.4.gz /usr/share/man/man4
cp -p iegd_escape.3x.gz /usr/share/man/man3x
If you want to install OpenGL, add the following command:
cp -p iegd_dri.so /usr/lib/dri
— For OpenGL pick only one of the following link commands according to your
chipset, then copy what the link points to into the library directory:
ln -s libGL_ga.so.1.2 libGL.so.1.2 (only for US15W chipset)
ln -s libGLgn3.so libGL.so.1.2 (only for 910/915/945/Intel Atom Processor
400 and 500 series)
ln -s libGLgn4.so libGL.so.1.2 (only 965/GM45 chipsets)
cp -p libGL.so.1.2 /usr/lib (answer y to the overwrite query)
Note:
Using “ln -s” makes a symbolic link to a file, which “ln -l” (long listing) will reveal in the
future.
— For OpenGL/ES add the following commands:
cp -p lib{EGL,GLES}* /usr/lib
cp -p egl_*dri.so /usr/lib
9. In the library directories, create symbolic links for the library aliases that need
special handling and notify the linker of the library files' locations:
cd /usr/lib
ln -s libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 libXiegd_escape.so
ln -sf libGL.so.1 libGL.so
cd /lib
ln -s libexpat.so.1.5.2 libexpat.so.0
ldconfig
10. Install IKM and add the Xorg file. The install.sh script and another script it uses are
missing execute permissions. Run the following commands:
cd /etc/X11/iegd/IEGD_10_4_Linux/IKM
chmod +x install.sh kernelchecker_tests/ikmchecker.sh
./install.sh (Answer y to the install module query)
depmod -ae
modprobe iegd_mod
11. Reboot.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
165
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
12. After reboot:
a.
LIBGL_DEBUG=VERBOSE glxinfo
The result of this command provides information about the OpenGL
environment.
b.
glxgears
The result of this command displays spinning gears. Let it run for half a minute
or so to see the frame rate. Compare this rate with the rate from before IEGD
was installed.
c.
export _GL_FSAA_MODE=4
export _GL_FSAA_MODE=0
export _GL_FSAA_MODE=1
# enable MSAA
# disable MSAA
# alternate disable MSAA
These environment variable settings enable or disable Multi-Sample AntiAliasing (MSAA) in OpenGL/ES on the Intel US15W. Consider putting your
default setting into a system-wide startup script, such as /etc/profile.d/
opengles.sh or in /etc/bashrc.
7.3.3
Installing Moblin 2.1 IVI (for Intel® US15W only)
There are two ways to get IEGD on Moblin:
• Install the pre-integrated Moblin image (see Section 7.3.3.1)
OR
• Manually install IEGD on Moblin by doing the following:
— “Preparing for the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver Installation”
— “Installing the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver (IEGD) for Moblin 2.1”
7.3.3.1
Install the Pre-integrated Moblin Image
1. Download the pre-integrated Moblin image from the moblin.org site at
http://moblin.org/projects/ivi
2. Follow the installation directions at moblin.org to create a live USB flash image and
install on a hard disk.
7.3.3.2
Manually Installing IEGD
1. Download and install the standalone Moblin image with open source VESA driver.
This image is available from Moblin.org at: http://moblin.org/projects/2.1-ivi-fcrelease.
2. Follow the installation directions at moblin.org to create a live USB flash image and
install on a hard disk.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
166
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
7.3.3.3
Preparing for the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver Installation
Proceed with the following installation steps.
1. Log in as SuperUser.
2. Edit grub.conf and comment out the line with splash screen:
vi /boot/grub/grub.conf
This step is recommended so that the system can be debugged instead of
remaining stuck at the splash screen or blank screen.
3. Edit the inittab file using the following command and change the default value
from 5 to 3:
vi /etc/inittab
7.3.3.4
Installing the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver (IEGD) for Moblin 2.1
1. Untar the driver package to a convenient location using the following command:
tar -xvzf <driver package.tgz>
This creates a directory structure in the directory where you extracted the .tgz file.
It contains the following directories:
— IEGD_10_4_Linux - Contains the Documents, Driver, License, IKM, and
Utilities subdirectories.
• The Documents subdirectory contains the release notes for IEGD.
• The Driver directory contains subdirectories for the supported versions of the
X.org X Servers.
• The License directory contains the license for the IEGD release.
• The Utilities directory contains IEGD utilities, including the iegdgui runtime
configuration utility.
• The IKM directory contains files for patching the Linux kernel AGPGART
module.
2. Verify the version of the X Server your system is running using the following
command:
X -version
Note:
For Moblin 2.1, the result from this command should be 1.6.4.901.
3. Copy the IEGD binary, iegd_drv.o (or iegd_drv.so), from the
IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/<xserver name_version> directory to the
X server's modules/drivers directory using the commands below. For Moblin
2.1 (X Server 1.6-based distribution), the default location is /usr/lib/xorg/
modules/drivers.
Note:
The default location can vary by distribution so check your system for the proper path.
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/Xorg-xserver-1.6.4.901
cp iegd_drv.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers
cp iegd_drv_video.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers
cp lvds.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules
cp sdvo.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules
cp iegd_dri.so /usr/lib/dri
cp libGL_ga.so.1.2 /usr/lib
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
167
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
cp libva.so.0.29.0 /usr/lib
cp libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 /usr/lib
cp
cp
cp
cp
cp
libEGL.so.1.0 /usr/lib
libGLESv1_CM.so.1.1.0 /usr/lib
libGLESv2.so.2.0.0 /usr/lib
egl_xdri.so /usr/lib
egl_iegd_dri.so /usr/lib/dri
4. In the lib directory, create symbolic links for the following aliases:
cd /usr/lib
ln -sfv libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 libXiegd_escape.so
ln -sfv libXiegd_escape.so.2.0.0 libXiegd_escape.so.2
ln -sfv libva.so.0.29.0 libva.so.0.29
ln -sfv libva.so.0.29.0 libva.so.0
ln -sfv libva.so.0.29.0 libva.so
ln -sfv libGL_ga.so.1.2 libGL.so
ln -sfv libGL_ga.so.1.2 libGL.so.1
ln -sfv libGL_ga.so.1.2 libGL.so.1.2
ln -sfv libEGL.so.1.0 libEGL.so
ln -sfv libEGL.so.1.0 libEGL.so.1
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
-sfv
-sfv
-sfv
-sfv
-sfv
libGLESv1_CM.so.1.1.0 libGLESv1_CM.so.1
libGLESv1_CM.so.1.1.0 libGLESv1_CM.so
libGLESv2.so.2.0.0 libGLESv2.so.2.0
libGLESv2.so.2.0.0 libGLESv2.so.2
libGLESv2.so.2.0.0 libGLESv2.so
cd /lib
ln -sfv libexpat.so.1.5.2 libexpat.so.0
ldconfig
Note:
If an error is displayed, “command not found” then use /sbin/ldconfig in place of the
ldconfig command above.
5. Execute the following commands:
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/IKM
./install.sh
(Answer y to the install module query)
Note:
If a permissions error is displayed, do a chmod +x install.sh or try using the
command sudo bash ./install.sh
modprobe iegd_mod
Note:
If an error is displayed, “command not found” then use /sbin/modprobe iegd_mod
in place of the command above.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
168
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
6. Modify your xorg.conf file to include a device section for this driver and a monitor
section for your display.
The default installation location for this file is /etc/X11.
Note:
You need to use the Configuration EDitor tool (CED) to create an IEGD compatible
xorg.conf file that correctly uses IEGD as the driver and sets the IEGD configuration
properly. See “Platform Configuration Using CED” on page 31 for details.
7. Reboot.
7.3.3.5
Known Issues
If you encounter text corruption, please set your default color depth to 24-bit in the
screen section in the xorg.conf. See “Screen Section” on page 182 for details.
7.4
IKM Patch Instructions
The IKM process is designed to replace the need to patch your kernel GART and DRM.
See also the following topics:
• “Finding and Installing the Kernel Source (Headers)”
• “Installing IKM with Fedora”
• “Using the IEGD Kernel Module”
• “Linux Installer IKM Validation”
• “Uninstalling the IKM”
7.4.1
Finding and Installing the Kernel Source (Headers)
• Building the IKM requires kernel headers and the kernel config file for the kernel
the IKM will be created for.
• KERNEL_VERSION is the output of the command uname -r
• If you use a kernel from your distribution you will typically have a package with all
the files required to build kernel modules for your kernel image.
— On Fedora and compatibles this is the kernel-devel package. Or if you run
kernel-smp or kernel-xen, you need kernel-smp-devel or kernelxen-devel, respectively.
— In some distributions (e.g., Fedora) the installation of the kernel-devel /
kernel-headers package will be a newer version than the one you currently
run. In such a case, you may need to upgrade the kernel package itself and
reboot.
— If you update the kernel you may also need to edit /etc/grub.conf (a
symlink for /boot/grub/grub.conf, also known as /boot/grub/
menu.lst) to put the new kernel into the boot list. After validating the new
kernel, change the “default” setting to point to the new kernel entry in the boot
list, or change the new kernel's listing to the first position and leave the setting,
“default=0”.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
169
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
7.4.2
Installing IKM with Fedora
This section can be used if you are trying to get a non-supported LINUX distribution
running with IKM. Fedora 10 is not supported for these instructions.
1. Install kernel-$ARCH-devel. The version of the package must be the same as
the running kernel. Replace $ARCH with architecture of the kernel (e.g., smp).
2. Install Kernel-devel from the CD/DVD or through the yum utility.
3. Install the kernel source for the version you are running by choosing one of the
following methods.
— If you are using a CD or DVD, search for the RPM package for kernel-$ARCHdevel and install using
rpm -ivh kernel-$ARCH-devel
— For the yum utility, type the following command:
yum install kernel-devel
This will install kernel-devel and resolve dependencies. Note that, as stated
earlier, kernel-devel that is installed through this method might not be the
same version as a running kernel. In this case IKM compilation might be
successful, however, when trying to insert it into the running kernel,
modprobe/insmod will produce an error. The solution is to upgrade the
kernel-package itself and reboot to make the Linux* OS run the updated
kernel.
4. (Optional) Hardlink is a utility that consolidates duplicates files in one or more
directories by traversing the directories and searching for duplicate files. When
Hardlink finds duplicate files, it uses one of them as the master, removes all other
duplicates, and places a hardlink for each one pointing to the master file.
Note:
Hardlink is not necessary for IEGD installation. If you cannot download Hardlink from
the link below, you can skip this step without affecting the installation outcome.
Download Hardlink from the Fedora site:
http://archive.fedoraproject.org/pub/archive/fedora/linux/core/5/i386/os/Fedora/
RPMS/hardlink-1.0-1.21.2.i386.rpm
5. Install Hardlink using one of the methods described below.
— Run the following command:
rpm -ivh hardlink-1.0-1.21.2.i386.rpm
— Run the following command through yum utility, making sure the computer is
connected to the Internet:
yum install hardlink
Hardlink is now installed and will resolve any dependencies.
6. Compile the module using the following commands:
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/IKM
./install.sh
(Answer y to the install module query)
depmod -a
modprobe iegd_mod
7. Modify your xorg.conf file to include a device section for this driver and a Monitor
section for your display. See Section 7.6.1, “Configuration Overview” on page 176
for details on the driver configuration and the list of supported options. The default
installation location for this file is /etc/X11.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
170
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
8. Reboot.
At this point, when X Windows starts, it should be using IEGD as the driver. To verify
this, you can check your Xorg log, or run the iegdgui utility found in the Utilities
directory.
Note:
You may need to set the iegdgui file properties to be executable before it will run.
7.4.3
Using the IEGD Kernel Module
Note:
Run this after adding the IEGD components and updating the symbolic links in the
Linux* OS.
An installation script is provided that generates the Makefile together with the
compilation environment for that particular kernel or distro. To install the IKM, run the
shell script provided:
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/IKM
./install.sh
(Answer y to the install module query)
(Note: if a permissions error is displayed, do a chmod +x install.sh)
The installation script detects the kernel version and points to the proper header files
location before creating the Makefile. The script then calls the Make program to start
the compiling process. After compiling is complete, the script tries to install the IKM. If
the script is run as a normal user, it prompts for the superuser password before copying
the generated file, and then runs a depmod -a command to resolve module
dependencies.
To insert the module into the kernel, run
modprobe iegd_mod
This will load all the modules that iegd_mod depends on before loading iegd_mod itself.
IKM installation requires a matching kernel source tree and a working Linux build
system. Some of the programs require additional libraries.
7.4.4
Linux Installer IKM Validation
The Linux Installer also validates the IKM installation using AGP and DRM tests to verify
that it is installed and working correctly, as described below.
7.4.4.1
AGP Test
The AGP test opens the AGPGART component and then communicates using IOCTLs to
ensure that the AGP portion of the IKM works.
You may see “Error on AGPIOC_BIND. Trying new address for bind 8000.” This is OK.
The validation test is looking for unused memory. If an actual error occurs, the script
test will immediately exit.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
171
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
7.4.4.2
DRM Test
The DRM tests work similarly. It is a comprehensive set of tests to verify the
functionality of all device file interfaces. The test opens the DRM and communicates
using the IOCTLs to ensure that the DRM portion of the IKM works.
Compilation for AGP
cd …/IEGD_10_4_Linux/IKM/agp
gcc –o agp_test agp_test.c
Compilation for DRM
cd …/IEGD_10_4_Linux/IKM/drm
gcc –o drm_test drm_test.c
Execution
Optional parameter –v [verbose mode].
AGP
./agp_test
DRM
./drm_test
7.4.4.3
Kernel Checker
The kernel checker ensures that the Kernel API that IKM depends on exists.
When you run install.sh it calls the ikmchecker.sh, which is found in the
kernelchecker_tests folder. Next, you see the message, “Checking kernel
dependencies …” After executing the script a build.log file in the
kernelchecker_tests folder contains the results of the compilation. If an error
occurred there will be an error.log file appears in that folder and the error will
display on the console. The APIs that the Linux installer checks for are shown in tables
35 through 43.
Table 35.
Memory Management Functions
S.No
APIS
Header Files
1
vfree
<linux/vmalloc.h>
2
kfree
<linux/slab.h>
3
alloc_pages
<linux/gfp.h>
4
__get_free_pages
<linux/gfp.h>
5
free_pages
<linux/gfp.h>
6
kmalloc
<linux/slab.h>
7
do _munmap
<linux/mm.h>
8
do_mmap
<linux/mm.h>
9
get_page
<linux/mm.h>
10
put_page
<linux/mm/h>
11
page_mapcount
<linux/mm.h>
12
memset
<linux/string.h>
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
172
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
Table 36.
PCI Related Routines
S.No
Table 37.
APIS
Header Files
1
pci_save_state
<linux/pci.h>
2
pci_restore_state
<linux/pci.h>
3
pci_find_capability
<linux/pci.h>
4
pci_get_device
<linux/pci.h>
5
pci_dev_driver
<linux/pci.h>
6
pci_register_driver
<linux/pci.h>
7
pci_unregister_driver
<linux/pci.h>
8
pci_dev_put
<linux/pci.h>
9
pci_assign_resource
<linux/pci.h>
10
pci_enable_device
<linux/pci.h>
11
pci_read_config_dword
<linux/pci.h>
12
pci_set_drvdata
<linux/pci.h>
13
pci_read_config_word
<linux/pci.h>
14
pci_write_config_dword
<linux/pci.h>
15
pci_read_config_byte
<linux/pci.h>
16
PCI_FUNC
<linux/pci.h>
17
pci_write_config_word
<linux/pci.h>
18
pci_resource_start
<linux/pci.h>
I/O Functions
S.No
APIS
Header Files
1
printk
<linux/kernel.h>
2
readl
<asm/io.h>
3
writel
<asm/io.h>
4
readb
<asm/io.h>
5
iowrite32
6
ioread32
7
iounmap
<asm/io.h>
8
ioremap
<asm/io.h>
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
173
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Table 38.
Synchronization Functions
S.No
Table 39.
APIS
Header Files
1
atomic_dec
<asm/atomic.h>
2
set_bit
<asm/bitops.h>
3
spin_lock_irqsave
<linux/spinlock.h>
4
spin_lock_irqrestore
<linux/spinlock.h>
5
up_write
<linux/rwsem.h>
6
down_wite
<linux/rwsem.h>
7
mutex_lock
<linux/mutex.h>
8
mutex_unlock
<linux/mutex.h>
9
atomic_add_negative
<asm/atomic.h>
10
atomic_inc
<asm/atomic.h>
11
spin_lock
<linux/spinlock.h>
12
spin_unlock
<linux/spinlock.h>
13
lock_kernel
<linux/smp_lock.h>
14
unlock_kernel
<linux/smp_lock.h>
15
down
16
up
Page Related Functions
S.No
APIS
Header Files
1
virt_to_page
<asm/page.h>
2
pmd_offset
<asm/pgtable-3level.h>
3
pud_none
<asm/pgtable-3level.h>
4
pte_none
<asm/pgtable-3level.h>
5
pte_clear
<asm/pgtable-3level.h>
6
pte_unmap
<asm/pgtable.h>
7
pte_offset_map
<asm/pgtable.h>
8
pgd_offset
<asm/pgtable.h>
9
SetPageLocked
<linux/page-flags.h>
10
unlock_page
<linux/pagemap.h>
11
SetPageReserved
<linux/page-flags.h>
12
ClearPageReserved
<linux/page-flags.h>
13
io_remap_pfn_range
<asm/pgtable.h>
14
copy_page
<asm/page.h>
15
pte_page
<asm/pgtable-3level.h>
16
pmd_none
<asm/pgtable.h>
17
change_page_attr
<asm/cacheflush.h>
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
174
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
Table 40.
Linked Lists
S.No
list_add
<linux/list.h>
2
list_del
<linux/list.h>
list_for _each
<linux/list.h>
Linux Driver Model Specific
S.No
Table 42.
APIS
module_init
<linux/init.h>
2
module_exit
<linux/init.h>
CPU/Cache
APIS
Header Files
1
rdmsr
<asm/msr.h>
2
wrmsr
<asm/msr.h>
3
on_each_cpu
<linux/smp.h>
4
boot_cpu_has
<asm/cpufeature.h>
5
flush_tlb_all
<asm/tlbflush.h
6
wbinvd
7
wmb
8
virt_to_phys
9
global_cache_flush
User Access
S.No
7.5
Header Files
1
S.No
Table 43.
Header Files
1
3
Table 41.
APIS
APIS
1
copy_from_user
2
copy_to_user
Header Files
<asm/uaccess.h>
Uninstalling the IKM
To uninstall the IKM, run the install script described in Section 7.4.3 on page 171 with
following argument:
./install.sh uninstall
This deletes the IKM file from kernel module location and invokes depmod -a to
resolve dependencies for other module. A reboot might be required because IKM
cannot be removed through the rmmod utility if a previous AGPGART is part of the
kernel image.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
175
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
7.6
Configuring Linux*
This section describes how to edit the Linux X Server configuration file for use with
IEGD.
The Intel Linux driver is for use with the integrated graphics of Intel chipsets on the
Embedded Intel Architecture roadmap. The driver supports 8-, 16- and 24-bit pixel
depths, dual independent head setup on capable hardware, flat panel, hardware 2D
acceleration, hardware cursor, the XV extension, and the Xinerama extension.
7.6.1
Configuration Overview
IEGD auto-detects all device information necessary to initialize the integrated graphics
device in most configurations. However, you can customize the IEGD configuration for
any supported display by editing the X Server’s configuration file, xorg.conf. Please
refer to the Xorg(5x) man page for general configuration details. This section only
covers configuration details specific to IEGD.
To configure IEGD for the Linux* OS, you must edit the X server’s configuration file.
You can either edit the configuration directly or you can use CED to create
configurations that must then be copied into the configuration file. Even if you use CED
to create a configuration, you must still edit the Linux configuration file.
7.6.2
Linux* OS Configuration Using CED
You can configure the Linux* driver settings using CED as described in Section 3.0,
“Platform Configuration Using CED” on page 31.
The output file (yourbuildnamehere.x) from CED contains the settings required to
configure IEGD for Linux systems and can be pasted into the appropriate sections of
the xorg.conf file.
7.6.3
Editing the Linux* OS Configuration File Directly
Instead of using the CED, you can edit the xorg.conf file directly. The following
procedure outlines the steps to follow when editing the Linux* configuration file.
Section 7.6.4, “The Linux* OS Configuration File” on page 177 provides details on each
section of the configuration file.
1. Log in as root and open the configuration file for editing. The configuration file is
typically located in the /etc/X11 directory but may be located elsewhere on your
system.
2. In the Device section of the configuration file, enter the appropriate information
for your driver. The configuration file must have at least one Device section. The
Device section lets you define information about IEGD. You can use a single
Device section for single, twin, or clone configurations. For Dual Independent
Head configurations, you must specify a second Device section.
3. In the Screen section, enter information for each display in your configuration.
The configuration file must have at least one Screen section. The Screen section
binds a Device with a Monitor and lets you define resolution modes for the
display. The Screen section is referenced in the ServerLayout section of the
configuration file.
4. In the Monitor section, define monitor specifications and timings that will be used
for the display. You must have a Monitor section defined for each display in your
configuration. The Monitor section is referenced by the Screen section.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
176
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
5. Save your changes to the file. For systems booted to run level 3, startx to restart.
For systems booted to run level 5, kill X (Ctrl-Alt-Backspace) to restart. Reboot if
necessary.
7.6.4
The Linux* OS Configuration File
To configure IEGD for use with the Linux* OS, you must edit the Linux configuration file
(xorg.conf ). There are several sections within the configuration that must be edited
or created, including:
•
•
•
•
(when configuring DIH)
•
(when configuring Xinerama)
The above Sections are described following the sample file. Please see the xorg.conf
man pages for complete details.
Figure 34.
Example xorg.conf File
##
## X Config options generated from CED
## x11 conf skeleton
## DriverVer=
##
Section "Screen"
Identifier
Device
Monitor
DefaultDepth
SubSection
Depth
Modes
EndSubSection
EndSection
"Screen0"
"Intel_IEGD-0"
"Monitor0"
24
"Display"
24
"1024x600"
Section "Monitor"
Identifier
HorizSync
VertRefresh
Option
EndSection
"Monitor0"
30.0 - 75.0
50.0 - 75.0
"dpms"
Section "Monitor"
Identifier
HorizSync
VertRefresh
Option
EndSection
"Monitor1"
30.0 - 75.0
50.0 - 75.0
"dpms"
# Primary (First/only) display
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
177
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Section "Device"
Identifier
Driver
VendorName
BoardName
BusID
Screen
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
EndSection
"Intel_IEGD-0"
"iegd"
"Intel(R) DEG"
"Embedded Graphics"
"0:2:0"
0
"PcfVersion"
"1792"
"ConfigId"
"1"
"ALL/1/name"
"dih965"
"ALL/1/General/PortOrder"
"42000"
"ALL/1/General/DisplayConfig" "8"
"ALL/1/General/DisplayDetect" "0"
"ALL/1/General/CloneRefresh"
"60"
"ALL/1/General/CloneWidth"
"1280"
"ALL/1/General/CloneHeight"
"1024"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/name"
"LVDS"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/EdidAvail"
"0"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/EdidNotAvail"
"5"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/Rotation"
"0"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/Edid"
"0"
"ALL/1/Port/4/FpInfo/BkltMethod"
"0"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/PixelClock"
"54720"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/HorzActive"
"1024"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/HorzSync"
"230"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/HorzSyncPulse"
"16"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/HorzBlank"
"476"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/VertActive"
"600"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/VertSync"
"4"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/VertSyncPulse"
"1"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/VertBlank"
"8"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/Flags"
"0x20000"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Attr/27"
"0"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Attr/26"
"18"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Attr/60"
"1"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/name"
"DVI"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/EdidAvail"
"3"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/EdidNotAvail"
"1"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/Rotation"
"0"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/Edid"
"1"
"PortDrivers"
"lvds sdvo"
Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier
Screen 0
Screen 1
#
InputDevice
#
InputDevice
#
InputDevice
EndSection
"Default Layout"
"Screen0" 0 0
"Screen1" RightOf "Screen0"
"Mouse0" "CorePointer"
"Keyboard0" "CoreKeyboard"
"DevInputMice" "SendCoreEvents"
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
178
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
Section "Screen"
Identifier
Device
Monitor
DefaultDepth
SubSection
Depth
Modes
EndSubSection
EndSection
"Screen1"
"Intel_IEGD-1"
"Monitor1"
24
"Display"
24
"1280x1024" "1024x768"
# Secondary (for dual-head only) display
Section "Device"
Identifier
Driver
VendorName
BoardName
BusID
Screen
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
EndSection
"Intel_IEGD-1"
"iegd"
"Intel(R) DEG"
"Embedded Graphics"
"0:2:0"
1
"PcfVersion"
"1792"
"ConfigId"
"1"
"ALL/1/name"
"ALL/1/General/PortOrder"
"ALL/1/General/DisplayConfig"
"ALL/1/General/DisplayDetect"
"ALL/1/General/CloneRefresh"
"ALL/1/General/CloneWidth"
"ALL/1/General/CloneHeight"
"ALL/1/General/DRI"
"dih"
"42000"
"8"
"0"
"60"
"1280"
"1024"
"1"
Section "ServerFlags"
Option
EndSection
7.6.4.1
"Xinerama"
"False"
Device Section
The Device section provides a description of a graphics device. The Linux*
configuration file (xorg.conf ) must have at least one Device section for the graphics
driver. If your chipset supports multiple graphics pipelines, you may have multiple
Device sections, but in most situations, only one is required. If you are creating a Dual
Independent Head (DIH) configuration, you must have at least two Device sections.
Device sections in xorg.conf have the following format:
Section “Device”
Identifier “devname”
Driver “iegd”
...
EndSection
The Identifier field defines the device. This name associates the device with a
screen in the Screen sections.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
179
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
The Driver field defines the driver to use and is a required field in the Device
section. The Intel driver, intel_drv.o, must be installed in the /usr/lib/xorg/
modules/drivers (or the correct path for your system).
The remainder of the Device section can contain IEGD-specific options. Please see
Table 44 on page 183 for a list and description of IEGD supported options.
DTD IDs for Multiple Ports
While DTD IDs must be unique, if two ports use the same DTD, CED writes to the
configuration file twice, once for each port, each with the same ID. This configuration
is correct and should not be changed if you manually edit the configuration
file. In most cases you should use CED to configure your system.
For example, in the Device Section shown below, you see in the first set of option lines
in blue that port 2 uses DTD 1 and in the second set of option lines in blue that port 4
also uses DTD 1. The configuration text is correct as written by CED and should not be
changed. This situation applies only to Linux configurations.
Section "Device"
Identifier
Driver
VendorName
BoardName
BusID
Screen
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
"Intel_IEGD-0"
"iegd"
"Intel(R) DEG"
"Embedded Graphics"
"0:2:0"
0
"PcfVersion"
"1792"
"ConfigId"
"1"
"ALL/1/name"
"dtd_test"
"ALL/1/General/PortOrder"
"24000"
"ALL/1/General/DisplayConfig" "1"
"ALL/1/General/DisplayDetect" "0"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/name"
"sdvo-b"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/EdidAvail"
"7"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/EdidNotAvail"
"5"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/Rotation"
"0"
"ALL/1/Port/2/General/Edid"
"1"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/PixelClock"
"108000"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/HorzActive"
"1280"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/HorzSync"
"48"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/HorzSyncPulse"
"112"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/HorzBlank"
"408"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/VertActive"
"1024"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/VertSync"
"1"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/VertSyncPulse"
"3"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/VertBlank"
"42"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/1/Flags"
"0xc020000"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/PixelClock"
"25175"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/HorzActive"
"640"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/HorzSync"
"8"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/HorzSyncPulse"
"96"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/HorzBlank"
"144"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/VertActive"
"480"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/VertSync"
"2"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/VertSyncPulse"
"2"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/VertBlank"
"29"
"ALL/1/Port/2/Dtd/2/Flags"
"0x0"
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
180
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/name"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/EdidAvail"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/EdidNotAvail"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/Rotation"
"ALL/1/Port/4/General/Edid"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/PixelClock"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/HorzActive"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/HorzSync"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/HorzSyncPulse"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/HorzBlank"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/VertActive"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/VertSync"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/VertSyncPulse"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/VertBlank"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/3/Flags"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/PixelClock"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/HorzActive"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/HorzSync"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/HorzSyncPulse"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/HorzBlank"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/VertActive"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/VertSync"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/VertSyncPulse"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/VertBlank"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/1/Flags"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/PixelClock"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/HorzActive"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/HorzSync"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/HorzSyncPulse"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/HorzBlank"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/VertActive"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/VertSync"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/VertSyncPulse"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/VertBlank"
"ALL/1/Port/4/Dtd/4/Flags"
"PortDrivers"
"lvds"
"0"
"5"
"0"
"0"
"65000"
"1024"
"24"
"136"
"320"
"768"
"3"
"6"
"38"
"0x20000"
"108000"
"1280"
"48"
"112"
"408"
"1024"
"1"
"3"
"42"
"0xc000000"
"81230"
"1280"
"48"
"112"
"408"
"768"
"3"
"6"
"34"
"0x4000000"
"sdvo lvds"
EndSection
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
181
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
7.6.4.2
Screen Section
The Screen section binds a Screen with a Device and a Monitor. It defines
resolution modes, color depths, and various other screen characteristics. Please see the
xorg man page for detailed information.
The Screen section has the following format:
Section “Screen”
Identifier
“screenname”
Device
“devname”
Monitor
“Monitor0”
DefaultDepth
24
Subsection “Display”
Depth
24
Modes
“1280x1024” “1024x768” “800x600” “640x480”
EndSubSection
EndSection
7.6.4.3
Monitor Section
Use the Monitor section to define monitor characteristics and timings for a display.
You should have one Monitor section for each display your system supports. The
Monitor section is referenced in a Screen section and has the following format.
Section “Monitor”
Identifier “Monitor0”
VendorName “NEC”
MonitorName “MEC MultiSync LCD”
HorizSync
30-60
VertRefresh 50-75
...
EndSection
7.6.4.4
ServerLayout Section
The ServerLayout section defines the overall layout of the system configuration.
Input devices are specified in the InputDevice fields and output devices usually consist
of multiple components, such as a graphics board and a monitor, which are bound
together in a Screen section. Typically, edit this section only when you are using a DIH
configuration. Add a line to reference the second Screen section and specify its
relative location to the first screen. In the following sample, the line beginning with
Screen 1... is required for DIH configurations.
Section “ServerLayout”
Identifier “Default Layout”
Screen 0 “Screen0” 0 0
Screen 1 “Screen1” RightOf “Screen0”
InputDevice entries...
EndSection
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
182
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
7.6.4.5
ServerFlags Section
If you are configuring IEGD for Xinerama support, you must set the “Xinerama”
option to “True” in the ServerFlags section of the configuration file.
Section “ServerFlags”
Option “Xinerama” “True”
EndSection
7.6.5
Xorg* Configuration Options
IEGD provides a format syntax for Linux* configuration options. The syntax is similar to
the Microsoft Windows* INF file and is as follows:
“All/<ConfigID>/<block name>/<option name>”
IEGD parses the configuration options and looks for “new-style” 4.0 and later options.
If it does not find any, then it falls back to processing old-style options.
Device configuration must contain the “pcfversion” option with value “0x700”. This
indicates to the driver the options format to use. Earlier pcfversions (0 and 0x400) are
supported for backward compatibility.
IEGD supports multiple sets of installed configuration options that may be selected at
runtime.
Configuration ID 0 is used unless otherwise specified in the configuration file or
supplied by the system BIOS.
The table below shows the supported driver options.
Table 44.
Supported Driver Options (Sheet 1 of 4)
Option
Description
This option indicates that the new IEGD format is
being used for the Linux* Configuration files
(xorg.conf). The new format is hierarchical (similar to
the Microsoft Windows* INF file) and allows both
global and per-configuration information to be stored
in the X Server’s configuration file (xorg.conf) rather
than having per-configuration information stored
separately in the EDIDx.bin file.
Option “PcfVersion” “integer”
This option is usually set to 0700 hex (1792 decimal)
and is required for the new format.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/SWCursor”
“boolean”
Enable the use of the software cursor. Default is off
and the hardware cursor is used.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/ShadowFB”
“boolean”
Enable or disable double buffering on the framebuffer.
Default disables double buffering.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
183
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Table 44.
Supported Driver Options (Sheet 2 of 4)
Option
Description
Disable or enable wait for vblank when doing blits. The
default is to not wait for vblank when doing blits. This
is faster but may cause visible tearing of the display.
Set to “1” (default) to not wait for vblank
Set to “0” to wait for vblank to reduce tearing
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/TearFB” “boolean”
Note:
The following usage models are not supported
with TearFB:
- Render extension
- Rotation and Flip
- ShadowFB
- XvBlend
- When Blend or OGL writes to the
framebuffer
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/XVideo” “boolean”
Disable or enable XVideo support. In a dual
independent head configuration, either the first display
or the second display support XVideo. Both displays
cannot support XVideo simultaneously. The default is
XVideo support is enabled.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/XVideoBlend”
“boolean”
Disable or enable XVideo support using the 3D blend
manager. This provides XVideo support in
configurations that cannot be supported with overlay.
For example, this is supported on both displays in a
dual independent head setup. It is also supported
when the display is rotated or flipped. Color key is only
supported if ShadowFB is enabled and the VideoKey is
defined. Default enables XVideoBlend support.
Option “ConfigID” “integer”
This option identifies the configuration.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Name” “string”
A quoted string used to identify the configuration
name.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Comment” “string”
A quoted string used to identify the configuration file.
Comment is a required field for Linux* configurations.
Option “PortDrivers” “string”
This option specifies which port driver(s) must be
loaded. The string is a space- or comma-separated list
of port driver names corresponding to the *.so port
driver files included with the Linux* OS version of the
driver.
The port driver for the built-in analog output from the
GMCH is always included and does not need to be
specified in the PortDrivers option.
Port drivers for the built-in LVDS and TV components,
on chipsets with such features, are NOT automatically
included. The “lvds” and “inttv” port drivers must be
specified to use those output ports.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/PortOrder” “string”
This option changes the default port allocation order.
The default order can vary depending on chipset. List
the port type numbers in the priority order starting
from first to last. The port type numbers are as
follows:
1 - Integrated TV Encoder (mobile chipsets only)
2 - sDVO B port
3 - sDVO C port
4 - Integrated LVDS port (mobile chipsets only)
5 - Analog CRT port
To set the order as Integrated TV Encoder, ANALOG,
LVDS, sDVO C, sDVO B set the PortOrder string to
“15432”. Zeros can be used to specify don’t care.
Setting this option incorrectly can result in port
allocation failures.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
General/Rotation” “integer”
Rotate the display. Valid values are 0, 90, 180, 270.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
184
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
Table 44.
Supported Driver Options (Sheet 3 of 4)
Option
Description
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
General/Flip” “boolean”
Invert the display horizontally.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/VideoKey” “integer”
This sets the color key for XVideo and XVideoBlend.
This value is either a 24-bit value or a 16-bit value,
depending on the pixel depth of the screen. The color
key is always enabled for XVideo, even when it is not
defined. The color key is always disabled for
XVideoBlend unless both this option is defined and the
ShadowFB option is enabled. The default color key for
XVideo is 0x0000ff00. For XVideoBlend, the color key
is disabled by default.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/CloneWidth”
“integer”
This sets the display width for a clone port when
CloneDisplay is active. Default is 640.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/CloneHeight”
“integer”
This sets the display height for a clone port when
CloneDisplay is active. Default is 480.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/CloneRefresh”
“integer”
This sets the display vertical refresh rate for a clone
port when CloneDisplay is active. Default is 60 Hz.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
General/EDID” “boolean”
Enable or disable reading of EDID data from the output
port device. Note that if the EDID option is specified in
the config file (xorg.conf), all per-port EDID options
in the configuration are overwritten by the EDID option
specified in the config file.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/Accel” “boolean”
Enable 2D acceleration. Default is enabled.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/DRI” “boolean”
Enable DRI support for OGL. Default is enabled.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/
OverlayGammaCorrectR” “integer”
Gamma correction value for overlay (red) in 24i8f
format.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/
OverlayGammaCorrectG” “integer”
Gamma correction value for overlay (blue) in 24i8f
format.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/
OverlayGammaCorrectB” “integer”
Gamma correction value for overlay (green) in 24i8f
format.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/
OverlayBrightnessCorrect” “integer”
Overlay brightness adjustments.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/
OverlayContrastCorrect” “integer”
Overlay contrast adjustments.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/General/
OverlaySaturationCorrect” “integer”
Overlay saturation adjustments.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
General/Name” “string”
A quoted string used to identify the port name, for
example, “sdvo”.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
General/”EdidAvail “string”
Specifies how standard and user-defined modes are
used when EDID is available. Default is 0.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
General/”EdidNotAvail “string”
Specifies how standard and user-defined modes are
used when EDID is not available. Default is 0.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
General/CenterOff” “boolean”
When this option is enabled it DISABLES centering.
Also, depending on the combination of “edid” + “userdtd” + connected hardware, IEGD will add missing
compatibility modes (6x4, 8x6, 10x7& 12x10) via
centering. Use this option to disable this feature.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dvo/
I2cDab” “string”
I2c device address.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dvo/
I2cSpeed” “string”
I2c bus speed.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dvo/
DdcSpeed” “string”
DDC bus speed.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dvo/
DdcDab” “string”
DDC device address.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
185
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Table 44.
Supported Driver Options (Sheet 4 of 4)
Option
7.6.6
Description
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
PixelClock” “integer”
Pixel clock frequency in kHz.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
HorzActive” “integer”
The active horizontal area in pixels.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
HorzSync” “integer”
Starting pixel for horizontal sync pulse.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
HorzSyncPulse” “integer”
Width of the horizontal sync pulse in pixels.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
HorzBlank” “integer”
Width of the horizontal blanking period in pixels.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
VertActive” “integer”
The active vertical area in pixels.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
VertSync” “integer”
Starting pixel for vertical sync pulse.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
VertSyncPulse” “integer”
Width of the vertical sync pulse in pixels.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
VertBlank” “integer”
Width of the vertical blanking period.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Dtd/
Flags” “integer”
Additional interlaced timing information.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
FpInfo/BkltMethod” “integer”
Specifies the backlight method.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
FpInfo/BkltT1” “integer”
Specifies backlight timing T1.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
FpInfo/BkltT2” “integer”
Specifies backlight timing T2.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
FpInfo/BkltT3” “integer”
Specifies backlight timing T3.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
FpInfo/BkltT4” “integer”
Specifies backlight timing T4.
Option “All/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/
FpInfo/BkltT5” “integer”
Specifies backlight timing T5.
Sample Dual Independent Head (DIH) Configuration
For DIH operation, several additional options must be set in the Device sections for
each head. Both Device sections must specify the BusID, and the BusID must be the
same for both devices. Each Device section must specify the Screen section that will
associate the device with the Screen option.
BusID - B:F:S (Bus, Function, Slot)
Screen - number
The example below shows a sample DIH configuration. Only the Device, Screen, and
Server Layout sections of the configuration file are shown. For a complete example
of a configuration file, see Figure 34 on page 177.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
186
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
Figure 35.
Sample DIH Configuration
Section "Device"
Identifier "IntelEGD-1"
Driver
"iegd"
BusID
"0:2:0"
Screen
0
VideoRam
32768
EndSection
Section "Device"
Identifier
Driver
BusID
Screen
VideoRam
"IntelEGD-2"
"iegd"
"0:2:0"
1
32768
EndSection
Section "Screen"
Identifier "Screen 1"
Device
"IntelEGD-1"
Monitor
"Monitor1"
DefaultDepth 24
Subsection "Display"
Depth
8
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
Subsection "Display"
Depth
16
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
Subsection "Display"
Depth
24
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection EndSection
Section "Screen"
Identifier "Screen 2"
Device
"IntelEGD-2"
Monitor
"Monitor2"
DefaultDepth 24
Subsection "Display"
Depth
8
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
187
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Subsection "Display"
Depth
16
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
Subsection "Display"
Depth
24
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
EndSection
Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier "Dual Head Layout"
Screen "Screen 1"
Screen "Screen 2" Right Of "Screen 1"
InputDevice "Mouse1" "CorePointer"
InputDevice "Keyboard1" "CoreKeyboard"
EndSection
7.6.7
Video Memory Management
The Intel integrated graphics controllers have a unified memory architecture that uses
system memory for video RAM. The amount of available video memory is not constant
and can be configured through the xorg.conf file. Some video memory is required for
normal operation of the device. This memory, such as framebuffers, backbuffers, and
scratch space, is allocated by the driver as needed. The bulk of video memory is used
for off-screen allocation of pixmaps by the X Server. By default, 32 Mbytes of memory,
possibly shared between two screens, is available for these purposes. This can be
changed with the VideoRam option in the Device section of the configuration file (see ).
It may be set to any reasonable value up to the limits of the hardware. Increasing this
value reduces the amount of system memory available for other applications. This
value is in units of 1024 Kbytes (32 Mbytes is represented by 32768).
7.6.8
Configuring Accelerated Video Decode for IEGD and Intel®
System Controller Hub US15W
7.6.8.1
Hardware Video Acceleration Overview
Hardware Video Acceleration is the use of a specialized video engine to decode video
streams (such as MPEG2, MPEG4, H.264 and VC-1) in order to free up the processor
from having to do all of the decoding. Only some chipsets (such as the US15W)
integrate a video decode engine. The flow of video through the various components
generally is as follows:
1. The video player, such as the IEGD-validated Splay, reads a video file and
determines the type.
2. Based on type, the proper codec shared library object is loaded.
3. The codec loads the VA library shared library object.
4. The VA library loads the iegd_drv_video.so shared library object.
5. The iegd_drv_video.so communicates, over the X wire protocol, with the IEGD
X driver to send encoded video to the hardware for decoding.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
188
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
You can either use the provided binary of the libva library found in the appropriate
Xorg/Xserver directory in the IEGD release or build it from the source. To build it,
use the following steps:
1. Untar libva.tgz included in the IEGD driver package in the Extras folder.
2. Enter the following commands:
./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr
make
make install
7.6.8.2
Installing IEGD for Linux
First install IEGD for Linux* per the appropriate installation instructions in Section 7.3.
IEGD should be fully configured and running X properly before installing the VA Library.
7.6.8.3
Installing the VA Library (version 0.29)
Install the VA shared library object on the library path using the steps below.
1. Change to the IEGD directory for the X Server version that matches your release
where the library file is located (see Section 7.1 on page 159). For example,
cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/Xorg-xserver-1.4
2. Copy the libva.so.0.29.0 file to the /usr/lib folder using the following
command:
cp libva.so.0.29.0 /usr/lib
3. Create the library aliases:
ln -s /usr/lib/libva.so.0.29.0 /usr/lib/libva.so
ln -s /usr/lib/libva.so.0.29.0 /usr/lib/libva.so.0
4. Set the Libva environment variable to point to the correct folder:
Set LIBVA_DRIVERS_PATH to point to the location of IEGD. The following is an
example (with the BASH command shell):
export LIBVA_DRIVERS_PATH=/usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers
Your driver location may vary, so please use the path to where you installed IEGD files.
To make this “sticky” you may want to add this to your .profile, bashrc or
whatever your distribution uses to store these variables.
7.6.8.4
Installing the IEGD Video Acceleration Driver
To install the provided Video Acceleration Driver (iegd_drv_video.so):
1. Change to the appropriate Xorg/Xserver directory where you unpacked the IEGD
release.
2. Copy the driver to the directory where you installed the main IEGD files from
Section 7.3. For example:
cp iegd_drv_video.so /usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers
Note:
Your actual directory will vary depending on your particular Linux* distribution.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
189
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
7.6.8.5
Installing Helix Framework
Set up the Helix Framework environment to use accelerated video playback with IEGD
using the steps below.
1. Download helix-dbu-server and splay plug-ins from:
https://helix-client.helixcommunity.org/releases
You will need to accept the Helix DNA Technology Binary Research Use License
agreement and register an account before downloading the software.
a.
Download the latest Splay Plug-ins files.
Example: splay-plugin-atlas-01.2.0.tgz
b.
Download the latest Helix DBUS Server files.
Example: helix-dbus-server-0.6.0.tar.bz2
2. Untar splay-plugins.tgz and copy the contents to the directory
/usr/lib/helix/splay
3. Untar helix-dbus-server-0.6.0.tar.bz2
4. Run make install from the helix-dbus-server-0.6.0 directory.
7.6.8.6
Installing Intel® Media Codec
The latest EVALUATION ONLY versions of the VA API enabled hardware accelerated
codecs for Helix are available by contacting Intel through the Intel Premier Support
(QuAD) system. After you have the codec package, follow these steps to install it:
1. Untar the codec package.
2. Copy libipp_hx_*.so to /usr/lib/helix/splay
3. Remove /usr/lib/helix/splay/mpgfformat.so
4. Remove /usr/lib/helix/splay/h264dec.so
5. Remove /usr/lib/helix/splay/mp4vrender.so
6. Remove /usr/lib/helix/splay/wmvrender.so
7. Remove /usr/lib/helix/splay/wmv9.so
7.6.8.7
Playing Video
The video player application used must support the Helix plug-in framework. A sample
player (Splay) is included and known to work. The Splay application is located in the
/usr/lib/helix/splay directory.
To play a video, enter the following command:
— /usr/lib/helix/splay/splay -l /usr/lib/helix/splay <Video file>
where <Video file> is replaced with an actual file name.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
190
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
7.6.8.8
Troubleshooting
1. If the Splay application quits silently, try removing the helix configuration files
~/.helix, ~/.hxplayerrc, and ~/.realplayerrc.
2. Check the codec version numbers using the script get_lib_version.sh
included with the codecs. The output should be:
libipp_hx_ac3ad.so
-> ipp_hx_version:20080822:1.8.8.22
libipp_hx_h264vd.so -> ipp_hx_version:20080822:1.8.8.22
libipp_hx_mp2sp.so
-> ipp_hx_version:20080822:1.8.8.22
libipp_hx_mp2vd.so
-> ipp_hx_version:20080822:1.8.8.22
libipp_hx_mp4vd.so
-> ipp_hx_version:20080822:1.8.8.22
libipp_hx_vc1vd.so
-> ipp_hx_version:20080401:1.8.8.22
3. If you receive the following message when you try to play video:
libva: Trying to open /usr/X11R6/lib/modules/dri/
iegd_drv_video.so
libva: va_openDriver() returns -1
make sure the LIBVA_DRIVERS_PATH environment variable is set to the location
where you installed the iegd_drv_video.so file. Typically, this would be
/usr/lib/xorg/modules/drivers.
7.6.9
Graphics Port Initialization
When used with a graphic chipset that supports multiple graphics pipelines, the driver
supports multiple screens and Xinerama. Enable this support by creating additional
Device sections for each additional graphics device on the PCI bus. The driver locates
the first device on the bus and associates it with the device section that matches or one
that does not specify a busID. This becomes the primary display. If the chipset supports
multiple display pipes, and the config file specifies two Device sections and two
Screen sections, the driver attempts to operate in a DIH mode. After all the graphics
devices and device sections have been matched up, the driver attempts to allocate any
remaining output ports and attach them to the primary graphics device. For example:
• Two pipes and two ports allows for dual independent displays.
• One pipe and two ports allows for a cloned display (915GV special case).
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
191
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
7.6.10
OpenGL Support
IEGD supports OpenGL* for the following Intel chipsets:
• Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
• Intel® Q45/G41/G45 Express chipset
• Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45 Express chipset
• Intel® System Controller Hub US15W/US15WP/WPT chipset
• Intel® Q35 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® GLE960/GME965 Express chipset
• Intel® Q965 Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GSE Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 945GME Express chipset
• Intel® 945G Express chipset
• Mobile Intel® 915GME Express chipsets
• Intel® 915GV Express chipsets
• Mobile Intel® 910GMLE Express chipset
The OpenGL implementation for IEGD consists of three components.
• libGL: This is the shared library that implements the OpenGL and GLX APIs. It is
linked by all OpenGL applications.
• iegd.ko: This is the Direct Rendering Manager (DRM). It is a kernel module that
provides the OpenGL application with the permissions necessary to directly access
the DMA buffers used by libGL.
• X Server: The existing IEGD X server driver has been enhanced to communicate
with libGL.
Installing the IEGD OpenGL driver provides a fully hardware accelerated
implementation of the OpenGL library to applications. This implementation makes use
of a Direct Rendering technology, which allows the client to directly write to DMA
buffers that are used by the graphics hardware.
Due to the use of direct rendering technology, system designers should take special
care to ensure that only trusted clients are allowed to use the OpenGL library. A
malicious application could otherwise use direct rendering to destabilized the graphics
hardware or, in theory, elevate their permissions on the system.
A system designer can control the access to the direct rendering functionality by
limiting the access to the DRI device file located at:
/dev/dri/card0
The permissions on this device are set by the X Server using the information provided
in the “DRI” section of the configuration file.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
192
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
7.6.10.1
OpenGL Installation
To install the IEGD libGL onto a system, copy the library binary from the package to the
standard location and then link the files, compile and install the Direct Rendering
Manager (DRM) kernel module from the sources provided. Lastly, enable the DRI option
in the X server's configuration file. Refer to the sections below for details on specific
operating systems.
Linux*
The OGL/ES application requires the following share libraries:
• libEGL.so
• libGLESv1_CM.so (ES1.1)
• libGLESv2.so (ES2.0)
• iegd_dri.so
• egl_xdri.so
• egl_iegd_dri.so
• libEGLdri.so
A typical OpenGL ES program will link with libEGL.so and either libGLESv1_CM.so
or libGLESv2.so. Then libEGL.so will link to libEGLdri.so or egl_xdri.so or
egl_iegd_dri.so. Then, libEGLdri.so/egl_xdri.so/egl_iegd_dri.so will
link to iegd_dri.so.
Installation Steps
1. cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/driver/<directory>
where <directory> is whichever X Server or Xorg driver directory is being used. For
example, for Fedora 10 it would be driver/Xorg-xserver-1.5.3.
Note:
The locations and commands may be different for a specific Linux distribution.
2. cp -p iegd_dri.so /usr/lib/dri
Note:
If you find that you are still using software rendering and hardware rendering is not
being used, copy the iegd_dri.so to /usr/X11R6/lib/dri.
3. cp -p libGLgn#.so /usr/lib/libGL.so.1.2
— For 910GMLE, 915GME, 915GV, 945GME, 945GSE, 945G, Atom Processor 400/
500 Series
Use libGLgn3.so
— For Q965, GLE960/GME965, Q45, GM45/GL40/GS45, Q35
Use libGLgn4.so
— US15W/US15WP/WPT
Use libGL_ga.so.1.2
Note:
For Fedora 10, perform the following steps. For other operating systems, continue with
step 4.
cd /lib
ln -s libexpat.so.1.5.2 libexpat.so.0
4. cd /usr/lib
5. ln -s /usr/lib/libGL.so.1.2 libGL.so
6. ldconfig
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
193
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Note:
Skip steps 7 and 8 if you are using the IKM method detailed in Section 7.4.
7. cd IEGD_10_4_Linux/IKM/Drm
8. make
This will build and install the kernel module for the currently running kernel. If
another kernel is installed or used, do this step again.
9. depmod -Ae
10. Restart the X Server or restart the system.
7.6.10.2
Enabling or Disabling Multi-Sample Anti-Aliasing (MSAA)
If you would like to enable or disable MSAA on the Intel US15W, enter the following
commands into the terminal:
• Enable: export _GL_FSAA_MODE=4
• Disable: export _GL_FSAA_MODE=0
or
export _GL_FSAA_MODE=1
7.6.10.3
OpenGL Use Considerations
Allocation of Mipmaps and Memory Usage
Under normal circumstances the OpenGL driver will allocate all mip levels for a texture
at allocation time. This is due to the fact that the OpenGL API allows an application to
make use of the mips without first conveying an intention to do so. Therefore, all mips
are available all the time.
The IEGD OpenGL driver has a special-case scenario to prevent the allocation of mips
when the application can ensure that they will never be populated or used. On some
hardware configurations this can save 50% on texture memory usage. To enable this
feature, the application should do the following:
Using glTexParameter*(), set the GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL parameter to 0 before
populating the texture, before any call to glTexImage2D(). This will prevent mips 1-N
from being allocated but will not prevent them from being used. If the mips are
inadvertently used, the results are undefined.
7.6.10.4
OpenGL ES
Download OpenGLES headers from http://www.khronos.org/opengles/spec/.
Download EGL headers from http://www.khronos.org/registry/egl/.
See also Appendix D, “2D/3D API Support”.
7.6.11
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations for Linux* OS
The edid_avail and edid_not_avail parameters control the available timings for
any display. Use the edid_avail parameter when reading EDID information from the
display. If the driver is unable to read EDID information from the display or if the edid
parameter in the config file is set to “0” (disable), use the settings of the
edid_not_avail parameter. Please see Section 3.0, “Platform Configuration Using
CED” on page 31.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
194
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
An edid option can be placed in the xorg.conf to control the behavior of the overall
driver. EDID settings also exist within CED that control the behavior on each port
(edid, edid_avail, and edid_not_avail). The combination of these settings
determines how the driver behaves. The table below shows various configurations and
the expected behavior of the driver.
Table 45.
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations for Linux* OS
Case
CED: Per port “edid” option
Expected driver behavior
1.
No edid flag specified
For every port, driver uses edid_avail.
2.
edid=0 for some ports and
edid=1 for some ports
For edid=0 ports, driver uses edid_not_avail flags.
For edid=1 ports driver uses edid_avail flags.
3.
Setting does not matter.
For all ports driver will not read edid and interprets
edid_not_avail flags.
Driver overrides any per-port edid flags, treats all displays as
EDID-less displays, and uses edid_not_avail flags.
4.
edid=0 for some ports and
edid=1 for some ports
Same as case 2
Notes: For all cases:
If there is not an edid_not_avail flag specified for a port, and an EDID-less display is detected, the
driver defaults to using the standard built-in timings for that port.
2. If there is not an edid_avail flag specified for a port, and an EDID display is detected, the driver defaults
to using the EDID data from the display, plus any user-specified DTDs.
3. If edid=1 and the display device is EDID-less, the driver uses edid_not_avail flags.
1.
7.6.12
AGPGART Errors
The following are the most common AGPGART errors:
1. Symptom: No “agpgart: ” in the system log
Cause: The IEGD AGPGART patch has not been applied to the system.
2. Symptom: The Xorg.0.log has the following:
(EE) INTEL(0): gart.c: Acquire IOCTL failed
Cause: The IEGD AGPGART module has not been loaded.
3. Symptom: When starting the X Server, the following message is listed in the X log
file.
“Graphics hardware initialization failed.
The most likely cause is a missing or incorrect AGPGART kernel module.
module_init returned -1”
Cause: The AGPGART kernel module is not loaded or does not support the chipset
being used. Check the kernel messages for the message:
“agpgart: Detected an Intel xxxx chipset”
If this message is there, the AGPGART is not the problem.
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers GUI (iegdgui) is an application used to view
and control the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers. It retrieves status of the display
and driver and is also used to configure the supported display attributes. You can
change the configuration and runtime attributes of the driver using the iegdgui
runtime configuration tool, which resides in the /Utilities directory. The iegdgui
also demonstrates multi-monitor support.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
195
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
7.6.13
iegdgui Setup
To run iegdgui, you need to ensure that the X Server has been configured to use
IEGD. See Section 7.6.1, “Configuration Overview” on page 176 for details on
configuring and installing IEGD.
You need GTK+ and libglade, which are part of the Linux* distribution and should
already be installed.
The ldconfig cache should have entries pointing to the X library. You can verify that
with the following commands:
Xorg -showDefaultLibPath
# Display X library path
ldconfig -p | grep -c resultpath
# Quantity of entries in cache
The Xorg command shows the path X will use. Plug that result path into the grep part
of the ldconfig command line. If there is a count, that library path is known to the
linker. Otherwise, run a temporary test by setting the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment
variable to point to the X library by running the following command:
echo $LD_LIBRARY_PATH
If it is blank or it does not show X's library path, add it using the following command:
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=“$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:resultpath”
If LD_LIBRARY_PATH setting works, create a file containing the name of the X default
library directory and add it to a file in the /etc/ld.so.conf.d directory or append it
to /etc/ld.so.conf if the directory does not exist on your version of Linux. If the
directory exists, use this command:
echo "resultpath" >>/etc/ld.so.conf.d/xlibs.conf
If you use a version of Linux that does not have the /etc/ld.so.conf.d directory,
you can append the X default library directory to that file using this command:
echo "resultpath" >>/etc/ld.so.conf
Ensure the iegdgui is executable by changing directories to
.../IEGD_10_4_Linux/Utilities and running the following command:
ls -l iegdgui
Executable permissions should be set for all three Linux* groups (user, group, world)
and should look like this:
rwxr-xr-x iegdgui ...
If the permissions do not contain an “x” for each group, change the permissions using
the following command:
chmod a+x iegdgui
After you have completed this step, iegdgui can be launched.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
196
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
7.6.14
Using the iegdgui Runtime Configuration Utility
The iegdgui application provides four tabs: Driver Info, Display Config, Display
Attributes, and Color Correction.
• Driver Info: Contains the driver name, version, build number, and date.
• Display Config: Contains current display information and allows changing display
configurations, resolutions for primary and secondary displays and enabling/
disabling of a specified port.
• Display Attributes: Contains the supported Port Driver (PD) attributes and allows
configuration of PD attributes.
• Color Correction: Contains current color-correction information for the
framebuffer and overlay. Use this tab to change the framebuffer and overlay color
settings.
To view current display information or to change the current settings of display
configurations, resolutions of the primary and secondary displays, and enabling or
disabling of a specified port, click the Display Config tab.
Note:
If you make any changes to the configuration, click Apply for the changes to take
effect.
The figure below shows a sample configuration.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
197
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Figure 36.
Example Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Config Tab
The Display Status section of the above dialog shows the current configuration for the
Primary and Secondary displays.
In the Display Configuration section of the dialog, select the required display
configuration in the Display Config drop-down list. This allows the user to choose
between Single, Twin, Clone and Extended for all connected ports. A maximum of two
ports per display configuration is currently allowed.
In the Primary Mode and Secondary Mode sections of the dialog, you can change
display resolutions via the Resolution drop-down list.
In the Display Setting section of the dialog you can view and change the settings for
a port and then rotate and flip the display via the appropriate drop-down lists:
• Port: Allows you to select the required port.
• Port Status: Allows you to enable or disable the selected port.
Note:
If you change any configuration settings in the Display Config dialog box, click Apply
for the changes to take effect.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
198
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
To view or change the attributes for a port, click the Display Attributes tab. The
figure below shows a sample configuration. Please see Appendix B for detailed
information on port driver attributes.
Note:
If you make any changes to the port driver attributes, click Apply for the changes to
take effect.
Figure 37.
Example Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Attributes Tab
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
199
IEGD—Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
Figure 38.
Example Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Color Correction Tab
(Framebuffer)
To view and change color corrections, click the Color Correction tab. The figures
above and below show sample Color Correction tab screens for Framebuffer and
Overlay, color correction values for which are shown in Table 30 and Table 31.
Note:
If you make any changes to the color-correction attributes, click Apply for the changes
to take effect.
The following steps present an example color-correction procedure:
a.
Select Framebuffer in the Surface section and select the appropriate port for
the color correction to be applied to or select Overlay in the Surface section for
color correction to be applied to the overlay.
b.
Select the required color to be corrected in the Color section.
c.
Select the required color attribute to be corrected in the Gamma Correction
section.
d.
Click Restore Defaults to restore the default values.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
200
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers—IEGD
Figure 39.
Example Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Color Correction Tab (Overlay)
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
201
Installing and Configuring Linux* OS Drivers
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
202
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Example INF File—IEGD
Appendix A Example INF File
;*******************************************************************************
; Filename: iegd.inf
; $Revision$
; $Id$
; $Source$
;
; Copyright (c) 2011 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
;
;*******************************************************************************
[Version]
Signature="$WINDOWS NT$"
Class=Display
ClassGUID={4D36E968-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%Intel%
;CatalogFile=iegd.cat
DriverVer = 12/17/2009,10.3.0
;===============================================================================
[SourceDisksNames]
1=%DiskDesc%,,,""
[SourceDisksFiles]
iegdmini.sys = 1
iegdckey.vp = 1
iegdmsys.vp = 1
iegdcagt.cpa = 1
iegdcagt.vp = 1
iegddis.dll = 1
iegd3dg3.dll = 1
iegd3dg4.dll = 1
iegd3dga.dll = 1
iegdglga.dll = 1
libGLES_CM.dll = 1
libGLESv2.dll = 1
analog.sys
= 1
lvds.sys
= 1
sdvo.sys
= 1
tv.sys
= 1
hdmi.sys
= 1
sdvo.vp
= 1
hdmi.vp
= 1
analog.vp
= 1
lvds.vp
= 1
tv.vp
= 1
;===============================================================================
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir
= 11; System directory
iegd.Display_nap = 11
iegd.Display_gn4 = 11
iegd.Display_plb = 11
iegd.OpenGL_plb
= 11
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
203
IEGD—Example INF File
iegd.Miniport
iegd.Copp1
iegd.PortDrvs_nap
iegd.PortDrvs_gn4
iegd.PortDrvs_plb
= 12; Drivers directory
= 12
= 12
= 12
= 12
;===============================================================================
[Manufacturer]
%Intel%=Intel.Mfg
;===============================================================================
[Intel.Mfg]
%Intel% %i915GD0% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2582
%Intel% %i915GD1% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2782
%Intel% %i915AL0% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2592
%Intel% %i915AL1% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2792
%Intel% %i945LP0% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2772
%Intel% %i945LP1% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2776
%Intel% %i945CT0% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_27A2
%Intel% %i945CT1% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_27A6
%Intel% %i945WB0% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_27AE
%Intel% %i35BL0%
= iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_29C2
%Intel% %i35BL1%
= iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_29C3
%Intel% %i35BL0A2% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_29B2
%Intel% %i35BL1A2% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_29B3
%Intel% %i3150DT0% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_A001
%Intel% %i3150DT1% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_A002
%Intel% %i3150MB0% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_A011
%Intel% %i3150MB1% = iegd_nap, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_A012
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%i965BW0%
%i965BW1%
%iG9650%
%iG9651%
%iQ9650%
%iQ9651%
%i946GZ0%
%i946GZ1%
%i965GM0%
%i965GM1%
%i965GME0%
%i965GME1%
%iGM450%
%iGM451%
%iG450%
%iG451%
%iG410%
%iG411%
%iELK0%
%iELK1%
%iQ450%
%iQ451%
%Intel% %i900G0%
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
iegd_gn4,
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2982
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2983
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_29A2
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_29A3
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2992
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2993
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2972
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2973
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2A02
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2A03
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2A12
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2A13
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2A42
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2A43
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2E22
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2E23
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2E32
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2E33
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2E02
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2E03
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2E12
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2E13
= iegd_plb, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_8108
;===============================================================================
[iegd_nap.GeneralConfigData]
MaximumNumberOfDevices = 2
MaximumDeviceMemoryConfiguration = 256
[iegd_gn4.GeneralConfigData]
MaximumNumberOfDevices = 2
MaximumDeviceMemoryConfiguration = 512
1. Certified Output Protection Protocol (COPP) is a proprietary product of Microsoft Corporation.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
204
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Example INF File—IEGD
[iegd_plb.GeneralConfigData]
MaximumNumberOfDevices = 2
MaximumDeviceMemoryConfiguration = 256
;===============================================================================
[iegd_nap]
CopyFiles = iegd.Miniport, iegd.Display_nap, iegd.PortDrvs_nap, iegd.Copp
[iegd_gn4]
CopyFiles = iegd.Miniport, iegd.Display_gn4, iegd.PortDrvs_gn4, iegd.Copp
[iegd_plb]
CopyFiles = iegd.Miniport, iegd.Display_plb, iegd.OpenGL_plb, iegd.PortDrvs_plb,
iegd.Copp
;===============================================================================
[iegd.Miniport]
iegdmini.sys
[iegd.Copp]
iegdckey.vp
iegdmsys.vp
sdvo.vp
hdmi.vp
analog.vp
lvds.vp
tv.vp
iegdcagt.cpa
iegdcagt.vp
[iegd.Display_nap]
iegddis.dll
iegd3dg3.dll
[iegd.Display_gn4]
iegddis.dll
iegd3dg4.dll
[iegd.Display_plb]
iegddis.dll
iegd3dga.dll
[iegd.OpenGL_plb]
iegdglga.dll
libGLES_CM.dll
libGLESv2.dll
[iegd.PortDrvs_nap]
analog.sys
sdvo.sys
lvds.sys
tv.sys
[iegd.PortDrvs_gn4]
analog.sys
sdvo.sys
lvds.sys
hdmi.sys
[iegd.PortDrvs_plb]
sdvo.sys
lvds.sys
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
205
IEGD—Example INF File
;===============================================================================
[iegd_nap.Services]
AddService = iegdmini, 0x00000002, iegd_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = analog, ,analog_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = lvds,
,lvds_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = sdvo,
,sdvo_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = tv,
,tv_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
[iegd_gn4.Services]
AddService = iegdmini, 0x00000002, iegd_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = analog, ,analog_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = lvds,
,lvds_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = sdvo,
,sdvo_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = hdmi,
,hdmi_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
[iegd_plb.Services]
AddService = iegdmini, 0x00000002, iegd_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = lvds,
,lvds_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = sdvo,
,sdvo_Service_Inst, iegd_EventLog_Inst
;===============================================================================
[iegd_Service_Inst]
ServiceType
= 1
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= 0
LoadOrderGroup = Video
ServiceBinary = %12%\iegdmini.sys
[analog_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "analog"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\analog.sys
[lvds_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "lvds"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\lvds.sys
[sdvo_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "sdvo"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\sdvo.sys
[tv_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "tv"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\tv.sys
[hdmi_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "hdmi"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\hdmi.sys
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
206
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Example INF File—IEGD
;===============================================================================
[iegd_EventLog_Inst]
AddReg = iegd_EventLog_AddReg
[iegd_EventLog_AddReg]
HKR,,EventMessageFile,0x00020000,"%SystemRoot%\System32\IoLogMsg.dll;%SystemRoot%\
System32\drivers\iegdmini.sys"
HKR,,TypesSupported,0x00010001,7
;===============================================================================
[iegd_nap.SoftwareSettings]
AddReg = iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_nap
[iegd_gn4.SoftwareSettings]
AddReg = iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_gn4
[iegd_plb.SoftwareSettings]
AddReg = iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_plb
AddReg = iegd_ICDSoftwareSettings
;===============================================================================
[iegd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_nap]
HKR,, InstalledDisplayDrivers, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, iegddis
HKR,, MultiFunctionSupported, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, 1
HKR,, VgaCompatible, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0700
HKR,, ConfigId, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, "analog"
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------[iegd_ICDSoftwareSettings]
HKLM, "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\OpenGLDrivers\iegddis", DLL,
%REG_SZ%, iegdglga
HKLM, "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\OpenGLDrivers\iegddis",
DriverVersion, %REG_DWORD%, 0x00000001
HKLM, "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\OpenGLDrivers\iegddis", Flags,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x00000001
HKLM, "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\OpenGLDrivers\iegddis",
Version, %REG_DWORD%, 0x00000002
;===============================================================================
[Strings]
;---------------------------------------------------------------------; Localizable Strings
;---------------------------------------------------------------------Intel="Intel Corporation"
DiskDesc="Embedded Installation"
i915GD0="915G/915GV/910GL Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i915GD1="915G/915GV/910GL Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i915AL0="915GM/915GMS/915GME/910GML/910GMLE Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i915AL1="915GM/915GMS/915GME/910GML/910GMLE Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i945LP0="945G Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i945LP1="945G Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i945CT0="945GM Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i945CT1="945GM Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i945WB0="945GME/945GSE Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i35BL0="Q35 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i35BL1="Q35 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i35BL0A2="Q35 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i35BL1A2="Q35 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i3150DT0="GMA 3150 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i3150DT1="GMA 3150 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
207
IEGD—Example INF File
i3150MB0="GMA 3150 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i3150MB1="GMA 3150 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i965BW0="965G Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i965BW1="965G Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iG9650="G965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iG9651="G965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iQ9650="Q963/Q965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iQ9651="Q963/Q965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i946GZ0="946GZ Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i946GZ1="946GZ Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i965GM0="GM965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i965GM1="GM965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i965GME0="GLE960/GME965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
i965GME1="GLE960/GME965 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iGM450="GM45/GS45/GL40 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iGM451="GM45/GS45/GL40 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iG450="G45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iG451="G45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iG410="G41 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iG411="G41 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iELK0="Q45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iELK1="Q45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
iQ450="Q45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
iQ451="Q45 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 1"
i900G0="US15 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0"
;---------------------------------------------------------------------; Non Localizable Strings
;---------------------------------------------------------------------SERVICE_BOOT_START
= 0x0
SERVICE_SYSTEM_START
= 0x1
SERVICE_AUTO_START
= 0x2
SERVICE_DEMAND_START
= 0x3
SERVICE_DISABLED
= 0x4
SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER
= 0x1
SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE
SERVICE_ERROR_NORMAL
SERVICE_ERROR_SEVERE
SERVICE_ERROR_CRITICAL
=
=
=
=
REG_EXPAND_SZ
REG_MULTI_SZ
REG_DWORD
REG_SZ
=
=
=
=
0x0;
0x1;
0x2;
0x3;
Continue on driver load fail
Display warn, but continue
Attempt LastKnownGood
Attempt LastKnownGood, BugCheck
0x00020000
0x00010000
0x00010001
0x00000000
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
208
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Port Driver Attributes—IEGD
Appendix B Port Driver Attributes
B.1
Standard Port Driver Attributes
Port drivers are modules within the IEGD suite that control GMCH-specific modules
such as GMCH LVDS, GMCH TV or add-on modules to GMCH. The table below lists the
attributes available to port drivers. Some of these standard attributes can be
customized for specific port drivers and are detailed in the following
In the tables, device-specific (non-standard) attributes are highlighted in gray.
• “Internal LVDS Port Driver Attributes (Mobile chipsets only)” on page 211
• “CRT (Analog) Port Driver Attributes” on page 212
• “HDMI Port Driver Attributes” on page 212
• “Chrontel CH7307 Port Driver Attributes” on page 214
• “Chrontel CH7308 Port Driver Attributes” on page 214
• “Chrontel CH7315/CH7319/CH7320 Port Driver Attributes” on page 215
• “Chrontel CH7317 Port Driver Attributes” on page 215
• “Chrontel CH7022 Port Driver Attributes” on page 216
• “Silicon Image SiI 1362/SiI 1364 Port Driver DVI Attributes” on page 217
Note:
Not all standard attributes are supported by all port drivers. Please see the for details
on the specific attributes supported by each port driver. Flat panel settings are specified
via the FPINFO options of the configuration; please see Table 24.
Table 46.
Standard Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 1 of 3)
Attribute Name
Attribute
ID Number
Description
BRIGHTNESS
0
Brightness adjustment.
CONTRAST
1
Contrast adjustment.
HUE
2
Hue adjustment.
FLICKER
3
Setting to reduce flicker.
HPOSITION
4
Controls the horizontal position of the display.
VPOSITION
5
Controls the vertical position of the display.
HSCALE
6
Horizontal scaling ratio.
VSCALE
7
Vertical scaling ratio.
TVFORMAT
8
TV formats are device-specific.
9
Allows selection of different displays for multidisplay devices. This attribute is device-specific.
DISPLAY TYPE
LUMA FILTER
10
TV Luma Filter adjustment.
CHROMA FILTER
11
Chroma Filter adjustment.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
209
IEGD—Port Driver Attributes
Table 46.
Standard Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 2 of 3)
Attribute Name
Attribute
ID Number
Description
TEXT FILTER
12
Text Filter adjustment.
TV OUTPUT TYPE
14
TV output types. This attribute is device-specific.
SATURATION
15
Saturation adjustment.
PANEL FIT
18
Panel fitting. Yes or no.
SCALING RATIO
19
Output Scaling. Device-specific.
FP BACKLIGHT ENABLE
20
Enable flat panel backlight.
PANEL DEPTH
26
Can be either 18 or 24. 18 specifies 6-bit output
per color, 24 specifies 8-bit output per color.
DUAL CHANNEL PANEL
27
Is it a dual channel panel or not? Takes 0 or 1.
GANG MODE
28
For achieving a Gang mode output using two
digital ports.
GANG MODE EVEN ODD
29
Gang display even or odd. This attribute is to be
set along with Gang mode (28). This mode (Gang
Mode Even Odd) puts even pixels on one digital
port and odd pixels on the other, and needs to be
selected based on the display panel used.
SHARPNESS
31
Sharpness.
HWCONFIG
32
Hardware Configuration for sDVO encoders that
support multiple configurations.
HORZFILTER
33
Horizontal Filter.
VERTFILTER
34
Vertical Filter.
FRAME BUFFER GAMMA
35
Framebuffer gamma correction.
FRAME BUFFER BRIGHTNESS
36
Framebuffer brightness.
FRAME BUFFER CONTRAST
37
Framebuffer contrast.
2D FLICKER
39
Two-dimension flicker.
ADAPTIVE FLICKER
40
Adaptive flicker.
HORIZONTAL OVERSCAN
41
Horizontal overscan.
VERTICAL OVERSCAN
42
Vertical overscan.
SPREAD SPECTRUM CLOCKING
43
Spectrum Clocking
DOT_CRAWL
44
Dot crawl affects the edges of color and manifests
itself as moving dots of color along these edges.
DITHER
45
Dither setting
PANEL PROTECT HSYNC
46
Horizontal sync panel protection
PANEL PROTECT VSYNC
47
Vertical sync panel protection
PANEL PROTECT PIXCLK
48
Pixel clock protection
LVDS PANEL TYPE
49
This is used to select SPWG vs. OpenLDI panel
types. 0=SPWG; 1=OpenLDI.
VGA 2X IMAGE
57
Controls VGA image in Gang mode.
TEXT ENHANCEMENT
58
Controls text tuning.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
210
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Port Driver Attributes—IEGD
Table 46.
Standard Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 3 of 3)
Attribute
ID Number
Description
MAINTAIN ASPECT RATIO
59
This controls scaled image to match source image
aspect ratio or full screen image.
FIXED TIMING
60
This indicates whether the attached display is a
fixed timing display.
INTENSITY
70
This attribute provides a method to control the
backlight intensity. It is not a method to turn on
backlight but provides a way to adjust its value in
percentages from 0% to 100%
Attribute Name
B.1.1
Internal LVDS Port Driver Attributes (Mobile chipsets only)
Table 47.
Internal LVDS Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 1 of 2)
Attribute Name
Attribute
ID
Description
PANELDEPTH
26
Specify Panel Depth based
on connected panel.
DUALCHANNEL
27
Single or Dual Channel Panel
Possible Ranges
Default is 18, however, on some
GMCH chipsets 24-bit also is
supported. For example, GM965
supports both 18 and 24-bit
outputs.
0 = Single
1 = Dual
Default is 0.
3-9 for US15W
4-13 for GM45/GL40/GS45
0-15 for other chipsets
Default = 7
Step = 1
Spread Spectrum Clocking
DITHER
43
45
Spectrum Clocking
On and off Dithering
Note:
This setting changes
the EMI characteristics,
which can be measured
with tuning equipment.
The change will not
necessarily be visible in
the display.
Dither=0 for
Dither=1 for
Default:
• dither =
• dither =
24-bit panels
18-bit panels
1 for 18-bit panels
0 for 24-bit panels.
LVDS Panel Type
49
LVDS panel connector.
0 = SPWG formatted LVDS
output (default)
1 = OpenLDI unbalanced color
mapping output
Default = 0
FIXED TIMING
60
This indicates whether
attached display is a fixed
timing display.
0 = on
1 = off
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
211
IEGD—Port Driver Attributes
Table 47.
Internal LVDS Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 2 of 2)
Attribute Name
INTENSITY
INVERTER FREQUENCY
BACKLIGHT LEGACY MODE
Attribute
ID
Description
70
This attribute provides a
method to control the
backlight intensity. It is not a
method to turn on backlight
but provides a way to adjust
its value in percentages from
0% to 100%
Valid range is 0-100%.
Default is 0.
71
A method of controlling the
backlight. It determines the
number of time base events
in total for a complete cycle
of modulated backlight
control.
Valid range is 0-65535 Hz.
Default is 0.Typical value is
300 – 1000.
72
A method for controlling
whether to use legacy mode
for PWM duty cycle. Legacy
mode is where the PWM duty
cycle will be calculated using
a combination of Backlight
duty cycle and Legacy
backlight Control (LBPC). In
non-legacy mode, it will be
calculated using Backlight
duty cycle only.
Valid values are 0 for non-legacy
mode or 1 for legacy mode.
Default is 0.
Possible Ranges
B.1.2
CRT (Analog) Port Driver Attributes
Note:
The analog port driver is included in the driver by default, unlike other port drivers
available for selection as part of the driver configuration. It is a dynamically loadable
port driver instead of being statically linked into the main driver, for example
iegdmini.sys for Windows* or iegd_drv.so for Linux*.
Table 48.
CRT (Analog) Port Driver Attributes
Attribute Name
FIXED TIMING
DETECT METHOD
Attribute
ID
60
32769
Description
Possible Ranges
Set this attribute if the
attached display supports
only one timing.
0 = Not a fixed timing display.
1 = Fixed timing display.
Default is 0.
Controls display detection
for the CRT.
0 = Uses DDC method first,
then Analog sense to detect the
display
1 = DDC method only (Digital
Sense method) by reading EDID
2 = Analog Sense only
Default is 0.
B.1.3
HDMI Port Driver Attributes
B.1.3.1
Audio
The IEGD package does not include an HDMI audio driver, so you must obtain and
install the driver yourself. The HDMI audio driver needs to support Intel HD Audio to be
compatible with IEGD. You must also obtain Microsoft patch KB888111 to enable HDMI
audio. IEGD supports only the Windows* HDMI audio driver.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
212
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Port Driver Attributes—IEGD
B.1.3.2
SDVO-HDMI (CH7315)
IEGD supports only one type of SDVO-HDMI encoder, which is CH7315. SDVO-B cannot
coexist with HDMI-B; SDVO-C cannot coexist with HDMI-C.
SDVO takes precedence over the HDMI port driver. If no SDVO encoder is available
HDMI is automatically loaded by default (only in the GM45 Express chipset).
B.1.3.3
Internal HDMI
Internal HDMI is available only for the GM45 Express chipset. Only one HDMI port has
audio at any one time. The first port in the port order has audio while the second port
would have only display without audio.
Only one HDMI port has HDCP at any one time. The first port to receive a request for
HDCP has HDCP enabled only in that port.
B.1.3.4
HDCP
HDCP is supported through the Certified Output Protection Protocol* (COPP) interface
in Windows.
B.1.4
Internal TV Out Port Driver Attributes (Mobile chipsets only)
Table 49.
Internal TV Out Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 1 of 2)
Attribute Name
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
BRIGHTNESS
0
Screen brightness
0-100. Default is 50.
CONTRAST
1
Color contrast
0-7. Default is 3.
HUE
2
Hue adjustment
0-100. Default is 0.
TV FLICK FILTER
3
TV Flicker Filter. The higher
the value, the higher the
amount of flicker filtering
and text enhancement.
0-1000. Default is 999.
4
Horizontal Position.
Increasing the value moves
the image to the right and
decreasing the value moves
the image to the left.
0-511. Default is 64.
5
Vertical Position. The value
represents the TV line
number relative to the VGA
vertical sync. Increasing the
value moves the image
down and decreasing the
value moves the image up.
0-511. Default is 0.
H POSITION
V POSITION
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
213
IEGD—Port Driver Attributes
Table 49.
Internal TV Out Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 2 of 2)
Attribute Name
TV FORMAT
Attribute
ID
8
Description
Possible Ranges
TV formats are devicespecific.
Default is NTSC-M (1).
TV output types. This
attribute is device-specific.
B.1.5
TV OUTPUT
14
Note:
OVERSCAN/SCALING RATIO
19
Output Scaling.
Default is S-VIDEO (2).
TV output types are
limited to S-Video
and Composite for
the VBIOS.
0-1000. Default is 350.
Chrontel CH7307 Port Driver Attributes
The table below shows the attributes for the Chrontel CH7307* port driver.
Note:
For flat panel backlight timing settings, please see Table 24.
Table 50.
Chrontel CH7307 Port Driver Attributes
Attribute Name
B.1.6
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
Spread Spectrum Clocking
43
Spectrum clocking
0-15
Default = 0
Step = 1
FIXED TIMING
60
This indicates whether
attached display is a fixed
timing display.
0 = on
1 = off
Chrontel CH7308 Port Driver Attributes
The table below shows the attributes for the Chrontel CH7308* port driver.
Note:
For FPINFO panel width, height, and backlight timing settings, please see Table 24.
Table 51.
Chrontel CH7308 Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 1 of 2)
Attribute Name
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
LVDS Color Depth
26
Panel depth
18 = 18 bits
24 = 24 bits
Default = 18
DUAL_CHANNEL
27
Dual-channel pane
Default - 0
Spread Spectrum Clocking
43
Spectrum Clocking
0-15
Default = 7
Step = 1
Dither
45
Dither setting
Default = 0
HSync Panel Protection
46
Horizontal sync panel
protection
Default = 0
VSync Panel Protection
47
Vertical sync panel
protection
Default = 0
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
214
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Port Driver Attributes—IEGD
Table 51.
Chrontel CH7308 Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 2 of 2)
Attribute Name
Pixel Clock Protection
Attribute
ID
48
Description
Possible Ranges
Pixel clock protection
Default = 0
LVDS Panel Type
49
LVDS panel connector.
0 = SPWG formatted LVDS
output (default)
1 = OpenLDI unbalanced color
mapping output
Default = 0
Text Enhancement
58
Controls text tuning.
0-4.
Fixed Timing
60
This indicates whether
attached display is a fixed
timing display.
0 = on
1 = off
B.1.7
Chrontel CH7315/CH7319/CH7320 Port Driver Attributes
Note:
For flat panel backlight timing settings, please see Table 24 in .
Table 52.
Chrontel CH7315/CH7319/CH7320 Port Driver Attributes
Attribute Name
Fixed Timing
B.1.8
Attribute
ID
Description
This indicates whether
attached display is a fixed
timing display.
60
Possible Ranges
0 = on
1 = off
Chrontel CH7317 Port Driver Attributes
The table below shows the attributes for the Chrontel CH7317 port driver.
Table 53.
Chrontel CH7317 Port Driver Attributes
Attribute Name
VGA Bypass
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Attribute
ID
Description
9
Enables VGA bypass. To
enable VGA Bypass, this
configuration setting line
must exist in the
configuration file with the
value of 2. Attribute 9 is
used to enable selection of
several possible display
types based on what was
supported on an SDVO
device as defined in SDVO
specifications. Default value
of 2 represent VGA display.
Possible Ranges
1) Enable VGA Bypass
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
215
IEGD—Port Driver Attributes
B.1.9
Chrontel CH7022 Port Driver Attributes
The table below shows the attributes for the Chrontel CH7022 port driver.
Table 54.
Chrontel CH7022 Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 1 of 2)
Attribute Name
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
DISPLAY TYPE
9
Allows selection of different
displays for multi-display
devices. This attribute is
device-specific.
Note: TV Out is not
available with
VBIOS.
BRIGHTNESS
0
Brightness adjustment.
0-255
SATURATION
15
Saturation adjustment.
0-127
1)
2)
3)
4)
VGA Bypass (2)
Composite (4)
S-Video (8)
YPrPb (16)
HUE
2
Hue adjustment.
0-127
CONTRAST
1
Contrast adjustment.
0-127
HORIZONTAL OVERSCAN
41
Horizontal overscan.
0-47
VERTICAL OVERSCAN
42
Vertical overscan.
0-47
Controls the vertical position
of the display.
0-1023
Vertical Position/VPOSITION
5
SHARPNESS
31
Sharpness.
0-7
TV Chroma Filter
11
ChromaFilter adjustment.
0-3
TV Luma Filter
10
TV Luma Filter adjustment.
0-2
Adaptive Flicker Filter
40
Adaptive flicker.
0-7
Dot Crawl
44
Dot crawl affects the edges
of color and manifests itself
as moving dots of color
along these edges.
1) Have Dot Crawl Run Freely
(0)
2) Freeze Dot Crawl (1)
TV formats are devicespecific.
Refer to the Attributes Page for
the complete list of choices.
TV Output Format
8
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
216
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Port Driver Attributes—IEGD
Table 54.
Chrontel CH7022 Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 2 of 2)
Attribute Name
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
Analog Source
52
VGA
1)
2)
3)
4)
Scan Information
53
TV attributes are device
specific.
1) No Data (0)
2) Overscanned (1)
3) Under scanned (2)
Picture Aspect Ratio
54
The relative horizontal and
vertical sizes.
1) No Data (0)
2) 4:3 (1)
3) 16:9 (2)
Output ratio.
1) No Data (0)
2) Active Format (1)
3) Square Pixels(8)
4) 4:3 Center (9)
5) 16:9 Center (10)
6) 14:9 Center (11)
7) 16:9 Letterbox (Top)(2)
8) 14:9 Letterbox (Top)(3)
9) 16:9 Letterbox (Center)
10) 4:3 (with shoot and protect
14:9 center)
11) 16:9 (with shoot and
protect 14:9 center) (10610)
12) 16:9 (with shoot and
protect 4:3 center)
Active Format Ratio
55
No Data (0)
Analog Source (1)
Pre-recorded Packaged (2)
Not Analog Pre-recorded (3)
B.1.10
Silicon Image SiI 1362/SiI 1364 Port Driver DVI Attributes
Note:
For flat panel backlight timing settings, please see Table 24.
Table 55.
Silicon Image SiI 1362/SiI 1364 Port Driver Attributes
Attribute Name
Attribute
ID
FIXED TIMING
60
Description
This indicates whether
attached display is a fixed
timing display.
Possible Ranges
0 = on
1 = off
B.1.11
Default Search Order
Note:
See more information pertaining to port order in the description for “Port Devices
(Available Ports, Port Order)” on page 40.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
217
IEGD—Port Driver Attributes
Table 56.
Default Search Order
Chipset
Intel®Atom™
400/500
Intel® Q45/G41/G45
Intel
®
GM45/GL40/GS45
Default Search Order
ANALOG, LVDS
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC, LVDS
Intel® US15W/US15WP/WPT
LVDS, sDVOB
Intel® Q35
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC
Intel® GLE960/GME965
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC, LVDS
Intel®
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC
Q965
Intel® 945GME/945GSE
Intel
®
945G
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC
Intel® 915GV
Intel
®
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC, LVDS
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC
915GME
Intel® 910GMLE
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC, LVDS
ANALOG, sDVOB, sDVOC, LVDS
B.1.12
Default GPIO Pin Pair Assignments
Table 57.
Default GPIO Pin Pair Assignments
Default GPIO Pin Pair for EDID
Chipset
Intel®Atom™
Intel
®
400/500
Q45/G41/G45
Intel® GM45/GL40/GS45
Intel®
US15W/WP/WPT
sDVO/A
sDVOB
sDVOC
LVDS
N/A
4
2
2
N/A
4
4
N/A
N/A
4
4
2
N/A
4
4
2
N/A
4
4
N/A
Intel® GLE960/GME965
N/A
4
4
2
Intel® Q965
N/A
4
4
N/A
Intel® 945GME/945GSE
N/A
4
4
2
Intel® 945G
N/A
4
4
N/A
Intel® Q35
Intel® 915GV
N/A
4
4
N/A
Intel® 915GM
N/A
4
4
2
Intel®
N/A
4
4
2
910GMLE
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
218
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Port Driver Attributes—IEGD
B.1.13
Default I2C Device Address Byte Assignment
Table 58.
Default I2C Device Address Byte Assignment
Port Driver
Default Device Address Bytes (DAB)
CH7315, CH7317, CH7319,
CH7320, CH7022
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
CH7307
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
CH7308
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
SiI 1362
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
SiI 1364
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
219
Port Driver Attributes
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
220
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions—IEGD
Appendix C Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions
The BIOS provides a set of proprietary function calls to control operation of the
extended features. These function calls all use AH = 5Fh in their designed interface for
easy identification as a proprietary function.
These functions are designed to maintain maximum compatibility with the Desktop and
Mobile Video BIOS. As such many of the definitions behave identically. When the
behavior of the Embedded Video BIOS is not identical to the Desktop and Mobile Video
BIOS it is noted.
In addition to these 5F functions, the Video BIOS also supports all 4F functions defined
by the VESA BIOS Extension (VBE) Core Functions Standard, Version 3.0 with the
exception of the 0A function (Return VBE Protected Mode Interface). All other
functions, from 00 through 09 and 0B are supported by the Video BIOS. The VESA
BIOS Extension (VBE) Core Functions Standard, Version 3.0 document is available from
http://www.vesa.org/vesa-standards/free-standards/
The table below provides a summary of the IEGD supported Intel 5F functions.
C.1
BIOS Extended Interface Functions
The BIOS provides a set of proprietary function calls to control operation of the
extended features. These function calls all use AH = 5Fh in their designed interface for
easy identification as a proprietary function
These functions are designed to maintain maximum compatibility with the Desktop and
Mobile Video BIOS. As such many of the definitions behave identically. When the
behavior of the Embedded Video BIOS is not identical to the Desktop and Mobile Video
BIOS it is noted.
C.1.1
5F01h – Get Video BIOS Information
This function returns the Video BIOS Build information.
Note:
This function is an extension of the Desktop and Mobile Video BIOS. If register ECX
does not contain ASCII characters “IEGD” then the VBIOS is not described by this
specification.
Calling Register:
AX = 5F01h, Get Video Information function
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
EBX = 4 bytes Video BIOS Build Number ASCII string, e.g., ‘1000’
ECX = 4 bytes Embedded Identifier, ASCII string ‘IEGD’
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
221
IEGD—Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions
C.1.2
5F05h – Refresh Rate
This function sets a new vertical refresh rate for a given mode and returns the current
vertical refresh rate and available refresh rate for a given non-VGA mode.
C.1.2.1
5F05h, 00h – Set Refresh Rate
This sub-function sets a new default refresh rate for the selected pipe. If the mode is
currently active, the CRT controller and other registers will be automatically
programmed setting the requested refresh rate.
Note:
This function is not entirely compatible with the Desktop and Mobile versions. It is not
possible to set the refresh rate for a given mode in advance. This function sets the
“desired” refresh rate which will be applied to all subsequent mode sets when possible.
If the mode provided in BL is the current mode, then a mode change will be
automatically performed.
Calling Register:
AX = 5F05h, Refresh Rate function
BH = 00h, Set Refresh Rate sub-function
BL = Mode Number
ECX = Refresh rate (indicated by setting one bit):
Bits 31 - 9 = Reserved
Bit 8 = 120 Hz
Bit 7 = 100 Hz
Bit 6 = 85 Hz
Bit 5 = 75 Hz
Bit 4 = 72 Hz
Bit 3 = 70 Hz
Bit 2 = 60 Hz
Bit 1 = 56 Hz
Bit 0 = 43 Hz (Interlaced - Not supported)
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
222
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions—IEGD
C.1.2.2
5F05h, 01h – Get Refresh Rate
This sub-function returns current vertical refresh rate for the selected pipe and
available refresh rates information for a given Non-VGA mode.
Note:
This sub-function returns a status of supported but failed (AX = 015Fh) if executed with
a standard VGA mode.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F05h, Refresh Rate function
BH = 01h, Get Refresh Rate sub-function
BL = Mode number
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
EBX = Available refresh rates (indicated by one or more bits set):
Bits 31 - 9 = Reserved
Bit 8 = 120 Hz
Bit 7 = 100 Hz
Bit 6 = 85 Hz
Bit 5 = 75 Hz
Bit 4 = 72 Hz
Bit 3 = 70 Hz
Bit 2 = 60 Hz
Bit 1 = 56 Hz
Bit 0 = 43 Hz (Interlaced - Not supported)
ECX = Current refresh rate (see EBX for bit definitions)
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
223
IEGD—Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions
C.1.3
5F10h – Get Display Memory Information
This function returns information regarding the linear memory starting address, size
and memory mapped base address.
Calling Register:
AX = 5F10h, Get Linear Display Memory Information function
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
ESI = Display memory base address
ECX = Total physical display memory size (in bytes)
EDX = Available display memory size (in bytes)
EDI = Memory Mapped I/O Base Address
EBX = Stride (memory scan line width in bytes)
C.1.4
5F1Ch – BIOS Pipe Access
This function will set the BIOS pipe access or return the BIOS pipe access status.
C.1.4.1
5F1Ch, 00h – Set BIOS Pipe Access
This sub-function will set the currently selected pipe. All 5f functions operate on the
currently selected pipe.
When not in clone modes this value cannot be set.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F1Ch, BIOS Pipe Access function
BH = 00h, Set BIOS Pipe Access sub-function
CH = BIOS Pipe access:
= 00h, Pipe A
= 01h, Pipe B
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
C.1.4.2
5F1Ch, 01h – Get BIOS Pipe Access
This sub-function will return the currently selected pipe.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F1Ch, BIOS Pipe Access function
BH = 01h, Get BIOS Pipe Access sub-function
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
CH = BIOS Pipe access:
= 00h, Pipe A
= 01h, Pipe B
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
224
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions—IEGD
C.1.5
5F29h – Get Mode Information
This function returns the requested mode’s resolution, color depth, and maximum
required bandwidth using its current refresh rate. This function is applied to extendedgraphics modes only. If the mode number is not an extended graphics mode, the
function will return failure.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F29h, Get Mode Information function
BH = Mode To Use:
= 80h, Current Mode
= 00h - 7Fh, Given Mode Number
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
EBX bits 31 - 16 = Mode horizontal (X) resolution in pixels
EBX bits 15 - 0 = Mode vertical (Y) resolution in pixels
ECX bits 31 - 16 = Maximum bandwidth in megabytes per second
ECX bits 15 - 0 = Color depth in bits per pixel
C.1.6
5F61h – Local Flat Panel Support Function
This function supports local flat panel only features.
Note:
Only Subfunction 5h of the 5f61h interface is supported for the Embedded vBIOS.
C.1.6.1
5F61h, 05h – Get Configuration ID
This function is used to return the Configuration ID.
Note:
This function is known as “Get Local Flat Panel Number” in the Desktop and Mobile
Video BIOS. This function performs a similar purpose however, the configuration IDs
have no pre-defined meaning. The Configuration ID is reported to the Embedded
Graphics Driver and will be used as described in the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers
and Video BIOS User’s Guide.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F61h, Local Flat Panel Support function
BH = 05h, Get Config ID Subfunction
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
BL = Config ID
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
225
IEGD—Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions
C.1.7
5F68h – System BIOS Callback
This is a generic function that allows SoftBIOS to do any system callbacks through INT
15h. The Input/Output of this function is dependent on the definition of the desired INT
15h hook except for the EAX register.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F68h, System BIOS Callback Function
EAX bits 31:16 = System BIOS INT 15h Hook Function
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
C.2
Hooks for the System BIOS
The video BIOS performs several system BIOS interrupt function calls (interrupt 15h
hooks). Each function provides the system BIOS with the opportunity to gain control at
specific times to perform any custom processing that may be required. After each
interrupt hook, the system BIOS must return control to the video BIOS. INT 10h calls
could be made within the INT 15h hook calls provided that it is not recursive and thus
cause a deadlock.
C.2.1
5F31h – POST Completion Notification Hook
This hook signals the completion of video POST (Power On Self Test). The hook
executes after the sign-on message is displayed and PCI BIOS resizing.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F31h, POST Completion Notification Hook
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
C.2.2
5F33h – Hook After Mode Set
This hook allows the system BIOS to intercept the video BIOS at the end of a mode set.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F33h, Hook After Mode Set
BH = Number of character columns
BL = Current mode number
CH = Active display page
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
226
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions—IEGD
C.2.3
5F35h – Boot Display Device Hook
This hook allows the system BIOS to override the video display default setting. The
graphics BIOS will set the returned video display during POST (power up initialization).
Note:
This function is not entirely compatible with the Desktop and Mobile Video BIOS. The
bits in CL have a configurable mapping to the Port Numbers as defined in the Intel®
Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS User’s Guide. The assigned meanings used
in the Desktop specification can be duplicated with a correct configuration. The values
below are the default values if no “Common To Port” mapping is provided.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F35h, Boot Display Device Hook
Return Registers:
Default
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh);
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
CL = Display Device Combination to boot (1 = Enable display, = 00h, VBIOS
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
7
5
4
3
2
1
0
- 6 = Reserved
= Port 5 (or common_to_port[5])
= Port 4 (or common_to_port[4])
= Port 3 (or common_to_port[3])
= Port 2 (or common_to_port[2])
= Port 1 (or common_to_port[1])
= Port 0 (or common_to_port[0])
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
227
IEGD—Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions
C.2.4
5F36h – Boot TV Format Hook
This hook allows the system BIOS to boot TV in selected TV format state.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F36h, Boot TV Format Hook
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
BL = TV Format requested:
= 00h, No Preference
= 01h, NTSC_M
= 11h, NTSC_M_J
= 21h, NTSC_433
= 31h, NTSC_N
= 02h, PAL_B
= 12h, PAL_G
= 22h, PAL_D
= 32h, PAL_H
= 42h, PAL_I
= 52h, PAL_M
= 62h, PAL_N
= 72h, PAL_60
= 03h, SECAM_L
= 13h, SECAM_L1
= 23h, SECAM_B
= 33h, SECAM_D
= 43h, SECAM_G
= 53h, SECAM_H
= 63h, SECAM_K
= 73h, SECAM_K1
C.2.5
5F38h – Hook Before Set Mode
This hook allows the system BIOS to intercept the video BIOS before setting the mode.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F38h, Hook Before Set Mode
CL = New video mode to be set
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
228
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions—IEGD
C.2.6
5F40h – Config ID Hook
This function is known as “Boot Panel Type Hook” in the Desktop and Mobile Video
BIOS. It allows the system BIOS to supply a configuration ID that will eventually be
passed to the driver. This configuration ID is unused by the Video BIOS; however, it
alters the behavior of the driver as described in the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers
and Video BIOS User’s Guide.
Calling Registers:
AX = 5F40h, Config ID Hook
Return Registers:
AX = Return Status (function not supported if AL != 5Fh):
= 005Fh, Function supported and successful
= 015Fh, Function supported but failed
CL = Configuration ID
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
229
IEGD—Intel® 5F Extended Interface Functions
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
230
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
2D/3D API Support—IEGD
Appendix D 2D/3D API Support
This appendix provides information on supported and non-supported OpenGL and
OpenGL ES APIs. See Section 7.6.10, “OpenGL Support” on page 192 for additional
information.
D.1
2D Support
IEGD provides 2D capabilities on Linux through UXA and on Windows through DirectX/
GDI.
D.2
3D Support
IEGD provides 3D capabilities on Linux, Windows, and Windows CE through several
industry-standard APIs, such as OpenGL, OpenGL ES, Direct3D, and D3DMobile. These
APIs are described in the following sections.
D.2.1
OpenGL APIs
The following OpenGL versions are supported:
• Version 1.3 on all Embedded Intel® Architecture (eIA) chipsets (Linux only)
• Version 1.4 on 915GV, 915GM, 945G, 945GM, Q965, GLE960/GME965 (Linux only)
and Intel® Atom™ Processor 400 and 500 Series
• Version 1.5 on Q965, GLE960/GME965, Q45/G41/G45, GM45/GL40/GS45, and Q35
(Linux only)
• Version 2.0 on US15W/US15WP/WPT (Linux and Windows), Q35, Q45 and GM45
(Linux only)
For general OpenGL information, visit http://www.opengl.org/about/overview/.
Table 59.
Supported Intel® OpenGL APIs (Sheet 1 of 2)
Supported API Name(s)
GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1*
GL_ARB_depth_texture
GL_ARB_fragment_program (965 or later only)
GL_ARB_multitexture
GL_ARB_occlusion_query (965 or later only)
GL_ARB_point_sprite
GL_ARB_shadow
GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3
GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp
*Not supported on Intel US15W series chipsets.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
231
IEGD—2D/3D API Support
Table 59.
Supported Intel® OpenGL APIs (Sheet 2 of 2)
Supported API Name(s)
GL_ARB_texture_compression
GL_ARB_texture_cube_map
GL_ARB_texture_env_add
GL_ARB_texture_env_combine
GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar
GL_ARB_transpose_matrix
GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object
GL_ARB_vertex_program (965 or later only)
GL_EXT_abgr
GL_EXT_bgra
GL_EXT_blend_color
GL_EXT_blend_func_separate
GL_EXT_blend_minmax
GL_EXT_blend_subtract
GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint*
GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array
GL_EXT_cull_vertex
GL_EXT_fog_coord
GL_EXT_mulit_draw_arrays
GL_EXT_packed_pixels
GL_EXT_rescale_normal
GL_EXT_secondary_color
GL_EXT_separate_specular_color
GL_EXT_shadow_funcs
GL_EXT_stencil_two_side*
GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc
GL_EXT_texture_env_add
GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic
GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias (965 or later only)
GL_IBM_texture_mirrored_repeat
GL_NV_blend_square
GLX_ARB_get_proc_address
*Not supported on Intel US15W series chipsets.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
232
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
2D/3D API Support—IEGD
Table 60.
Non-Supported Intel® OpenGL APIs
Non-Supported API Name(s)
GL_ARB_color_buffer_float
GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow
GL_ARB_shader_objects
GL_ARB_shading_language_100
GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two
GL_EXT_paletted_texture
GL_WIN_swap_hint
WGL_ARB_buffer_region
WGL_ARB_extensions_string
WGL_ARB_make_current_read
WGL_ARB_pbuffer
WGL_ARB_pixel_format
WGL_EXT_swap_control
D.2.2
OpenGL ES 1.1
The following chipsets support OpenGL ES 1.1:
• US15W/WP/WPT
Except where noted by individual chipsets, the following OpenGL ES 1.1 extensions are
supported:
• GL_OES_byte_coordinates
• GL_OES_fixed_point
• GL_OES_single_precision
• GL_OES_matrix_get
• GL_OES_read_format
• GL_OES_compressed_paletted_texture
• GL_OES_point_size_array
• GL_OES_point_sprite
• GL_OES_draw_texture
• GL_OES_query_matrix
• GL_OES_blend_equation_separate
• GL_OES_blend_func_separate
• GL_OES_blend_subtract
• GL_OES_framebuffer_object
• GL_OES_texture_cube_map
• GL_OES_texture_env_crossbar
• GL_OES_texture_mirrored_repeat
• GL_OES_depth24
• GL_OES_depth32
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
233
IEGD—2D/3D API Support
• GL_OES_element_index_uint
• GL_OES_fbo_render_mipmap
• GL_OES_mapbuffer
• GL_OES_rgb8_rgba8
• GL_OES_stencil1
• GL_OES_stencil4
• GL_OES_stencil8
• GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic
D.2.3
OpenGL ES 2.0
The following chipsets support OpenGL ES 2.0:
• US15W/WP/WPT
Except where noted by individual chipsets, the following OpenGL ES 2.0 extensions are
supported:
• GL_OES_single_precision
• GL_OES_compressed_paletted_texture
• GL_OES_depth24
• GL_OES_depth32
• GL_OES_element_index_uint
• GL_OES_fbo_render_mipmap
• GL_OES_mapbuffer
• GL_OES_rgb8_rgba8
• GL_OES_stencil1
• GL_OES_stencil4
• GL_OES_texture_3D
• GL_OES_texture_npot
• GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic
• GL_EXT_texture_type_2_10_10_10_REV
• GL_OES_depth_texture
• GL_OES_standard_derivatives
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
234
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
2D/3D API Support—IEGD
Table 61.
Non-Supported Intel® OpenGL ES APIs on US15W/WP/WPT
Non-Supported API Name(s)
GL_OES_stencil_wrap
GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture
GL_OES_matrix_palette
GL_OES_EGL_image
GL_AMD_compressed_3DC_texture
GL_AMD_compressed_ATC_texture
GL_OES_texture_float
GL_OES_texture_half_float
GL_OES_texture_float_linear
GL_OES_texture_half_float_linear
GL_OES_vertex_half_float
GL_OES_vertex_type_10_10_10_2
GL_OES_fragment_precision_high
April 2011
Document Number: 274041April 2011
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
235
2D/3D API Support
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
236
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Framebuffer Overlay Blending
Appendix E Framebuffer Overlay Blending
This appendix describes behavior of the IEGD Framebuffer Overlay Blending
(FB_BLEND_OVL) feature.
E.1
How Overlay Works
The overlay is visible as if “on top” of the frame buffer, appearing only where the color
key matches.
Display Plane
Color Key
Overlay Plane
The overlay plane is actually behind the display plane (last in Z-order). The framebuffer
overrides all overlay pixels in the pipe except where the color key matches.
Display
ON TOP
Color Key
Overlay
ON BOTTOM
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
237
Framebuffer Overlay Blending
E.2
About Framebuffer in “Blend” Mode
IEGD has always expressed the mode setting operation as Width X Height at 8, 16, or
32 bpp. In all bit depths, IEGD does not expose any mode with an alpha channel (i.e.,
32 bpp = X8R8G8B8, not A8R8G8B8).
However, the hardware does support 32 bpp with alpha (== A8R8G8B8).
How is this used? The Display Plane in ARGB32 contains per-pixel Alpha to be blended
with all other planes on the same display pipeline. This “Alpha” data is dictated by the
application.
HW
Pipe
Blender
Cursor A
Overlay
Display A
Cursor
A
Display A
Overlay
Display Port
If all the Alpha channel (8 MSbits) for Display A and Cursor A were zero (0x00), this
means those two planes are completely transparent.
Cursor A
HW
Pipe
Blender
Display A
Only Overlay
pixels are
displayed
Overlay
Display Port
If all the Alpha channel (8 MSbits) for Display A and Cursor A were max (0xFF) – this
means it is completely opaque.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
238
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Framebuffer Overlay Blending
HW
Pipe
Blender
Cursor A
Display A
Display A
Cursor
A
Overlay
Display Port
If all the Alpha channel (8 MSbits) for Display A and Cursor A were 50% (0x80) – this
means it is 50% transparent.
HW
Pipe
Blender
Cursor A
Display A
Display A
Cursor
A
Overlay
Overlay
Display Port
Note:
Destination Chroma-keying will not work with the FB-Blend-Ovl feature.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
239
Framebuffer Overlay Blending
E.3
Example to Enable the FB_BLEND_OVL Feature
Note:
This feature applies to the Intel® System Controller Hub US15W only.
1. Enable the feature:
a.
Set the display mode to Width x Height @ 32 bpp.
b.
Edit the Windows XP .inf or Windows CE .reg or Linux Xorg.conf file and
add the following line in the same section where you find “DisplayConfig”:
“FbBlendOvl” = 1
2. Boot the OS. An example is shown below.
3. Run a video with any video stream, as long as overlay is being used.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
240
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Framebuffer Overlay Blending
4. Run a D3D/OGL application.
Ensure that the application has been modified so that the render target has valid
alpha. Use an alpha value such as 0.5 (0x80 = 50% transparency).
The 3D output appears on the
display, carries a 50%
transparency, and is blended
with the overlay. The overlay is
behind and 3D output is on top –
on the display plane.
E.4
Summary
You must use a 3D API to get the application on the framebuffer with a valid alpha
value to blend on top of the video overlay. 2D API is not supported.
If the application has an alpha value of 0.0 or 1.0, it is either semi-transparent or fully
opaque – which is useless because color keying can give you the same effect.
On any operating system you can use OS APIs that already exist to directly write alpha
data to the framebuffer if you want.
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
241
Framebuffer Overlay Blending
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, EFI Video Driver, and Video BIOS
User’s Guide
242
April 2011
Document Number: 274041-032US
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement